UNIVERSITY OF PRIZREN “UKSHIN HOTI” · “UKSHIN HOTI” INSTITUTIONAL AND STUDY PROGRAM...

UNIVERSITY OF PRIZREN

“UKSHIN HOTI” INSTITUTIONAL AND STUDY PROGRAM EVALUATION

UPZ | Rruga e Shkronjave No.1, 20000 Prizren, Kosovë Tel. 029 232 140; email: [email protected]; www.uni-prizren.com


“UKSHIN HOTI”

INSTITUTIONAL AND PROGRAM EVALUATION

SELF-EVALUATION REPORT

mailto:[email protected]




2019, PRIZREN

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS ........................................................................................................... 2

1. INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................................. 6

1.1. A brief overview of the institution and program under evaluation ....................... 6

2.1. Public mission and institutional objectives ............................................................... 8

2.2. Strategic planning, governance and administration .............................................. 13

2.3. Financial planning and management ...................................................................... 16

2.4. Academic integrity, responsibility and public accountability ............................... 20

2.5. Quality management ................................................................................................. 22

2.6. Learning and teaching .............................................................................................. 25

2.7. Research ..................................................................................................................... 27

2.8. Staff, employment processes and professional development ................................ 29

2.9. Student administration and support services ......................................................... 39

2.10. Learning resources and facilities ............................................................................. 41

2.11. Institutional cooperation .......................................................................................... 44

1.2. Program 1 – Business Administration, BA, re/accreditation ................................... 51

1.2.1. Mission, objectives and administration ................................................................ 54

SWOT analysis for mission statement, objectives and administration: ........................... 56

1.2.2. Quality Management ............................................................................................ 58

SWOT analysis for quality management: ......................................................................... 58

1.2.3. Academic staff ...................................................................................................... 60

SWOT analysis for academic staff: .................................................................................. 62

1.2.4. Content of the educational process ....................................................................... 62

SWOT analysis of the content of the educational process: ............................................ 112

1.2.5. Students .............................................................................................................. 114

SWOT analysis for students: .......................................................................................... 116

1.2.6. Research .............................................................................................................. 118

SWOT analysis for research: .......................................................................................... 118

1.2.7. Infrastructure and resources ................................................................................ 120

SWOT analysis for the infrastructure and resources: ..................................................... 121





3

1.3. Program 2 – International Management, BA, re/accreditation ............................. 122

1.3.1. Mission, objectives and administration .............................................................. 124

SWOT analysis for mission, objectives and administration: .......................................... 126

1.3.2. Quality Management .......................................................................................... 128

SWOT analysis for quality management: ....................................................................... 129

1.3.3. Academic staff .................................................................................................... 130

SWOT analysis for academic staff: ................................................................................ 133

1.3.4. Content of the educational process ..................................................................... 134


1.3.5. Students .............................................................................................................. 187


1.3.6. Research .............................................................................................................. 191



SWOT analysis for infrastructure and resources: ........................................................... 194

3. Bachelor of Law ....................................................................................................... 218

4.1.1. Mision, aims and administration......................................................................... 219

SWOT analysis for mision, aims and administration: .................................................... 220

4.1.2. Quality Assurance ............................................................................................... 221

And any other useful instrument, such as: double entry, external consultancy as defined

in the university's legal documents. ................................................................................ 222

6. UPZ did the evaluation of professors at each semester, based on the evaluation drafts

the report which it submits to UPZ management. It is within the competence of the

management to make decisions and measures based on the overall evaluation results at

the university. ................................................................................................................. 222

SWOT Analysis for Quality Assurance: ........................................................................ 222

4.1.3. Academic Staff ................................................................................................... 223

SWOT Analysis for Academic Staff: ............................................................................. 226

4.1.4. Course Table of Content: .................................................................................... 227

SWOT Analysis for the content of the curriculum: ........................................................ 231

4.1.5. Students .............................................................................................................. 231

SWOT Analysis for Students: ........................................................................................ 232

4.1.6. RESEARCH ....................................................................................................... 233





4

SWOT Analysis for RESEARCH: ................................................................................. 234

4.1.7. Infrastructure and Resources .............................................................................. 235

SWOT Analysis for infrastructure and resources: .......................................................... 237

Program 4 – Software Design, BSc, re/accreditation ...................................................... 239


SWOT analysis for mission statement, objectives and administration: ......................... 242



3.2.3. Academic staff .................................................................................................... 244


3.2.4. Content of the educational process ..................................................................... 248


3.2.5. Students .............................................................................................................. 288


3.2.6. Research .............................................................................................................. 291




Program 5 – Information Technologies and Telecommunication (ITT), BSc,

re/accreditation .................................................................................................................. 295


SWOT analysis for mission, objectives and administration: .......................................... 299



3.2.10. Academic staff .................................................................................................. 302


3.2.11. Content of the educational process ................................................................... 305


1.2.5 Students ............................................................................................................... 350


1.2.6 Research ............................................................................................................... 355






5

1.2.7 Infrastructure and resources................................................................................. 356


4. RECENT EVOLUTION AND DEVELOPMENTS RECORDED SINCE THE

PREVIOUS EVLUATION (if applicable) ............................................................................ 359

6. APPENDICES (if available) .......................................................................................... 361

Study program 6 - Master Programme in Constitutional and Administrative LAW ............. 369

General ................................................................................................................................... 369

Mision, Aims and Administration.......................................................................................... 369

Strength of the Programme Mision ........................................................................................ 370

Weakenss of the Programme Mision ..................................................................................... 370

Threat/Challenges .................................................................................................................. 370

Aims of the study programme: .............................................................................................. 371





6

f

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1. A brief overview of the institution and program under evaluation

Please provide a brief description of:

University of Prizren is established on 09.10.2009 with the decision number 01/87 of

the government of the Republic of Kosovo and after an intensive preparation work with

international consultants started officially in 2010. Tradition of higher education in

Prizren starts earlier with its Higher Pedagogical school in 1962 which University of

Prizren inherited. HPS got independent from the University of Prishtina which is the

oldest HE institution. HPS in Prizren has been transformed to Faculty of Education in

Prizren under the umbrella of the University of Prishtina. Since 2010/2011 Faculty of

Education which until that time was under UP got transferred to UPZ. Specifics of the

Faculty is that studies are offered also in community languages (Bosnian, Turkish)

Institutional leadership, management structures and administration and staffing

arrangements;

Organization and management of the UPZ is based on Statute of UPZ article 15, approved in

the Parliament of the Republic of Kosovo. 3.2 1. The main governing authorities of the

University are Board, Rector and Senate.

• All university governing authorities operate the on the principle of majority voting, unless

specified otherwise in this Statute.

• The mandate of all government officials and ruling authorities members shall

commence on October 1, unless otherwise provided in this Statute

Statute. (For more details please refer to the statute atached to the report on electronic

form on cd, article 17-47)

Participation of the student representatives in different bodies of UPZ is also regulated by the

statute of UPZ, article 79.

• Student Council shall discuss and decide on all matters regarding the rights and

responsibilities of students in college.

• The Student Council conducts its own interests related to the performance the learning

process, through their representatives on the council of the faculty.

• Members of the faculty council students participate in proposal the candidates for the

dean.





7

• Students have the right to establish student organizations which student interest will

be represented within the university with the following bodies:

• Parliament students at university level;

• The students at academic unit.

• Student Parliament is the highest authority of students’ representatives.

All academic staff shall be appointed by the Rector according Senate decision

based on the proposal of the council of respective academic units.

2. If the proposal is rejected, he returns to council review to the academic units.

3. If the council of the academic unit upon reconsideration bring the same proposal, the Senate

takes a final decision.

4. Procedures for appointment will be made in a transparent manner with public advertisement

for the vacancy.

Academic Staff can be appointed in these titles:

1.1. Academic Teaching;

1.2. Scientific research;

1.3. Artistic.

2. The academic staff consists of:

2.1. Full professors;

2.2. Associate professors;

2.3. Assistant professors;

2.4. Assistant University;

2.5. Lecturers .

3. Official abbreviations for academic staff are:

3.1. Full Professor - Professor dr .;

3.2. Associate Professor - Professor Assoc. dr .;

3.3. Assistant Professor - Professor ass. dr .;

3.4. Assistant University - Asst.

For more details regarding this titles please refer to the article 171-179 of the Statute of UPZ.





8

2. INSTITUTIONAL EVALUATION

2.1. Public mission and institutional objectives

Standards 1.1 - The institution has a defined mission statement that includes three main

pillars: teaching, research and community service.

Standard 1.2 - It has been defined based on a consultation process involving external and

internal stakeholders. It was an extensive process of drafting and adapting of the mission

statement of the institution and was sponsored by the TEMPUS project which involved

partners from universities accros Europe including: Innsbruck, University of Edinburgh,

Chalmers Uiversity – Gothenburg, also nationals stake holders including Ministry of

Education and Kosovo Accreditation Agency itself. Standards

1.3 – 1.5 - The mission and vision of the university is recognized by the members of the

academic community of the institution and provides an effective guide for strategic

planning, decision making and operations of the institution and was the base for the further

draft of the development strategy of the university. Medium and long term institutional

objectives are consistent with and support the mission.

Mission statement of the university:

The University of Prizren serves the region of Prizren and The Republic of Kosovo

by recruiting, developing and educating students to be successful graduates in the labour

market of Kosovo, the region and Europe.

The University of Prizren and its Management is committed to quality enhancement

of its learning and teaching and associated activities of the University, in order to strengthen

its comparability and standing with other institutions in the region and Europe.

Mission of UPZ as states in its statute (article 5 of UPZ statute):

To act as a leading center for advancing the institution's

knowledge, ideas and research in the higher education system in Kosovo;

To act as an institution and play a leading role in the development of

education, science, culture, society and economy of Kosovo;

To assist in the process of promoting democratic citizenship;





9

Aim to create and maintain the highest standards infield of teaching and learning,

research andartistic creativity;

Utilize its resources in the most efficient way;

Fully cooperate and participate in allHigher education activities at national, regional

and

international;

Adapt to European standards;

Fully integrated in the European area of higher education

Research is one of the priorities of UPZ. One of the first steps the UPZ did is

establishment of the committee for research, as the result of, the first research paper was

published and a number of scientific conferences are held at our university.

Attached to the SER you can find the development strategy for of UPZ. This strategy

is the first strategic development document at the UPZ, which defines priorities of of UPZ in 5

years period. This paper work denotes relevant and permanent nature of the University which

in meanwhile, depending on the possible needs and reasons, which can be periodically

reviewedand changed, respectively added and it can serve as a compilation of action plans in

the short, medium and long term in the field ofquality assurance.

The main goal of drafting this strategy is the achievement of the presented legal aims

and the vision of further developmentof the higher education at the university and broad.

In order to achieve its long-term fundamental goals theUniversity commits itself on

the following:

Progress of the comprehensive higher education qualityat the university and its

programmes.

Enhancement of the study efficiency.

Improvement of the quality in study programs, teachingand learning and working

conditions.

Improvement of the scientific-research and pedagogicwork of the academic staff at the

university.

Increase of the contribution, academic life of theUniversity and the contribution that is

to be provided tothe local and Kosovar community in general.

For more details of the quality assurance strategy please refere to the document attached on

CD.

Guideline of development for our university is our QA strategy which is presented to

all units and the same are obliged to harmonize their daily work on it.





10

The public higher education institutions of Kosovo, including University of Prizren

(UPz), are legally supported by the Ministry of Education, Science and Technology of Kosovo

(MESTK), to sustainably conduct, develop, shape and evaluate the reforms based on the

following principles: effectiveness and efficiency; the role of management, academic and

administrative staff; participation of students in the governing bodies; student support;

promotion of academic and student mobility; creation of opportunities for staff development;

cooperation with relevant stakeholders; guaranteeing transparency, freedom of study and

scientific and artistic research, respecting inclusive education; compliance and comparability

of the study programs with the European standards and guidelines; institutional social

responsibility.

UPZ sends academics and other staff on regular bases on trainings and conferences.

Staff is able to see and learn from others about the new trends and experiences and bring

knowledge and implement at UPZ. One of the conference is Quality assurance forum, where

we regularly follow and try to bring best practices back at university.

UPZ is still a program of MEST. All of the decision made by MEST are automatically

implemented at UPZ. As known MEST and all state HEI follow European Union Guidelines

regarding higher education. UPZ also clearly stated in its Quality Assurance Strategy that as

base for further development of the institution will be the following documents:

1. Bologna Declaration;

2. “Standards and Guidelines for Quality Assurance in

the European Higher Education Area”, European

Association for Quality Assurance in Higher Education

(ENQA)

3. Lisbon Convention;

4. Kosovo Law on Higher Education;

5. Kosovo Accreditation Agency guidelines.

Many of the reforms in education cost. It is sometimes hard to follow trends.

Fortunately we beneficiary of many TEMPUS projects and were able to improve many things

that could be difficult to fulfill with our possibilities. More than 1000 new titles are bought as

part of a TEMPUS project on Increasing Quality Assurance at UPZ. IT labs, Conference rooms,

training of staff abroad.





11

As already mentioned UPZ follows its Quality Assurance strategy in its reformation

and development. All of the priorities forseen in the strategy are also planned to be fulfilled in

particular time. Attached to the development strategy you may find the dynamic plan of

implementation.

UPZ has its Vice rector for quality assurance and coordinator for quality assurance.

Both of bodies are responsible to harmonize their daily work on QA strategy (find attached)

and follow the dynamic plan of implementation of priorities comming out from the quality

assurance strategy.

Responsibilities of QA coordinator:

Raising awareness activities within the institution with regard to Quality Assurance

(QA) importance.

Coordinates with other staff members of the institution development of a QA Strategy

for the UPPz.

Develops other necessary documents/guidelines on QA as it will be necessary based on

the previous developed Strategy for the internal and external QA system and based on

the needs of the UPPz.

Actively contributes in the institution on performing QA related activities:

o Compiles internal self-evaluation reports;

o Collects/develops necessary documents as required by the Kosovo

Accreditation Agency.

o Supports overall accreditation process of the UPPz.

A. Strengths

Offer of studies in community languages

Small size

Long tradition in teaching

Infrastructure

Located in the cultural capital of Kosovo

B. Weaknesses

Underfunding in many departments and programs

Lack of financial support for faculty Scholarship

Lack of full time academic staff

Lack of PHD





12

C. Opportunities

International and off-campus study and exchange programs

more conversations and partnerships with local employers – those in the private,

nonprofit, and public sectors – so that our students are more appealing to them

D. Threats

Reduced public funding





13

2.2. Strategic planning, governance and administration

Standard 2.1. The institution has a strategic plan for a period of five years 2018-2022. Standard

2.2-2.3 It was drafted in close consultation with the academic community at the institution, as

well as external stakeholders and private sector as well as student representative. The strategic

development plan is attached to the Self Evaluation Report and also shows clearly the members

who were engaged on drafting the plan. Strategic planning is integrated with annual and longer

term budget processes that provide for regular adjustments including the responsible people to

carry out certain activities.

2.4-2.5 The strategic plan takes full and realistic account of aspects of the internal and external

environment affecting the development of the institution. 2.5 The implementation of the

strategic plan is supposed to be monitored on short and medium term targets, and outcomes are

evaluated, however due to sometimes often changes in the management, the process is not fully

carried out.

2.6 University of Prizren has a decision making system and internal operating regulations in

conformity with current legal provisions which include Law on Higher Education, Statute of

The University of Prizren which was approved in the Parilament as well as regulations for

specific initiatives which were drafted and are in line with higher regulation acts.

2.7 The election criteria and processes of the decision makers and other elected positions are

clear, transparent and published in institutional regulations in all acts mentioned above and are

published on the website and open to public.

2.8 The responsibilities of the decision making bodies are defined in such a way that the

respective roles and responsibilities for overall policy and accountability, the senior

administration for management, and the academic decision making structures are clearly

differentiated and followed in practice. This can be easily proved by analyzing the recrucement

process and procedure of any academis or administrative staff employed at the University of

Prizren.

2.9 Student representatives are members of all decisional, executive and consultative bodies

including the highest organ of the university, the Board of Governors having the right of the

vote as well as Senate. The mechanism for electing student representatives is clearly explained

in internal regulations.

There is a democratic, transparent and non-discriminatory election procedure that does not limit

students’ right to represent and to be represented. The institution is not involved in the process

of electing student representatives exept of providing infrastructure and other capacities for a

normal and transparent process. University of Prizren has an administration that is effective in

terms of organization, staffing levels and qualifications, and functions rigorously.





14

2.10 – 2.11 University of Prizren established all vital offices and services for a vital and normal

functioning of the university. The responsibilities of administrative staff are clearly defined in

position descriptions and they match the qualifications of the individual.Responsibilities such

as finance and budget, staffing policies, strategic planning, quality assurance, facilities, etc.

2.2 1. The main governing authorities of the University are Board, Rector and

Senate.

• All university governing authorities operate the on the principle of majority voting,

Unless specified otherwise in this Statute.

• The mandate of all government officials and ruling authorities

Members shall commence on October 1, unless otherwise provided in this Statute

Statute. (For more details please refer to the statute atached to the report on electronic

form on cd, article 17-47)

2.3 Participation of the student representatives in different bodies of UPZ is also regulated by

the statute of UPZ, article 79.

• Student Council shall discuss and decide on all matters regarding the rights and

responsibilities of students in college.

• The Student Council conducts its own interests related to the performance the learning

process, through their representatives on the council of the faculty.

• Members of the faculty council students participate in proposal the candidates for the

dean.

• Students have the right to establish student organizations which student interest will

be represented within the university with the following bodies:

• Parliament students at university level;

• The students at academic unit.

• Student Parliament is the highest authority of students’ representatives.

2.41. All academic staff shall be appointed by the Rector according Senate decision

based on the proposal of the council of respective academic units.

2. If the proposal is rejected, he returns to council review to the academic units.

3. If the council of the academic unit upon reconsideration bring the same proposal, the Senate

takes a final decision.





15

4. Procedures for appointment will be made in a transparent manner with public advertisement

for the vacancy.

2.5 Academic Staff can be appointed in these titles:

1.1. Academic Teaching;

1.2. Scientific research;

1.3. Artistic.

2. The academic staff consists of:

2.1. Full professors;

2.2. Associate professors;

2.3. Assistant professors;

2.4. Assistant University;

2.5. Lecturers .

3. Official abbreviations for academic staff are:

3.1. Full Professor - Professor dr .;

3.2. Associate Professor - Professor Assoc. dr .;

3.3. Assistant Professor - Professor ass. dr .;

3.4. Assistant University - Asst.

A. Strengths

Unitary organisation

Accessibility of senior staff

Governance and strategic compliance

B. Weaknesses

Bureaucratic (some areas)

Modernisation

C. Opportunities

Digitalisation

Further development of staff

Increasing of human resource capacities

D. Threats

Reduced funding

Loss of key individuals/experience/ expertise





16

2.3. Financial planning and management

Standard 3.1 University of Prizren can demonstrate that it has sufficient financial resources in

the short (one year) and medium term (a minimum of three successive years) to adequately

reach its mission as well as objectives set out in the strategic plan as showen in the table below

on the three year budget plan presented.

3.2-3.3 University of Prizren has a realistic, stable and guaranted annual budget and a three-

year budget, as well as financial policies which address its financial sustainability. Oversight

and management of the institution’s budgeting and accounting functions are carried out by a

specialised unit responsible to a senior administrator. The unit posses all required qualifications

and certifications in order to carry out all responsibilities in professional and effective way.

3.4-3.5 There is an accurate monitoring of expenditure and commitments against budgets with

reports prepared many times during the fiscal year and auditing by internal and external audits.

University of Prizren usis a financial software licenced and offered by the Ministry of

Education named “Free Balance” which complies with accepted professional accounting

standards and as far as possible attribute total cost to particular activities.

UPZ for re-accreditation of existing programs are that the infrastructure for their normal work

is re-built in full compliance with the required standards or has been remedied existing, which

guarantees the normal functioning of studies in those programs. This inftrastructure has been

proven starting in 2010 and has been further advanced.

There are sufficient financial resources to fund the work of academic and civil staff needed for

their work this year and in the years to come.

There are sufficient financial resources for a normal job security for goods and services,

communal services, stimulation of the success of the work of distinguished students and for

further improvement of the conditions - the study infrastructure.

For successful work of academic and administrative staff UPZ has allowed the necessary

number of staff.





17

The academic and administrative staff are funded to update the knowledge about their work

and for the same financial opportunities to invest in raising their performance in the years to

come.

Studies are conducted in three local languages: Albanian, Bosnian and Turkish, which provides

greater opportunities for students to join the labor markets not only in the Republic of Kosovo.

investigated with regard to filling in jobs with adequate academic staff, which possess the

necessary academic degrees and calls are being eliminated on the move.

Weaknesses pertaining to civilian staff are being eliminated by the training of existing staff or

by filling in new jobs.

There are sufficient financial opportunities for the preservation and further advancement of the

work of existing study programs and this also helps to further cooperate with other Universities

of the world with whom UPZ has signed Cooperation Agreements and Donations from abroad

(European Union, Government Croatian, Turkish Government, etc.).

the main topic that is presented during the re-accreditation of existing UPZ study programs is

the inadequate labor market in the Republic of Kosovo for the students who complete the

studies.





18

UPZ Budget Plan and the way of its finance (2019-2021)

Budget for the year 2019

Nr:

Budget Category/nr.of

employers:

Number of

Employees

Approved

Budget

1. Employed in 2019 147

2. Wages 1,597,944.00

3. Goods and Services 600,000.00

4. Utilities 73,000.00

5. Self income 255,828.00

6. Subventions and Transfers 100,000.00

7. Capital Expenses 200,000.00

Total: 2,826,772.00

2. Budget for 2020 per academic year

Academic Year: Academic Year: Academic Year:

Nr:

Budget Category / nr. Of

employers: 2019 2020 2021

1 Number of Employees 147 147 147

2 Wages and Salaries 1,853,772.00 1,853,772.00 1,853,772.00

3 Goods and Services 600,000.00 600,000.00 600,000.00

4 Utilities 73,000.00 73,000.00 73,000.00

5 Subventions and Transfers 100,000.00 100,000.00 100,000.00

6 Capital Expenses 200,000.00 200,000.00 200,000.00

Total: 2,826,772.00 2,826,772.00 2,826,772.00





19

3. Financial resources for 2021

Academic Year: Academic Year: Academic Year:

Nr: Resource : 2019 2020 2021

1

Consolidated Budget

of Kosovo 2,600,944.00 2,600,944.00 2,600,944.00

2 Subventions 0.00 0.00 0.00

3 Self income 225,828.00 225,828.00 225,828.00

Total: 2,826,772.00 2,826,772.00 2,826,772.00

A. Strengths

Financial stability

Sufficient budget for normal running of all units at the university

B. Weaknesses

Unable to use the self-income

Limited budget for academic and administrative staff development

Not sufficient budget for scholarship and research

C. Opportunities

Total usage of self-income

Increase of the budget from the government

D. Threats

Budget cut from the government





20

2.4. Academic integrity, responsibility and public accountability

Standard 4.1.- 4.3 University of Prizren has a code of ethics and academic integrity through

which it defends the values of academic freedom, institutional autonomy and ethical integrity.

The regulation on code of ethics as well as the decision on establishment of the commission

and their duties and responsibilities can be handed to the expert for further details.The code of

ethics requires that all internal stakeholders act consistently with high standards of ethical

conduct in research, teaching, performance evaluation, and in the conduct of administrative

duties, and avoid conflicts of interest. This issue is further more regulated by the statute and

the law. The code is drafted by the experts of the field and is enforced through clear processes

and mechanisms that our university has, and it applies to all staff and structural units in the

institution.

4.4 - 4.6 The UPZ has established Ethics Committee responsible for the analysis and resolution

of any potential breaches in the code of ethics. So far there have been many cases that this

committee has been working on and can be taken as an evidence that the institution is applying

the code of ethics and its associated processes and mechanisms on all activities related to

management, administration, teaching and research. The results of its application are made

public to parties as well as broad public. All internal regulations, procedures, self-evaluation

reports and decisions of governing bodies are made publicly available on official webpage of

the university.

4.7 The web page of the university is regurarly refreshed and updated with variety of

information by publishing clear, accurate, objective, relevant, accessible and detailed

information regarding its academic staff, its research and academic activities, the programmes

it offers, the number of students enrolled, the intended learning outcomes of its programmes,

the qualifications they award, the teaching, learning and assessment procedures used, the pass

rates and the learning opportunities available to its students, graduate employment information,

scholarship opportunities, as well as tuition and administrative fees.





21

University has approved the code of ethics which is transparent and available on the

universities website www.uni-prizren.com. It defends the values of academic freedom,

institutional autonomy and ethical integrity.

Student Accountability, Community Standards, & Academic Integrity promotes good

citizenship within the University of Prizren community through education. Students are

expected to respect themselves and others, to act responsibly, and to be accountable for their

actions. The student accountability system addresses student violations of University policy

through fair, consistent, and confidential procedures.

A. Strengths

Regulations that ensure the rights of students

Involvement of students in all levels of government at university bodies

Regulations in line with law and statute of UPZ

B. Weaknesses

Lack of more social activities

Advanced level of transparency

C. Opportunities

Transparency

Involvement of diverse groups of interest in all spheres of university development

D. Threats

Lack of founding





22

2.5. Quality management

Standard 5.1- 5.4 University of Prizren has formally adopted a quality assurance strategy in

line with the general development strategy of the UPZ that describes the institutional quality

assurance system, its processes, mechanisms, instruments, reporting, data collection,

timeframes, quality cycle, responsibilities of all individuals and units involved in these

processes. The policy is a public document on university website as well as on the project

website [email protected]. The quality assurance strategy was drafted in the framework of the

above mentioned project and part of the team were well known experst of the field from

University of Edinburg, Chalmers University, Kosovo Accreditation Agency, staff from the

Unievrsity of Prizren. UPZ provided Adequate human, financial and material resources for the

leadership and management of quality assurance processes.

5.5 – 5.6 University of Prizren does annual evaluation of the overall teaching/learning

processes at the university as well as the services which are offered for students. Challanges

are recognized by those responsible and used as a basis for planning for improvement and

consultation by the management of the university. Quality assurance functions throughout the

institution are fully integrated into normal planning and development strategies in a defined

cycle of planning, implementation, assessment and review. The quality assurance system

covers the whole range of institutional activities including monitoring and evaluation. Regular

evaluations are carried out at the end of each semester and reports prepared that provide an

overview of performance for the institution as a whole and for organizational units and major

functions within it. Evaluations take into account inputs, processes and outputs, but give

particular attention to the quality of outcomes. Evaluations deal with performance in relation

to continuing routine activities as well as to strategic objectives. They also ensure that required

standards are met, and that there is continuing improvement in performance.

5.7 All academic and administrative units within the institution including the governing body

and senior management are focus of monitoring and evaluation and participate in the processes

of quality assurance and contribute to its continuous improvement. This is done mainly by the

quality assurance office but also by the central administration office which uses its own

inntruments mainly focused on administration. Also academic uits do regular monitoring of

teaching learning processes within faculties.

5.8 A quality assurance office is established within the institution’s central administration and

it has one fully employed staff, resources and administrative support are provided for the office

to operate effectively.


http://[email protected]




23

5.9 There is not a quality committee explicitly but the Senat coveres the responsibilities which

consists with members drawn from all types of members of the academic community, including

students.

5.10 The roles and responsibilities of the quality assurance office are clearly specified. The

activities of the quality assurance office are clearly specified and effectively coordinated under

the supervision of a representative of institutional highest management including the rector and

the vice-rector for quality assurance and international relationship. Common forms and survey

instruments are used for similar activities across the institution (academic activity, student

services, administration,

etc.) and responses are used in analysis of results including trends over time. Survey data is

collected from students, staff, graduates and employers; the results of these surveys are made

publicly available.

5.11 Instruments for quality assurance

The following qualitative and quantitative instruments are used to assure and enhance quality:

1. Questionnaires

2. Interviews

3. Monitoring

4. Appraisal scheme

5. Self-Assessment Report

And any other useful instrument such as: double marking, external consultancy as defined in

legal documents of theuniversity.

Statistical data is being processed and handed to the management of the university and is not

made public. It is used as a base for the management for improvements in the fields where

might be challenges.

In March 2012 the Management of the University of Prizren established the Quality

Assurance Office with the remit to facilitate the implementation of the principles outlined

above.At national and European level the University of Prizren is committed to use as guiding

documents within the European Higher Education Area as well as those of the Republic of

Kosovo:


2. “Standards and Guidelines for Quality Assurance in

The European Higher Education Area”, European

Association for Quality Assurance in Higher Education

(ENQA)

3. Lisbon Convention;






24

5. Kosovo Accreditation Agency guidelines.

Regulations for procedures of quality assurance

There are three filters that a program has to go through in order to be applicable for the

evaluation by Accreditation Agency. Focus Group of the particular faculty (consists of Dean

of the faculty, Professors, students) after study of labour market, proposes a study program in

Senate of UPZ to be approved, offering facts and feasibility. The Senate than gives the

recommendations to the rectorate who takes a final decision.

Review procedures of study program

Study programs are prepared by committees of faculties lead by the dean of faculty.

Usually programs are reviewed based on the recommendations during the debate in Senate and

Focus groups of faculties and international experts after the evaluation.

Mechanism for implementation of quality assurance measures

Quality assurance measures are lead by office for quality assurance in close relationship with

vice-rector for quality assurance and rector.

A. Strengths

Established office

Higher level of management involved

Qualified staff

B. Weaknesses

Lack of human resources

C. Opportunities

Engagement of more HR capacities

Continues training of the staff

D. Threats

Lack of funding for the further development





25

2.6. Learning and teaching

Standard 6.1 – University of Prizren, specifically each academic unit has drafted and adopted

policies and procedures applicable to all academic programs; the institution monitors the extent

to which those policies and procedures are effectively implemented. UPZ fully follows and is

based on standards and guidelines provided by Kosovo Accreditation Agency whi derive by

The European Standards and Guidelines.

6.2 There are tens of regulation which is well formed base to provide an effective system for

ensuring that all programs meet high standards of learning and teaching through initial

approvals, regular changes and monitoring of performance.

6.3 UPZ academic units appoint study commissions who monitor quality indicators, identify

and investigate study programs, and take action and decesion required to ensure that all

programs meet required performance standards.

6.4 Each study program is based on correlations between learning outcomes. A study program

is presented in the form of a series of documents which include: general and specific objectives

of the program; the curriculum, with the subjects’ weight expressed in ECTS credits and

disciplines distributed over the study period; thematic programs and syllabuses expressing

learning outcomes in the form of cognitive, technical or professional and affective-value

competences achieved by a discipline; the assessment methods for each discipline taking into

consideration the planned learning outcomes; the method and content of the graduation

examination which certifies the assimilation of cognitive and professional competences

corresponding to the academic qualification.

6.7 Study programs are fully based on Bologna system and on best practices in European

Higher Education Area and as such are consistent with the National Qualifications Framework

and with the Framework for Qualifications of the European Higher Education Area. There are

effective processes in place to ensure the fitness and effectiveness of the assessment methods

for the achievement of the intended learning outcomes.

UPZ regurarly opens calls for academic staff based on the statute of The University of Prizren.

UPZ anly recruts academic staff which is appropriately qualified and experienced for their

particular teaching responsibilities, they use teaching strategies suitable for the different kinds

of learning outcomes and participate in activities to improve their teaching effectiveness.

6.8 Teaching methodology is based on the study program accredited and professors are

required to adapt learning methods and environments that are student-centred and stimulate

students’ motivation, self-reflection and engagement in the learning process.

6.9 As already mentioned above teaching quality and the effectiveness of programs is evaluated

through student assessments and graduate and employer surveys with evidence from these

sources used as a basis for plans for improvement.





26

University of Prizren offers optimal conditions for learning and teaching for teachers, students,

educational researchers. It is the place to explore together new possibilities in education, to

develop and to test in practice. All stakeholders have the possibility to improve together their

own education and inspire colleagues with new ideas. University of Prizren is in all senses a

place for educational innovation and consists of suitable environment and infrastructure for a

nice experience.

The processes are based on the law, statute and regulations which are in accordance with each

other. The statute of the university also foresees the procedure from the beginning to the

accreditation of the particular study program. Study programs are strictly based on the

regulations of the KAA manual on drafting the study programs. After the accreditation the

study programs are precisely carried out based on the curriculum approved by te international

experts after the accreditation process. The programs are continuously improved every three

years based on the recommendations of the experts.

A. Strengths

Qualified academic staff

Adequate infrastructure

Accredited curriculum

B. Weaknesses

Lack of full time PHD academic staff

C. Opportunities

International cooperation

D. Threats

Lack of PHD academic staff





27

2.7. Research

Standard 7.1-7.2 University of Prizren does not have an independent explicit research strategy.

A research development plan is incorporated within two major documents of the university:

General development strategy as well as Quality Assurance Strategy. Both documents are

consistent with the nature and mission of the institution and the economic and cultural

development needs of the region is prepared and made publicly available.

7.3 – 7.5 Uiniversity of Prizren formally adopted an adequate research budget (including

allocations for research equipment and facilities) to enable the achievement of its research plan

and is clearly to be seen in the detailed budget plan. University of Prizren provides sufficient

financial, logistic and human resources for achieving the proposed research objectives. It is

important to mention that University professors are doing also independent research and

publish research papers on their own due to lack of enough financial support for the research.

The research is mainly made public through scientific and applied research publications, artistic

products.

7.6 – 7.8 It is well regulated and required that each academic staff member and researcher

publishes at least an average of one scientific/applied research publication or artistic

outcome/product per year for the past three years. This activities are vital for further promotion

of the staff.

Expectations for teaching staff involvement in research/scholarly/artistic activities is specified,

and performance in relation to these expectations is considered in the individual performance

review system and in promotion criteria.

It is a well known practice that teaching staff includes in their teaching information about their

research and scholarly activities that are relevant to courses they teach, together with other

significant research developments in the field.

7.9 Uniersity of Prizren professors publish under the name of the institution in Kosovo they are

affiliated to as full time staff, During the visit of the experts at our institution and the visit in

the university library many of the publications will be avoilable for the experts to have a look

at.

7.10 Policies for intelectusal property are well defined at the national and international level

and there are clear procedures set out for commercialization of ideas developed by staff and

students.

7.11 There is study committyy on the university level which works based on clear policies,

procedures and relevant structural units to ensure the safeguarding of ethical principles in

research.





28

UPZ appointed a research group which is currently working on putting in place this very

important condition of being a meaningful university. One of the goals of the group is setting

a link where all of the professors can publish their scientific work. They are currently working

on research plans and priorities that our academic staff should concentrate in future.

As specified above, research group that is already appointed is working on creating the data

base where all of the publications can be uploaded. We are aware of the importance of research

and give a lot of effort in establishing the necessary administrative infrastructure, appoint the

administrative staff who will take care of the data base.

List of publications and attendance on national and international conferences can be found on

CV of professors for each faculty on digital form.

Projects that are currently running at UPZ

TEMPUS projects that are being implemented at UPZ;

a. QA@UPPZ – Quality Assurance capacity building

b. EUREQA – Enforcment of quality assurance structure

c. Master in Cultural Heritage and Tourism Management

d. Integration of Students Union in EU students Union

e. Financial System

A. Strengths

Human resources

International cooperation

B. Weaknesses

Not enough budget

C. Opportunities

International cooperation in research projects

Establishment of research journal within university

D. Threats

Budget limitations





29

2.8. Staff, employment processes and professional development

Standard 8.1 Staff, employment processes and professional development is one of the areas

which is most regulated. A comprehensive set of policies and regulations is included in an

employment statute of the university as well as national laws and regulations. All above

mentioned documents are accessible to public including all teaching and administrative staff.

It includes rights and responsibilities, recruitment processes, supervision, performance

evaluation, promotion, support processes, and professional development.

8.2-8.3 Beginning from the open call and following recruitment processes ensure that staff have

the specific areas of expertise, qualification and experience for the positions they occupy. The

recruitment processes ensure equitable treatment of all applicants. Candidates for employment

are provided with full position descriptions and conditions of employment.

8.4 Academic teaching staff is given an effective orientation to ensure familiarity with the

institution and its services, programs and student development strategies, and institutional

priorities for development.

8.5 – 8.7 The level of provision of teaching staff (the ratio of students per full time staff

member) is adequate for the programs offered. Teaching loads are equitable across the

institution, taking into account the nature of teaching requirements in different fields of study.

All staff employed in the institution (academic, scientific, administrative) hold the relevant

qualifications so that they are able to effectively manage educational, scientific, research,

creative activities and administrative processes. Criteria and processes for performance

evaluation are clearly specified and made known in advance to all staff.

8.8-8.9 Academic staff evaluation is done at least through self-evaluation, students, peer and

superiors evaluations, and occur on a formal basis at at the end of every semester.

If staff performance is considered less than satisfactory, clear requirements are established for

improvement. The top management of the university including the rector holds regular

consultation meetings with such staff after each evaluation process. The institution is closely

monitoring the improvements in staff activity, especially in the segments underlined during the

evaluations. .

8.10-8.11 The institution has clear plan for all staff professional development, a structured

approach in identifying such needs, and allocates appropriate resources for its implementation.

All staff are given appropriate and fair opportunities for personal and career development, with

special assistance given to any who are facing difficulties.





30

1. Full time academic staff

Name and surname Academic

title

Faculty

1 Agon Kokaj Asistent FSHK

2 Ajka Aljilji Prof.ass ED

3 Albana Milaimi Prof.ass. FSHJM

4 Albulena Alidemaj Asistent ED

5 Anera Alishani Asistent EKONOMIK

6 Arif Riza Prof.ass JURIDIK

7 Armend Podvorica Prof.ass JURIDIK

8 Artan Nimani Prof.ass EKONOMIK

9 Artan Reshani Asistent ED

10 Bajram Cupi Prof.ass ED

11 Behxhet Brajshori Prof.ass EKONOMIK

12 Bekim Berisha Prof.ass EKONOMIK

13 Betim Maloku asistent FSHK

14 Dardan Vuniqi Asistent JURIDIK

15 Drita Krasniqi Prof.ass EKONOMIK

16 Dhurate Hyseni asistent FSHK

17 Elsev Brina-Lopar Prof.ass ED

18 Ercan Canhasi Prof.Ass. FSHK

19 Fahredin Shabani Prof.asc ED





31

20 Festim Tafolli Asistent EKONOMIK

21 Flamur Shala Prof.Ass FILOLOGJIË

22 Florije Govori Prof.ass EKONOMIK

23 Gani Gjini Prof.ass. EKONOMIK

24 Halil Kukaj Prof.ass EKONOMIK

25 Halim Bajraktari Prof.ass JURIDIK

26 Hamdi Hoti Prof.ass EKONOMIK

27 Hysni Terziu Prof.ass. EKONOMIK

28 Ilir Murturi asistent FSHK

29 Ismet Temaj Prof.asc ED

30 Izer Maksuti Prof.ass FILOLOGJIË

31 Isuf Lushi Prof.aso EKONOMIK

32 Kadri Kryeziu Prof.ass JURIDIK

33 Kimete Canaj Prof.ass.dr FILOLOGJIË

34 Leonora Sopaj Asistent EKONOMIK

35 Malush Mjaku prof.ass FSHK

36 Marigona Geci Asistent EKONOMIK

37 Muharrem Faiku Prof.ass JURIDIK

38 Munevver Muyo Prof.ass ED

39 Naim Baftiu prof.ass FSHK

40 Nerimane

Bajraktari

Prof.ass EKONOMIK

41 Nol Krasniqi Asistent FSHJM





32

42 Ragip Gjoshi Prof.ass ED

43 Sabaudin Cena prof.dr. ED

44 Sadik Idrizi Ligjerues ED

45 Samedin Krrabaj prof.ass FSHK

46 Sejdi Sejdiu Prof.Ass FILOLOGJIË

47 Selman Jagxhiu prof.ass FSHK

48 Sermin Turtulla Prof.Ass FILOLOGJIË

49 Soner Yildirim Prof,ass ED

50 Shefki Shterbani Asistent JURIDIK

51 Shemsi Morina Prof.ass ED

52 Shkelqim Millaku Prof.ass FILOLOGJIË

53 Shukri Maxhuni Prof.ass. EKONOMIK

54 Teuta Kafexholli Prof.Ass FILOLOGJIË

55 Vedat Bajrami Asistent ED

56 Vjollca Dibra

Ibrahimi

Prof.Ass FILOLOGJIË

57 Xhafer Beqiraj Prof.Ass FILOLOGJIË

58 Xhevair Bajrami prof.ass FSHK

59 Ylli Kortoqi Prof.ass FSHJM

60 Zirije Hasani prof.ass FSHK





33

Part time academic staff

Name and surname Academic

degree

Faculty

1 Abdullah

Zejnullahu

prof.i.rreg FSHK

2 Abdylkader Muqaj Ligjerues JURIDIK

3 Adelajda Baftiu Asistent FILOLOGJIË

4 Adelina Rakaj Asistent JURIDIK

5 Adem Shala Ligjerues JURIDIK

6 Aferina Skeja Asistent EKONOMIK

7 Ahmed Bihorac Ligjerues ED

8 Aida Alla Ligjerues FILOLOGJIË

9 Akif Gashi asistent FSHK

10 Albana Krasniqi Ligjerues ED

11 Albolena Morina Asistent EKONOMIK

12 Amanda Zeqiri Asistent ED

13 Amantina Pervizaj Ligjerues EKONOMIK

14 Amela Lukac-

Zoranic

Ligjerues ED

15 Arben Hajdari prof.aso EKONOMIK

16 Arber Beshiri asistent FSHK

17 Arleta Rifati Nixha Prof.ass. FSHJM

18 Armend Bytyci Asistent FILOLOGJIË

19 Arsim Susuri ligjerues FSHK

20 Arsim Thaqi Asistent JURIDIK

21 Arta Hallaci Asistent FILOLOGJIË

22 Astrit Hulaj ligjerues FSHK

23 Avdyl Pantina Asistent ED

24 Ayla Gasi Ligjerues ED

25 Azem Kolloni Asistent JURIDIK

26 Bahtije Gerbeshi Prof.asc. EKONOMIK

27 Bajram Demollari Ligjerues JURIDIK

28 Baki Koleci Prof.ass. EKONOMIK





34

29 Bardha Buza Ligjerues ED

30 Becir Sabotic Ligjerues ED

31 Behxhet Gaxhiqi Prof.ass ED

32 Bekim Gashi Prof.ass. FSHJM

33 Berat Aqifi Prof.ass JURIDIK

34 Berkant Basha ligjerues FSHK

35 Berna Babayonuz Ligjerues ED

36 Bertan Karahoda ligjerues FSHK

37 Besarta Avdyli Asistent ED

38 Besim Gallopeni prof.ass EKONOMIK

39 Besnik Hajdari asistent FSHK

40 Brikena Kadzadej Prof.dr.ord FILOLOGJIË

41 Cengiz Çesko Ligjerues ED

42 Dafina Abdullahu Asistent EKONOMIK

43 Dalila Lekaj Asistent ED

44 Dardan Berisha Asistent JURIDIK

45 Dardane Bojaxhiu Asistent FILOLOGJIË

46 Dashurie Saramati Asistent FILOLOGJIË

47 Dorinë Rakaj Asistent FILOLOGJIË

48 Edis Pajaziti asistent FSHK

49 Edmond Beqiri prof.i.asoc FSHK

50 Egzon Tahirukaj Asistent FSHJM

51 Egzona Samahoda Asistent JURIDIK

52 Elez Osmani prof I rreg EKONOMIK

53 Elsa Vula Asistent FILOLOGJIË

54 Elvir Shtavica Asistent EKONOMIK

55 Engin Melekoglu ligjerues FSHK

56 Engul Galo ligjerues FSHK

57 Eqerem Zenelaj Ligjerues JURIDIK

58 Ergin Gashi ligjerues FSHK

59 Ergin Kala ligjerues FSHK

60 Esad Kurejsepi Ligjerues ED

61 Esen Spahi Ligjerues ED

62 Esma Canhasi Ligjerues ED

63 Fadil Kryeziu Ligjerues JURIDIK

64 Fadil Novalic prof.i.asoc FSHK

65 Faruk Bojaxhi Ligjerues FSHJM





35

66 Fatime Gashi asistent FSHK

67 Fatmir Mehmeti Asistent ED

68 Fatos Haziri Ligjerues JURIDIK

69 Fehim Huskovic Prof.dr. ED

70 Fesal Baxhaku ligjerues FSHK

71 Fevzi Berisha Prof.ass EKONOMIK

72 Fitore Abdullahu Prof.ass ED

73 Gresa Mjaku Asistent EKONOMIK

74 Gjyle Totaj Salihu Asistent FILOLOGJIË

75 Hajrija Skrejli ligjerues FSHK

76 Haki Xhakli Prof.ass ED

77 Halit Shabani Prof.ass EKONOMIK

78 Hamide Begaj ligjerues FSHK

79 Haris Bibujlica asistent FSHK

80 Herolinda

Bylykbashi

Asistent FILOLOGJIË

81 Hivzo Golos Ligjerues ED

82 Hysnie Koro Ligjerues ED

83 Ibrahim Krasniqi Prof.ass. EKONOMIK

84 Ibrahim Mala Ligjerues JURIDIK

85 Ilir Islami Ligjerues FSHJM

86 Ilir Krusha Asistent FILOLOGJIË

87 Ismet Ahmeti Asistent ED

88 Ismet Bujupaj Ligjerues FILOLOGJIË

89 Jusuf Mustafa prof.i aso EKONOMIK

90 Kadri Krasniqi Ligjerues EKONOMIK

91 Kajtaz Bllaca prof.ass. FSHK

92 Kastriote Vllahna Ligjerues JURIDIK

93 Kushtrim Xhaferi Ligjerues FILOLOGJIË

94 Laura Naka Ligjerues ED

95 Liridon Bucaj Asistent FSHJM

96 Luan Vardari Asistent EKONOMIK

97 Martina Drecher Lektore FILOLOGJIË

98 Mejdin Saliji Ligjerues ED

99 Meleq Bahtijari Prof.asoc FSHJM

100 Mentor Hamiti ligjerues FSHK

101 Mentor Lecaj Ligjerues JURIDIK





36

102 Mevlan Qafleshi ligjerues FSHK

103 Mirlinda Vula Ligjerues ED

104 Muhamet Hamiti prof.Asc FILOLOGJIË

105 Muhamet Zogaj Asistent FSHJM

106 Muljaim Kacka Ligjerues ED

107 Musa Murati asistent FSHK

108 Musaj Paqarizi Prof.ass. FSHJM

109 Myfail Zylbehari Asistent EKONOMIK

110 Myrtez Zekolli Ligjerues JURIDIK

111 Myzafer Saracevic prof.i.asoc FSHK

112 Naim Berisha Ligjerues FILOLOGJIË

113 Naim Spahiu Ligjerues JURIDIK

114 Nalan Kazaz Ligjerues ED

115 Naser Mrasori Prof.ass.dr FILOLOGJIË

116 Naser Pajaziti Prof.asoc ED

117 Nazli Tyfekci Ligjerues FILOLOGJIË

118 Nuri Bexheti prof.asoc JURIDIK

119 Nuri Brina Ligjerues ED

120 Nysret Pllana Prof.ass. EKONOMIK

121 Njomza Bajraktari ligjerues FSHK

122 Njomza Elezaj Asistent FSHJM

123 Onat Baymak Ligjerues ED

124 Osman Sertolli Asistent FSHJM

125 Pajtime Shala Asistent FSHJM

126 Petrit Hasanaj Prof.ass EKONOMIK

127 Qazim Elshani Prof.ass ED

128 Qufli Osmani prof.i aso EKONOMIK

129 Ramadan Cikaqi asistent FSHK

130 Rifat Hoxha Dr. EKONOMIK

131 Rrezarta Ramadani Asistent FILOLOGJIË

132 Sadete Pllana Prof.ass JURIDIK

133 Safet Hoxha Ligjerues JURIDIK

134 Sanela Lutvic ligjerues FSHK

135 Saranda Buzhala Asistent FILOLOGJIË

136 Sejdi Rexhepi prof.i rreg EKONOMIK

137 Selver Pepic prof.i.asoc FSHK

138 Senad Jusufi Asistent EKONOMIK





37

139 Serdan Kervan Ligjerues ED

140 Sindorela Doli Prof.ass ED

141 Suada Dzogovic Ligjerues ED

142 Shanoela Zaqe Asistent JURIDIK

143 Shefik Bajmak prof.i.rreg FSHK

144 Shkurte Veliu-

Ajdini

Ligjerues FILOLOGJIË

145 Shpejtim Zymberaj Msc EKONOMIK

146 Shykrane Germizaj Prof.dr. FILOLOGJIË

147 Uran Zogaj Asistent JURIDIK

148 Vehbi Sofiu ligjerues FSHK

149 Vilson Marku Ligjerues FILOLOGJIË

150 Vjosa Hamiti Prof.Ass FILOLOGJIË

151 Xhevdet Rusinovci Ligjerues FILOLOGJIË

152 Ylvije Kraja Prof.ass EKONOMIK

153 Yllka Imeri Asistent FILOLOGJIË

154 Yyxhel Spahi ligjerues FSHK





38

Staff, employment processes and professional development is based on the law for

work and other supporting regulations including the statute of the university. The

recruitment processes ensure that staff have the specific areas of expertise,

qualification and experience for the positions they occupy. The recruitment processes

ensure equitable treatment of all applicants. Candidates for employment are provided

with full position descriptions and conditions of employment. All staff employed in

the institution (academic, scientific, administrative) hold the relevant qualifications so

that they are able to effectively manage educational, scientific, research, creative

activities and administrative processes. All issues dealing with Staff, employment

processes and professional development are regulated with the law, statute of the

university and regulations which have been adapted to treat several issues specifically.

A. Strengths

Regulated process based on the statute and law

B. Weaknesses

Not enough budget

C. Opportunities

Professional development of the administrative staff

Participation of staff and training in international projects

D. Threats

Financial support for staff development





39

2.9. Student administration and support services

Standard 9.1 – 9.12 Admissions requirements are clearly specified and appropriate for the

institution and its programs; admission requirements are consistently and fairly applied.

Complete information about the institution, including the range of programs and courses,

program requirements, services, scholarship opportunities, tuition and administrative fees and

other relevant information are made publicly available prior to application for admission

usually on the university website as well as daily national newspapers and mediums. A

comprehensive orientation program is organised for starting students to ensure thorough

understanding of the range of services and facilities available to them, policies and procedures

at the institution and of their rights and responsibilities presented usually in brochures wich are

avoilable online but also in hard copies at the university. A range of scholarships and financial

support are available to students in order to both stimulate and reward performance, as well as

to socially support students with disadvantaged backgrounds. These two categories and their

criteria are operated separately; these scholarships and financial support can be cumulated.

Student central administration and office for academic purposes run effective processes to

collect and analyse reliable data referring to the profile of the student population, student

progression, success and drop-out rates, students’ satisfaction with their programmes, learning

resources and student support available, career paths of graduates. The statistical data is used

for quality assurance purposes, as well as in supporting decision making.

This information is made widely available within the institution, covering all information

required for all phases of the student „life cycle” - admission, progression, recognition and

certification – including all concerning regulations, the rights and responsibilities of students,

actions to be taken for breaches of discipline, responsibilities of relevant officers and

committees, and penalties that may be imposed.

Student appeal procedure is specified in statute and specific regulations, published and made

widely known within the institution. The regulations make clear the grounds on which

academic appeals may be based, the criteria for decisions, and the remedies available. The

appeals procedures guarantee impartial consideration by persons or committees independent of

the parties involved. Appropriate national but lso university policies and procedures are in

place to deal with academic misconduct, including plagiarism and other forms of cheating.

The range of services provided and the resources devoted to students cover all requirements of

the student population. Formal plans are developed for the provision and improvement of

student services; the implementation and effectiveness of those plans is being monitored on a

regular basis and is adjusted based on needs.





40

The effectiveness and relevance of student services is regularly monitored through processes

that include satisfaction surveys. Services are modified in response to evaluation and feedback.

This surveys which are in a form of questionaires are handed to students who give can give

their opinions about the overall effectivnes and relevance of the university administration.

Student Service Office established in the frame of QA@UPPZ offers academic counselling,

career planning and employment advice as well as personal or psychological counselling

services are made available with easy access for students from any part of the institution.

Opportunities are provided through appropriate facilities and organizational arrangements for

extracurricular activities for students. Arrangements are made to organize and encourage

student participation in extracurricular activities.

Student administration and support services are fully in accordance with the standards

foreseen in the manual of the KAA. The procedures are transparent and clearly defined for

each process and administrative procedure which could face students during their studies at

our university.

A. Strengths

Experienced and qualified staff

B. Weaknesses

Lack of human resource capacities

C. Opportunities

D.

Digitalisation

E. Threats

Limited number of administrative staff





41

2.10. Learning resources and facilities

Standard 10.1. University of Prizren offers a modern infrastructure and a conviniont learning

environment for students on the first plae but also for teaching and administrative staff.

Adequate financial resources are provided for acquisitions, cataloguing, equipment, and for

services and system development.

10.2 -10.3 Two university libraries offer books, journals and other materials in Albanian,

Turkish, Serbo-Croatian, English and German for programs and research organised at the

institution. University also offers access to electronic reliable and efficient access to online

databases, research and journal materials relevant to the institution’s programs is available for

users.

10.4 University libraries are adequate facilities to host learning resources in a way that makes

them readily accessible. Up to date computer equipment and software are provided to support

electronic access to resources and reference material.

10.5-10.6 Library and associated facilities and services are available for extended hours beyond

normal class time to ensure access when required by users. Librarians working in two of the

university libraries are adequately trained and offer professional services as well as use reliable

systems for recording loans and returns, with efficient follow up for overdue material. Effective

security systems are used to prevent loss of materials.

10.7 The study environment is adequate, clean, attractive and well maintained physical

environment of both buildings and grounds. Facilities fully meet Kosovo legislation on health

and safety. All facilities and infrastructure at university campus is certified and technically

accepted before use.

10.8 Quality assurance processes used include both feedback from principal users about the

adequacy and quality of facilities, and mechanisms for considering and responding to their

views.

10.9 -10.10 Appropriate provision for both facilities and learning resources is made for students

and staff with physical disabilities or other special needs including acces to classrooms

infrastructure such as lifts and easy to access infrastructure. Complete inventories are

maintained of equipment owned or controlled by the institution including equipment assigned

to individual staff. Space utilization is monitored and when appropriate facilities reallocated in

response to changing requirements. Responsible for maintaining the equipment is IT office and

a professional employee for the laboratories at the Faculty of Life Sciencs and Faculty of

Education.

10.11Adequate computer equipment is available and accessible for teaching, staff and students

throughout the institution. The adequacy of provision of computer equipment is regularly





42

evaluated through surveys or other means. All classes are equipped with modern IT equipment

including audio systems and projectors.

10.12 Technical support is available for staff and students using information and

communications technology. Training programs are provided to ensure effective use of

computing equipment and appropriate software for assessments, teaching and administration.

University offers two university libraries within campus with optimal conditions for study and

research. Two librarians are employed and offer services to students. The literature in the

library is constantly updated and enriched with new titles. University also offers online

database and has cooperation with the national library of Kosovo.

There are also many labs in all faculties and are open for use to students during their classes

but also for their research activities. It is also important to be mentioned that libraries are also

equipped with computers which are connected to internet and can be used for research.

The existing location of the University of Prizren is located within the city, in the areas where

the former High School of Education (SHLP XHEVDET DODA), the geographic position of

this location is relatively flat, with a lightweight configuration and has a surface area of 2.5

ha.

Prizren University campus provides the service of 10000 thousand young students and does

not offer the possibility of expansion in the future. The University Campus has these faculties:

• Faculty of Education

• Economy Faculty

• Law faculty

• Faculty of Computer Science

• Faculty of Life and Environmental Sciences.

The University of Prizren started the first steps in the existing building, and went further with

the renovation of other facilities that were located within the UET yard. Initially renovated the

former Ymer Prizreni High School building.

Existing facilities built in the 1970s, having a distinctive architecture and strong construction.

1. The facility of the former Faculty of Education in Prizren with S + B + P + 1 floors and

surface S = 5000m2

2. The facility of the former High School of Economics with the B + P + 2 floor and the surface

S = 3500 m2.

3. Ex Works of Former Physical Education Hall with B + P floors with surface S = 800m2.

4. Facility of the convoy with etaction S + B + P + 2 with surface S = 5000m2





43

These facilities have been partially renovated and adapted to the University Space with

contemporary standards but without altering (damaged) the facility's construction by

preserving the cultural and historical heritage of the buildings and especially from the outside

of the buildings.

The existing site has a surface of 2.5 ha this University can not expand with you at this location

and the facilities have been refurbished.

A. Strengths

Capacities

Labs

B. Weaknesses

Lack of dormitory

Lack of University cantina

C. Opportunities

Renovation and adaptation of the dormitory and university cantina

Development of student public social spaces

D. Threats

Budget for development and maintenance of labs





44

2.11. Institutional cooperation

Standard 11.1. –The University of Prizren has drafted and adopted the General Development

Strategy which covers the institutional cooperation and internationalization strategy that guides

the institutional decisions and resource allocation in this area.

11.2 The University of Prizren has created and assigned the portfolio for institutional

cooperation and internationalisation to a member of the upper management that is directly

mandated and accountable for the initiatives and results in this area.

11.3 UPZ signed different agreements and memorandums of understanding with relevant

national and international partners and organisations. The responsibilities of partners are

clearly defined in formal agreements.

11.4-11.5 UPZ takes part as a partner, in international projects. A list of projects that have been

runned at UPZ is listed below.UPZ organises national and international conferences, open

lectures, debates, cultural events of international visibility.

11.6 UPZ is encouraging the international visibility of its staff and students by supporting their

participation in different study mobility, forums, events, internships, summer schools,

seminars, etc. Professors and administrative staff have been participating in teaching and

workshops accros Europe and beyond.

11.7-11.10 Engagement in international cooperation and contributions to the community are

included in promotion criteria and staff performance review. Vice-rector for International

relationship, office for internatonal relationship as well as other mechanisms are established to

support cooperation with international higher education institutions, networks and

organisations. Assistance is given for teaching staff to develop collaborative arrangements with

the international community. All staff are encouraged to participate in forums in which

significant community issues are discussed and plans for community development are

considered. Relationships are established with local industries and employers to assist program

delivery, student’s internship and possible future employment opportunity for students.

11.11 Local employers and members of professions are one of the bases for study program

development.





45

International relationships for The UPZ are priority. We know the fact that our

university can profit a lot from the developed universities and universities with tradition.

Establishment of the Office and appointment of the coordinator for International Affairs is just

one step of the internationalization of our university. The establishment of the office has been

done in partnership with the TEMPUS project. In coming months UPZ will work on drafting

the strategic plan for internationalization. It is our aim that during the period of time 2015-2018

to sign a contract of cooperation with tens of universities in different fields, like: exchange of

students, research, workshops, organization of seminars and many more.

Projects that are currently running at UPZ

TEMPUS projects that are being implemented at UPZ;

a. QA@UPPZ – Quality Assurance capacity building

b. EUREQA – Enforcment of quality assurance structure

c. Master in Cultural Heritage and Tourism Management

d. Integration of Students Union in EU students Union

e. Financial System

f. BESTSDI

g. Establishing of Theory to practice centers – T2P

We established partnership with the following universities and institutions from the

country, region and the world:

1. University of Bremen, Germany

2. University of Cologne, Germany

3. University of Hamm-Lippstadt, Germany

4. Sakaria University, Turkey

5. University of Prishtina "Hasan Prishtina"

6. Balikesirit University, Turkey

7. University of Nigde, Turkey

8. Bharathi University, India

9. University of Kocaeli, Turkey

10. …





46

A. Strengths

Cooperation with universities across Europe and US

B. Weaknesses

Lack of human resources responsible for IR

C. Opportunities

Establishment of the office and staff for IR

D. Threats

Budget





47


PREVIOUS EVLUATION (if applicable)

Recommendation of the Expert

Team in previous External

Review Report

The solution the provider has

implemented in addressing the

recommendation

Other relevant comments

Recommendation: Like

2012 the experts

recommend again a

specification of the

mission statement and the

strategy of the

University. There is still

also a need to advance the

research profile of the

whole university.

We believe that our mission

and vision suits very well to

our capacities and needs. We

have worked on it with

international experts with

participant from Universities

of many EU universities.

Have taken UPZ

circumstances in,

consideration and came out

with the mission and vision

presented in our self-

evaluation report.

Recommendation: The

experts recommend that

the organizational chart

of the UoPz should be

presented for the next

time in a version, which

can be read more easily.

Furthermore the

organizational chart

should be presented at the

homepage of the

university in English

language, too.

Organizational chart is

already formatted in a

documents that can be read

easily.

Recommendation (to the

Ministry): The experts

recommend that the

contract period for part-

time staff should not be

Only professors that fulfil

the criteria to get employed

full time can get a contract of

three years. Others can only





48

less than two or three

years after the first

positive evaluation.

be engaged for a period of

six months based on law.

Recommendation: The

experts again strongly

recommend that policy

should offer more

financial resources for the

UoPz. Only with a higher

budget UoPz can grow to

a University of

international standard

and reputation.

In the upcoming year we will

try to convince the ministry

with our projects to get

higher budget.

Recommendation: The

experts recommend again

that the development plan

should be finished as

quickly as possible.

Working group is already

appointed for the new

development plan 2016-

2020. We belive that in the

beginning of the 2016 we

will have the draft.

Recommendation: The

Experts recommend

again, that research

should be integrated in

the upcoming

development plan. The

focus should be put on

both, project-oriented and

application oriented

research. It could be

helpful, to establish or

use formal contacts with

businesses in the region

with the perspective of

performing research on

their behalf.

We already agreed that

research will be part of the

development plan. Already

discussed form of support

for researchers, professors

and students.

Recommendation: The

experts recommend, that

University of Prizren

regularly supplies its library





49

the books in the library

should be modernized

continuously. There still

are great lacks in German

literature (primary and

scientific literature), in

law and in IT-related

books and journals.

with new books. Recently

more than 1000 new titles

have been bought and

supplied within a TEMPUS

project. Books are of all

fields based on lists that

professors asked for.

Recommendation: The

Experts recommend that

contracts with staff,

which should be renewed

must contain at least three

years, if a staff member

has been evaluated after

his first working period in

a positive way

Academic staff that fulfilled

criteria for retracement has

contracts permanent

contracts. Staff that doesn’t

fulfill retracement criteria

can only be engaged for a

short period of time. We

regularly open call for

retracement unfortunately

not many fulfill the criteria

foreseen by law.

Recommendation:

International contacts

have been intensified in

the last three years.

Several foreign

universities were visited.

In the future more

exchange programs with

foreign universities

should be started. The

experts - again - strongly

recommend, that the

homepage of the UoPz

must be translated into

English language as soon

as possible, because a

Internet Presence is one

important base of

international visibility.

Homage is already

translated. Please check the

following link: http://uni-

prizren.com/en/Home?





50

Recommendation:

Weakness of the

University from students’

side is administrative

staff, who are not polite

and they are not doing

their job properly.

Students are not sure with

administrative

professional capability.

So some extra training for

them by external

consultancy or by

management should be

provide. Also staff from

UoPz should work more

on visibility of mobility

opportunities for students

(ex. Open debates,

presentation of the

programmers, visible

information on the web

site etc.).

Upz employed students’

service officers in all

faculties. Students now have

much better treatment and

they finish their needs much

faster.





51

4. PROGRAM EVALUATIONS

1.2. Program 1 – Business Administration, BA, re/accreditation

The name of the study program Business Administration

Qualification level by KCF (BA, MA, PhD,

doctoral program, university degree,

certificate or professional diploma)

BA

The academic degree and the title of diploma

in full and short form

Bachelor of Science in Business Administration - BSc

The Field of the study according to Erasmus

Subject

Aresa Codes (ESAC)

04

Profile of the academic program Business Administration

Minimum duration of the study 3 years (6 semesters)

The Form of the study (regular, without

breaks from work, distance study, etc.) Regular 250 + 50 part-time

Number of ECTS 180 ECTS or 60 ECTS/Year

Modules/Subjects (Short overview) 1. Business Mathematics

2. Financial Accounting I

3. Microeconomics

4. Entrepreneurship

5. Basics of Marketing

6. Business English I

7. Financial Accounting II

8. Macroeconomics

9. Statistics

10. International Business

11. Basics of Management

12. Business English II

13. Academic Writing

14. Corporate Finance

15. E-Marketing

16. Business Decisions Making

17. Business Information System

18. Organization of Enterprises

19. Business Communication





52

20. German Language

21. Human Resources Management

22. Market Research

23. Negotiating Skills-Leadership

24. Management of Change

25. Project Management

26. Ethics in Business

27. Turkish Language

28. Audit

29. Supply Chain Management

30. Financial Reporting

31. Business Hotel Management

32. Quality Management

33. Accounting Information System

34. Business English III

35. Management Accounting

36. Financial Analysis

37. Corporate Governance

38. Professional Practice

39. Thesis

Number of study places Regular 250 + 50 Part Time = 300

Leadership/ study program leader Prof. Ass. Dr. Behxhet Brajshori

Permanent academic staff

(scientific/artistic)

(Number by category of staff)

Eleven (11) Professors: (2 Professor asoc., 9 Prof.ass)

and (4) Assistants

Study Fees

25 euros per semester

University of Prizren “Ukshin Hoti” (UPZ) has started work in 2010 after the decision taken

by the Government of Kosovo to establish the university. The headquarter of the University is

in Prizren, one of the oldest cities in Kosovo. UPZ is the second public university in Kosovo.

In 2010, the number of students was close to 1700, and now, in 2018, the number of students

is around 17,000 students. The University is accredited since 2010. Currently, the University

offers studies in the Bachelor and Master cycle.

The mission of this University is to provide quality education, research, and innovation in

order to create leaders in the field of Technology, Economics, Law, Education, Philology, etc.,

who will adapt to the needs of a fast changing world.

The Strategic Goals are:





53

Academic advancement of staff, research, and the offering of scholarships are

among the priority services of the University;

The improvement of teaching methods, research and services in the University by

retaining and hiring new staff;

Growing the teaching environment of the University with the purpose of attracting

and retaining excellent students;

The development and establishment of the University of Prizren in a university that

offers quality education and quality studies for students with the goal of becoming

the most prestigious university in Kosovo and beyond.

The Faculty of Economics operates within the University of Prizren “Ukshin Hoti”. The

Faculty of Economics of the University of Prizren “Ukshin Hoti” in Prizren offers two

programs of Bachelor studies: The “Business Administration” program and “International

Management” program and two programs of Master studies: The “Business Administration”

program and “Accounting and Auditing” program.

The development of these programs is closely related to the needs of the labor market and

to the needs of business development, not only in the region of Prizren but also beyond. The

number of students who graduate from the secondary school from this region have the

opportunity to choose one of these programs for pursuing undergraduate studies and then also

for master studies. Given the ongoing demand for registration in these programs, which have

been constantly increasing, there is full justification for developing these programs at the

Bachelor level of studies at the Faculty of Economics at the University of Prizren “Ukshin

Hoti”. This University serves the region of Prizren and the country with recruiting, developing

and educating students to be successful in the labor market in Kosovo and beyond. The

University aims through the programs to provide students with the necessary skills and

knowledge in order to be equal and prepared to apply their knowledge and skills in the real

world.





54

1.2.1. Mission, objectives and administration

The study program Bachelor of Business Administration is a carefully designed

interdisciplinary program for students who are interested in the field of business administration.

The mission of the Business Administration program (AB) is to prepare students with

practical managerial skills in the context of global enterprises by achieving sufficient

professional skills and capacity for a productive leadership career in the economic system of

free markets and private enterprises based on the spirit of competitive entrepreneurship.

This study program also has the mission of providing quality education and advancing the

students' practical knowledge and skills in business competition and business management,

not only in the domestic market but also in the international market. Important for this study

program is to increase the level of research in the business field and for students to develop

creative, innovative and communicative thinking skills in solving business and decision-

making problems based on the use of extensive analytical, research and practice based

literature to create leaders in the field of Economy.

Such a level of knowledge is guaranteed by the Curriculum of this program, which includes

subjects from the field of Entrepreneurship development, then Modern Management of

Business, Marketing, Macroeconomics, Microeconomics, Corporate Finance, Accounting,

International Business etc., (see Curriculas of the programs).

The study program Bachelor of “Business Administration” is a three year study program

and includes 6 semesters with a total of 180 ECTS. This program enables students to achieve

a good level of basic knowledge in the field of Business Administration, to recognize the

complexity of local and international business organizations, the interrelated business-to-

business interactions and local and international legislation on which they develop businesses

and learn to manage difficulties faced in business administration. This study program will

provide students with sufficient knowledge of contemporary business management in a

competitive business environment. By studying this program, students will be able to fully

master the core business courses principles including: Management Bases, Financial

Accounting, Corporate Finance, Marketing Bases, Entrepreneurship, Macroeconomics,

Microeconomics, Business Communication, Corporate Governance, Making Business

decisions, etc.

This program offers students practical experience and thus prepares them for immediate

access to various positions, including managerial positions in different business sectors. This

concept of professional practice will be implemented by practical programs conceived in co-

operation with local and international business entities. We have now established a program

for professional practice with Raffeisen Bank in Kosovo, and with the Kosovo Economic Bank,

where our students pursue an internship lasting from one to three months. We also have a

written agreement with the Kosovo Business Alliance through which we place all third-year

students in businesses, financial institutions, municipal assemblies and public enterprises for

the duration of 60 hours of professional practice.

The Faculty of Economics has signed a cooperation agreement with the Chamber of

Commerce and Industry of Edirnes - Turkey, where every year, third-year students (priority





55

will give to those who know the Turkish language) will be able to partake for their professional

practice placement.

The objectives of this program are to:

Enable students to embrace theoretical and practical knowledge of business

organizations;

Enable students to develop essential analytical skills to conduct research and

encourage innovative ideas;

Enable students to be knowledgeable and skilled to manage different businesses;

Enable students to develop the accessibility and flexibility of access and the ability

to initiate and respond positively and appropriately to changes;

Prepare students for a career in business or business related areas and to develop

their skills to contribute to society;

To enhance students lifelong learning skills, communication skills and personal

development;

Students should be able to approach the problem with problem solving skills that

they may face in the business competition;

In the field of this program, students will benefit from social and intercultural

experiences;

Prepare students to successfully manage changes in the corporation as well as to

develop and practice the need to apply business ethics and social responsibility.

Also, study visits for students will be required, from which students will be able to closely

monitor the flows of management, governance, finances, etc. in international and local

corporations. Agreements have been signed with the Turkish Chamber of Commerce, as well

as with Business Associations of the Western Countries and with the Kosovo Chamber of

Commerce.

Upon completion of studies in the "Business Administration" program, students:

Will have a higher level of knowledge in both theoretical and practical terms;

Will have the necessary practical and theoretical skills developed to analyze and

solve problems as well as to apply their knowledge in practice through various

forms of communication and reporting;

Will be able to make decisions and manage businesses independently and

responsibly;

Will be prepared to enter the internal and external labor market;

Will be able to operate in a competitive business environment.

For procedural and academic issues, students and academic staff may refer to the UPZ

Statute published at https://uni-prizren.com/sq/statuti-i-university#breadcrumb and to the

Regulation on the Determination of Bachelor Studies Criteria which is published online at

https://uni-prizren.com/sq/rregullore-per-studime-bachelor#breadcrumb. This regulation





56

defines the criteria of undergraduate studies starting with the program definition, student

enrollment and ending with graduation.

The Faculty of Economics, part of which is this program, has satisfactory academic,

administrative and financial resources to enable the full implementation of the program. Firstly,

the Faculty of Economics has its own facility with 11 study halls. For the management of

students' requests and dossier is the Secretary of the Faculty of Economics and the Services

Officer of Bachelor students at the Faculty of Economics. The Dean of the Faculty of

Economics and the Chief of the Business Administration Program are responsible for the

process of teaching and other academic issues.

SWOT analysis for mission statement, objectives and administration:

Strengths:

The Business Administration program mission is in line with the UPZ mission;

Specific objectives are realistic and achievable, and are the result of consultations

between members of this program;

The expected results of the program as a whole and of the subjects are in line with the

levels of qualification in the NQF;

The progress of the program from registration to completion / graduation is clear and

in accordance with the UPZ Statute and the regulations of the Faculty of Economics

which are also published online;

The Faculty has sufficient academic, administrative and financial resources to enable

the full implementation of the program;

The faculty has its own facility with 11 separate halls on 3 floors. The faculty is also

equipped with elevators to meet the needs of people with special needs;

11 regular professors and 4 regular assistants are engaged in the teaching process;

The administration of the Faculty of Economics supports the program including the

student's dossier and its progress until the end of studies;

The Faculty of Economics has largely implemented the Key Performance Indicators

(TKP).

Weaknesses:

The technical support staff for maintenance of new equipment’s is scarce and not

qualified for this purpose;

The Faculty of Economics is not yet equipped with a Computer Hall;

Technological Equipment’s like the Projectors are amortized.

Opportunities:

It is the only program of its kind in the country;

Alluring to students outside of Kosovo, especially those who are close to the borders of

our country like students from Northern Albania;





57

Opportunity to bring innovative ideas through the functionality of the Business

Incubator;

Qualification that deals with this program allows the continuation of PhD level studies.

Threats:

High unemployment rate in the country;

The lack of opportunities to compete in the labor market outside of Kosovo;

The labor market in the country is not defined and structured.





58

1.2.2. Quality Management

The Quality Assurance Office at the institutional level organizes quality assurance, quality

management and quality monitoring. Moreover, the quality assurance coordinators for each

faculty are responsible for monitoring more closely the necessary procedures for quality

assurance and management. In this regard, the commission of studies at the Faculty of

Economics fulfills its mission, especially in the design of curricula and the control in their

implementation.

At the University level, regulations and procedures for quality assurance have been adopted,

such as: The work Regulation of Committee’s quality assurance, the quality assurance

guidelines, and the Strategy for quality assurance. These documents provide the necessary

procedures and mechanisms for the quality of teaching and research to be equivalent to

international standards for quality assurance in teaching, learning and research. In these

documents it is foreseen to use quantitative and qualitative instruments for quality assurance,

such as: Questionnaires, interviews, monitoring, evaluation scheme, self-evaluation reports,

but also double assessment, and external consultancy.

SWOT analysis for quality management:

Strengths:

There are relevant bodies, human resources and adequate legal infrastructure to ensure

the quality assurance process;

There is professional coordination of all relevant bodies and human resources,

academic staff and students in the development of internal and external evaluation

processes;

Compared to the earlier stages of the quality assurance process, there is now a greater

experience both in terms of quality management, but also by staff and students, all of

whom contribute to quality through delivering quality programs;

Modernization of methods in collecting the necessary information from staff, students,

administrative services and so on.

Weaknesses:

Lack of funding for continuous quality assurance;

Lack of interest among students to engage in quality assurance procedures.

Opportunities:

A wholesome quality assurance system increases the opportunities for partaking in

international projects;

Increases the employability of graduates in the labor market outside Kosovo;





59

Involvement of students and stakeholders in the quality assurance process enhances

students' awareness of studying in quality programs recognized nationally and

internationally.

Threats:

Lack of a developed labor market.





60

1.2.3. Academic staff

In the "Business Administration" Program at the Faculty of Economics, an academic staff

with relevant academic and professional qualifications provides lecturing services. The

academic staff so far has been selected on the basis of open competition where job vacancies

and employment conditions have been clearly described. So far, the Faculty of Economics has

2 Associate Professors, 9 Assistant Professors and 4 Assistants. In this program there are also

10 Adjunct Professors and 4 Regular Assistants. Besides, during this semester, as adjunct staff

are hired 4 Professors with an academic call of Prof.Dr or Prof.Asoc, 3 Professors with the

academic call Dr.Sc. and 2 with MSc degrees and 7 Assistants with MSc degrees.

In this program, 53% of Professors are full-time and the rest of the Professors are hired as

adjunct staff. Full-time professors also cover 62% of all lecturing hours. Adjunct professors

cover the rest of the lectures. 4 regular assistants and 7 adjunct assistants cover exercises.

Regular assistants cover 55% of exercise hours. More details on Professors and Assistants are

given in the following table for the semester of the academic year 2018/2019:

Table 1: The list of academic staff for the winter semester of the academic year 2018/191

Regular professors and assistants

Duration of Contract Nr. of teaching hours

per staff member

NR Name and Surname

Academic

call Grade Start End L E Total

1 Halil Kukaj Prof.Asoc Dr.Sc 20.04.2018 19.04.2022 6 2 8

2 Bekim Berisha Prof.Asoc Dr.Sc 20.04.2018 19.04.2022 10 0 10

3 Behxhet Brajshori Prof.Ass Dr.Sc 15.12.2015 14.12.2019 4 0 4

4 Drita Krasniqi Prof.Ass Dr.Sc 09.03.2016 08.03.2020 2 0 2

5 Florije Govori Prof.Ass Dr.Sc 15.12.2015 14.12.2019 6 0 6

6 Gani Gjini Prof.Ass Dr.Sc 15.12.2015 14.12.2019 4 0 4

7 Hamdi Hoti Prof.Ass Dr.Sc 01.10.2014 30.09.2019 3 0 3

8 Hysni Terziu Prof.Ass Dr.Sc 01.10.2014 30.09.2019 8 0 8

9 Nerimane Bajraktari Prof.Ass Dr.Sc 01.10.2014 30.09.2019 2 0 2

10 Shukri Maxhuni Prof.Ass Dr.Sc 20.04.2018 19.04.2022 6 0 6

11 Anera Alishani Ass MSc. 22.05.2017 21.05.2020 0 9 9

12 Festim Tafolli Ass MSc. 09.03.2016 08.03.2019 0 11 11

13 Leonora Sopaj Ass MSc. 17.05.2018 16.05.2021 0 7 7

15 Marigona Geci Ass MSc. 15.12.2015 13.12.2019 0 6 6

Total 51 35 86

1 The data presented in the table above are for the winter semester 2018/2019, as commitments are made

according to the semester plan





61

Part-Time Professors and Assistants Duration of Contract Nr. of teaching hours

per staff member

NR Name and surname

Academic

call Grade Start End L E Total

1 Isuf Lushi Prof. Asoc Dr.Sc. 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 4 0 4

2 Fevzi Berisha Prof. Dr. Dr.Sc. 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 2 0 2

3 Halit Shabani Prof. Dr. Dr.Sc. 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 4 0 4

4 Ylvije Kraja Prof. Ass. Dr.Sc. 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 4 0 4

5 Enis Kervan Ligjerues Dr.Sc. 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 1 2 3

6 Kushtrim Braha Ligjerues Dr.Sc. 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 4 0 4

7 Rifat Hoxha Ligjerues Dr.Sc. 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 4 0 4

8 Petrit Hasanaj Ligjerues Dr.Sc. 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 4 0 4

9 Amantina Pervizaj Ligjerues M.Sc. 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 2 0 2

10 Shpetim Zymberaj Ligjerues M.Sc. 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 2 4 6

11 Nol Krasniqi Ass M.Sc. 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 0 6 6

12 Rinor Kurtishi Ass M.Sc. 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 0 6 6

13 Kestrim Avdimetaj Ass M.Sc. 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 0 4 4

14 Albolena Morina Ass M.Sc. 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 0 2 2

15 Armend Mehmetaj Ass M.Sc. 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 0 4 4

16 Marigona Lahu Ass M.Sc. 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 0 4 4

17 Egzon Zariqi Ass M.Sc. 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 0 1 1

Gjithsej 31 33 64

In terms of full time Professors, a criterion has been taken into consideration that for every

60 ECTS credits in the Business Administration program there should be employed a full time

Professor with a doctorate degree. Responsible for the Business Administration program, are:

• Prof. Ass. Dr. Behxhet Brajshori;

• Prof. Ass. Dr. Gani Gjini;

• Prof. Ass. Dr. Nerimane Bajraktari.

On the other hand, the infrastructure of the Faculty of Economics is such that it has enabled

each academic staff to have an office equipped with computers and other equipment to carry

out their duties and to prepare projects or scientific papers. These offices serve the academic

staff to conduct consultations with students as well. Each Professor has announced the schedule





62

for student consultations. Professors are also available to make other constituencies for the

benefit of the community and society.

For assessing the performance of the academic staff, self-assessments are undertaken and

assessments undertaken by students. At the end of each semester, students have the opportunity

to express their satisfaction or remarks by completing the forms of assessment made for each

Professor and Assistant.

SWOT analysis for academic staff:

Strengths:

Adequate number of qualified staff. 53% of the academic staff (Professors) are full time

staff and have a doctorate degree Dr.Sc. and cover 68% of lecturing hours at the

Business Administration Program;

Provides training on teaching methodologies for new academic staff;

Participation of academic staff in projects, scientific conferences and trainings with

international universities that impact their professional development.

Weaknesses:

The institution in word does not provide training programs for new or current staff on

developing their teaching skills;

Lack of application of online courses and online learning;

Not hiring adjunct academic staff for a whole academic year but only for a semester;

Lack of literature improvement according to contemporary developments;

Insufficient knowledge of the English language by a considerable number of the

academic staff.

Opportunities:

Opportunities for developing the new academic staff by partaking in PhD programs at

prestigious universities abroad;

Exchange of staff and students through ERASMUS programs.

Threats:

Increased demand for qualified staff in the Higher Education sector in the country;

Little support from MEST for staff development.

1.2.4. Content of the educational process

Semester 1





63

Nr. C/E Module/Subject

Hours/

Weeks

L E

ECTS

Professor

1 C Business Mathematics 2 3 6 Fevzi Berisha

2 C Financial Accounting – I 2 3 6 Bekim Berisha

3 C Microeconomics 2 2 5 Florije Govori

4 C Entrepreneurship 2 2 5 Behxhet Brajshori

5 C Basics of Marketing 2 2 4 Hysni Terziu

6 C Business English – I 2 2 4 Kadri Krasniqi

Σ 30

Semester 2


Hours/

Weeks

L E

ECTS

Professor

1 C Financial Accounting – II 2 3 6 Bekim Berisha

2 C Macroeconomics 2 2 5 Gani Gjini

3 C Statistics 2 3 5 Artan Nimani

4 C International Business 2 2 5 Halil Kukaj

5 C Basics of Management 2 2 5 Behxhet Brajshori

6.1

. E Business English - II

2 2 4

Jusuf Mustafaj

6.2

. E Academic Writing

2 2 4

Flamur Shala

Σ 30





64

Semestr 3


Hours/

Weeks

L E

ECTS

Professor

1 C Corporate Finance 3 2 6 Halil Kukaj

2 C E- Marketing 2 2 5 Hysni Terziu

3 C Business Decision Making 2 2 5 Ylvije Kraja

4 C Business Informatics 2 2 5 Naim Baftiu

5 C Organization of Enterprise 2 2 5 Hamdi Hoti

6.1. E Business Communication 2 2 4 Kushtrim Braha

6.2. E German Language 2 2 4 Sadete Pllana

Σ 30

Semestr 4


Hours/

Weeks

L E

ECTS

Professor

1 C Human Resources Management 2 2 6 Hamdi Hoti

2 C Market Research 2 2 5 Rifat Hoxha

3 C Negotiating Skills - Leadership 2 2 5 Drita Krasniqi

4 C Management of Changes 2 2 5 Hamdi Hoti

5 C Project Management 2 2 5 Nerimane Bajraktari

6.1

. E

Ethics in Business 2 2 4

Kadri Kryeziu

6.2

. E

Turkish Language 2 2 4

Enis Kervan

Σ 30





65

Semester 5

Nr. C/E Module/Subject Hours/Weeks

L E ECTS

Professor

1 C Audit 3 2 6 Bekim Berisha

2 C Supply Chain Management 2 2 5 Mentor Gashi

3 C Financial Reporting 2 2 5 Rifat Hoxha

4 C Business Hotel Management 2 2 5 Petrit Hasanaj

5 C Quality Management 2 2 5 Kushtrim Braha

6.1. E Accounting Information System 2 2 4 Elez Osmani

6.2. E Business English – III 2 2 4 Amantina Pervizaj

Σ 30

Semester 6

Nr. C/E Module/Subject Hours/Weeks

L E ECTS

Professor

1 C Management Accounting 2 2 6 Bekim Berisha

2 C Financial Analysis 2 2 5 Florije Govori

3 C Corporate Governance 2 2 5 Hamdi Hoti

4 C Internship/Professional Practice 1 0 4 Drita Krasniqi

5 E

E Paper Thesis 10

6

Σ 30

* Explanation: This program proposal has undergone changes from the existing program to the

following: The "Accounting" and "Agrobusiness" profile that were developed in the third year

of studies are now not included in this proposal of the "Business Administration" program

because the Agrobusiness profile has been implemented in the framework of the Faculty of

Life and Environmental Sciences within the University of Prizren “Ukshin Hoti”, while the

subjects from the Accounting and Auditing profile are largely included in this program

proposal for reaccreditation.





66

Description of Modules/Subjects

Module / Subject

BUSINESS MATHEMATICS

Short content

At the end of this course students will be able to use and to understand Mathematical notions

with the aim to use this knowledge as an aide in other subjects which use mathematical

apparatus. In more details, students will know the concept of matrix and their determinants,

to know the properties of determinants which are used in solving of the system of equations.

Solve systems of equations in a different manner. To create sequences given their general

formula and how to apply arithmetic and geometric sequences in solving various problems.

To graphs of elementary functions. To apply the limit of the function in order to determine

the continuity of the function. The Elements of Financial Mathematics; Measuring simple

interest; Computation of compound interest; Deposits and rent; Loans; Amortization Plan.

Expected learning goals and outcomes

The purpose of Business Mathematics is to enable students to achieve knowledge from math

needed for applying to science of the economy. The student will be able to use and

understand the notions of high mathematics so that that knowledge can help them as a

support device in the subjects in which the mathematical apparatus is necessary.

Forms of teaching and learning lessons

Interactive lectures, exercises, discussions, assignments, etc.

Assessment methods and passing criteria:

Students' assessment will be based on their attendance and engagement, written

assignments, successes in the intermediate tests as well as in the final exam. The eligibility

criteria are based on the decision of the faculty council presented in the SER.

Means of concretization /IT

White Board, marker and IT equipment.

The relationship between theoretical and practical part of the study

The relationship is 2:3

Literature:

1. Ajet Ahmeti (2012), “Matematika për ekonomistë”, Prishtinë 2012





67

Module / Subject

FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING - I

Content

The course is designed to address the importance of accounting information for decision

makers, enabling students to use double entry bookkeeping to register financial transactions;

General Accepted Accounting Principles; Financial statements and their components; The

process of recognizing revenues and expenditures; The accrual basis of accounting;

Prepayments and deferred income, and other issues related to financial accounting.

Aim and the expected outcomes of the student

This course is oriented to the needs of students who have the main field accounting. The

course provides students with basic accounting knowledge for service, trading and

manufacturing companies. The aim is that the students to develop skills to be able to record

general accounting transactions, understand and interpret the underlying financial statements

and use accounting information to help make better business decisions.

Forms of teaching and acquisition:

Lecturers, exercises, interactive approach, consultations, seminar paper work etc.

Evaluation methods and criteria of passing

Student evaluation will be based on attendance and commitment to their written work,

success in Colloquia and final exam. Retention criteria are based on the decision of the

faculty council presented above in the SER.

Concretization tools / IT

Table, marker and IT equipment.

The ratio between the theoretical and practical study

The report is 2:3

Literature:

1. Asllanaj, Rr., Kontabiliteti financiar, 2010, ISBN 978-9951-00-117-5

2. Monger, R., Financial Accounting, A global Approach, 2010. 1th Edition, ISBN

9780470518403

3. Authorized lectures prepared by Prof. Ass. Dr. Bekim Berisha.





68

Module / Subject

MICROECONOMICS

Short content

This is a subject that relates the behavior of economic agents in society and making decisions

in the conditions of insufficient economic resources. It includes: market analysis through

supply and demand curves, consumer behavior, rational choice and customer preferences,

and price theory at firm and market level, principles of cost-benefit analysis in decision-

making.

Objectives and expected results of the lesson

The purpose of this course is to teach students the basic concepts of microeconomics, the

theory of market structure and price formation, the theory of consumer behavior and rational

choice, profits and costs, the effect of a tax on purchasing and selling decisions on goods and

services. The course enables students to develop economic intuition and skills in using

technical tools for detailed analysis of real problems.

Teaching and learning forms/methods

Interactive lectures, discussions, seminary works etc.

Assessment methods and criteria of passing:

Students will be evaluated according to their attendance and commitment, homework,

colloquium’s success and eventually the final exam. The criterions of passing are based on

the council’s decision as presented above in the Self Evaluation Report (SER).

Means of concretization / IT

Tables, markers and IT equipment

The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study

The ratio is 2: 2

Literature:

1. Ahmet Mançellari, Sulo Haderi, Dhori Kule,Stefan Qirici: Hyrje ne ekonomi,

Pegi, Tiranë, 2007

2. Hal R.Varian: “Mikroekonomia”, Onufri, Tiranё, 2000

3. Robert H. Frank: Microeconomics and Behaviour, McGraw-Hill, Inc 2014





69

Modul/ Subject

ENTREPRENEURSHIP

Short Description

The ccourse aims to conceptually present the complexity of development and growth of a

new business, including the assessmeent of the advantages or strengths and weaknesses,

opportunities and threats that surround the business environment. The course provides basic

knowledge on theoritical and practical issues in the field of entrepreneurship and small

enterprises, testing ideas, innovation, assessing opportunities, buyers, business plans,

market, E—market and lounching joint investments.

Aim and learning Outcomes:

Students will develop their skills needed for a successful entrepreneur. They will analyze

the specific aspects they will face while developing entrepreneurship and acquire the

necessary skills in efficient resourrce management.

The metodology for the realization of course topics:

Lectures, interactive discussions, seminars, papers ,ect.

Evaluation methods and criteria:




Conditions for realization of lecture topics

Basic literature, the usage of TL equipments.

Teoretical and practical share:

The ratio is 2:2

Literature:

1. Dr. Emeric Solomossy, Dr Safet Merovci, “ Entrepreneurship”, University of

Prishtina, Faculty of Economics, 2008, Prishtina.

2. Dr.Djuro Horvat, Zeljko Tinter, “ Entrepreneurship, University Koleg” Victoria”

,2008 ,Prishtina

3. DANDA,MEST”Entrepreneurship”, 2011, Prishtina.





70

Module/Subject

BASICS OF MARKETING

Short content

The course content is expected to affect the level of knowledge, skills and attitudes of

students:

Marketing Concepts and Definitions, Marketing Study Objectives, Principles and Other

Marketing Principles. The process, activities, tasks and marketing actions. Plan marketing

research and application of research results. Macro-environmental impact and factors

affecting consumer behavior, mix marketing tools. Etc.


The purpose of the course program is to gain the knowledge and skills for the management

and economic development, the treatment and the object of the marketing study in general.

The purpose of the course Essentials of Marketing is to prevail the methodology for

preparing entrepreneurial programs in economics as well as management skills for marketing

leadership in general.

The results of this course are for students to gain some knowledge of marketing and to get

acquainted with the theoretical and practical formatting of forms, different methods of

applying marketing plans and implementing projects that derive from their direct business

in marketing area, gain knowledge of the practical implementation of all models and the

development of relevant strategies.



Assessment methods and criteria of passing





Tables, markers and IT equipments.


The ratio is 2: 2





71

Literature:

1. Prof. Bardhyl Ceku, As.prof.dr. Ilia Kristo, Dr.Arjan Abazi and Dr. Artan Duka;

Introduction to Marketing 1998 Tirana. Prof. Ali Jakupi "Marketing Basics",

Prishtina, 2000. University of Prishtina Faculty of Economics.

2. Prof. Bardhyl Ceku, and Prof.Dr.Nail Reshidi "Marketing" University of Prishtina,

2006 Economic Faculty.

3. Philip Kotler and Keven Keler: Μaarketig Μanagment, 2012 Prof.Dr. Nexhmi

Rexha, "Marketing" Prishtina 1982 University of Prishtina Faculty of Economics.

4. Prof.Ass.Dr. Liliana Elmazi "Marketing Strategy" Tirana 2002 University of Tirana.





72

Module / Subject

BUSINESS ENGLISH I

Short content

The 'Market leader' method is a business course in English aimed to business people and

especially business/economic students. It contains 12 units based on topics of great interest

to students involved in international business. The course reflects the latest trends in the

business world and will help students develop basic communication skills in business, such

as presentations, participation in meetings, conversations, phone calls, and the use of English

in various social circumstances.

It will also help students to develop listening skills such as; listening to information and

receiving notes. Above all, this course will capture the communicative skills of students you

need to be successful in business and at the same time increase their knowledge of the

business world. Students who study this course will have greater fluency and confidence in

the use of business language and will increase their career prospects.


The main objective of this course is to familiarize students with general language skills that

will help them communicate more effectively in a variety of formal and informal

circumstances / situations.

Upon successful completion of this course, students must be able to:

Expand professional vocabulary.

Communicate with greater confidence.

Speak more accurately and fluently.

Improve written English through various exercises, and

Become through social networks with greater confidence and also to work

successfully in multi-cultural environments.










The ratio is 2: 2





73

Literature:

1. David Cotton, David Falvey, Simon Kent. (2007). Market Leader-Business English,

Student’s Book. Longman: England (obligative) Pre-Intermediate

2. John Rogers. (2007). Market Leader-Business English, Practice File. Longman:

England (obligative) Pre-Intermediate

3. Dictionary: Pauli Qesku. Fjalori Anglisht – Shqip

4. Dictionary: Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary





74

Module/Subject

FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING- II

Content


makers, to enable students to apply the general accounting principles; compilation of

financial statements; depreciation of assets; inventories; cash flow statement; The framework

of audit concepts; financial analysis, and other issues related to financial accounting.


This course is the second part of the course financial accounting. This subject discusses the

theory and practice of compiling financial statements for external needs and external users.

Namely, this course focuses on how financial statements reflect the company's economic

events. We will be discussed Kosovo accounting standards for these events, their alternatives

and their limitations. The purpose of this course is for students to gain considerable

knowledge and to be able to compile the financial statements of businesses.

Forms of teaching and acquisition

Lecturers,exercises,interactive approach, consultations, seminar paper work etc.



success in Colloquia and final exam. Retention criteria are based on the decision of the



Table, markers and IT equipements.


The report is 2:3

Literature:



9780470518403






75

Module / Subject

MACROECONOMICS

Short content

This course examines exactly the economic side of social life, the behavior of economic

agents in society and the economic conditions of their interaction. Its complexity corresponds

to the complexity of social sciences, the behavior of individuals to social groups. So what is

the burden that accompanies various forms of taxation? What are the effects of free trade

with other countries? What is the best way to protect the environment? How does budget

deficit affect the economy?


The main purpose of this course is to students gain knowledge on problems economic

mainstream of theories macroeconomics. In this context will put emphasis on economic and

political behaviors that affect investment and consumption trade balance and payer

determinants in changing wages and price policies monetary and fiscal money supply the

state budget interest rates and national debt.










The ratio between theoretical and practical part is 2:2

Literature:

1. N. Gregory Mankië dhe Mark P.Taylor Ekonomiksi Makroekonomia UET Press,

2012 Tirane.

2. Rudiger Dormbush, Stanley Fischer . Makroekonomia, Botimi ndërkombëtar .

3. Ahmet Mançellari, Sulo Hadë ri, Dhori Kule Stefan Qiriçi. Hyrje në ekonomi “

Pegi” Tiranë .

4. Ligjeratat dhe materialet tjera .





76

Module / Subject

STATISTICS

Short content

Statistics is the science of information that lets you discover patterns behind the data.

Statistics as a science of data learning plays a vital role in every area of human activity,

especially in economics. In economic research, statistics helps us to use different statistical

techniques and methods for data collection, grouping and analyzing data, testing hypotheses

and others. The relationship between demand and supply is a statistical study, imports and

exports, inflation rate, income per capita are problems that require good knowledge of

statistics. Trend and regression analysis also help to evaluate the current situation and make

predictions, so the knowledge gained from this subject is important for both students and

researchers, businessmen, governors, and so on.

Expected learning goals and outcomes:

The purpose of the of Statistics is to enable students to gain the necessary knowledge on the

role and importance of general and in particular economic statistics regarding the

fundamental principles, methods and models of statistics and how to apply them during

lectures and exercises in economic analysis.



Assessment methods and passing criteria:





White Board, marker and IT equipment



Literature:

1. Rahmije Mustafa - Topxhiu: HYRJE NË STATISTIKË, Prishtina, 2016





77

Module / Subject

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

Short content

The whole material addressed in this module is divided into four parts. The first part handles

issues relating to the meaning of some terms that relate to this field and the theories and

politics of international business. The second part handles issues that are related to the rules

and conditions under which business can be developed internationally, which determine

national institutions and international economic institutions.

In the third section, various types of international business operations and other actions

needed to realize them (customs procedures) are treated. In the fourth section, financial

materials regarding international trade, such as international trade financing, payment terms,

warranties and payment instruments are handled.


The course "International Business" aims to provide students with theoretical and practical

knowledge regarding the conditions under which develop international business activities as

well as methods and procedures of international business development activities.

After completing the course, students:

- Will understand right contents of different notions in the field of international business,

- Will have knowledge of the conditions under which develop international business

activities,

- Will have knowledge of the different types of international business operations,

- Will be able and skilled to perform different operations to international business,

- Will be able to foresee the risks which they are exposed in the implementation of business

operations and implement adequate protective measures,

- Will be competent in running operations

International business to business entities.








Tables, markers and IT equipments


The ratio is 2: 2





78

Literature:

1. Halil Kukaj, Biznesi Ndërkombëtar, Universiteti “Ukshin Hoti” Prizren, Prizren,

2017.

2. Ilia Kristo, Biznesi Ndërkombëtar, PEGI, Tiranë, 2007

3. Hill, Charlls W.: “ International Business”, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2007.

4. Daniels D. John, Radebaugh H. Lee and Daniel P. Sullivan: International Business

– Environments and Operations, Pearson, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2004.





79

Modul/ Subject

BASICS OF MANAGEMENT

Short Description

The course aims to at elaborating the integrative management function and tools needed to

implement managerial policies (knowledge, analysis and interpretation). Students will also

gain knowledge on management intentions, knowledge on the methods and mechanism of

implementation of the management goals as well as the opportunities for their application.

Since managers will be the main problem solving provider, this course will be in the function

of student knowledge to be able to become a successful manager in certain management

areas.

Aim and learning Outcomes

By the end of this course, students will gain knowledge from this area which they will apply

in the exercise of their activity regarding the conduct of managerial activities in companies

with extensive business scope and requiring contemporary management, efficient and

decision –making. Which bring positive business results in competitive business

environments.

The methodology for the realization of course topics:

Lectures, interactive discussions, seminars, papers ,ect.

Evaluation methods and criteria:





Basic literature, the usage of TL equipment.

Theoretical and practical share:

The ratio is 2:2

Literature:

1. Prof.Dr.Berim Ramosaj, Management-The Management Basis, University of

Prishtina, 2010.

2. Robins/Decenzo,” Management Basis”, basic concepts and applications, 2011.

3. Prof Dr.Vasilika Kume” Marrja e vendimeve menaxherike/”Making managerial

decisions” , Tirana,2008.





80

Module / Subject

BUSINESS ENGLISH II

Short content

The purpose of this course is to help students acquire the necessary knowledge of English in

order to acquire and actively use the basic theoretical and practical knowledge of the

elementary level of knowledge of English. To develop elementary student communication

skills for understanding and interpreting in general, through dialogue, mutual

communication and through open debate, especially for the elementary level of English

language recognition.


Also students are enabled to acquire the necessary knowledge of elementary English

communication, to be able to understand and express their thoughts in English as well as to

create the necessary basis to advance their knowledge and to move to higher levels of

learning and communication in English.










The ratio is 2: 2

Literature:

1. David Cotton, David Falvey, Simon Kent.(2012). Market Leader-Business English,

Student’s Book. Longman: England (obligative)

2. David Cotton, David Falvey, Simon Kent.(2012). Market Leader-Business English,

Workbook Book. Longman: England (obligative)

3. Mini – Dictionary, A modern English Dictionary, Fjalori : Anglisht – Shqip –

Anglisht






81

Module/ Subject

ACADEMIC WRITING

Short description

Academic writing is one of the subjects that is closely related to other subjects of linguistics

and it teaches text-writing techniques: topic selection, research methods, the general plan

for thesis writing, text writing, and review as a necessary technique. It is about writing a text

containing sentences and paragraphs with coherence between these parts, relating to the

organization of the text.

Aims and expected results

The aim of the course is:

-To raise the level of language use and written communication

-To develop the communication skills and transmit knowledge

-To develop the ability of judging, comparing, analyzing, synthesizing, etc

Students should:

-Apply and differentiate writing techniques like:

-Analysis/ Topic selection; Research/ Collecting material; Curriculum; Information

grouping and categorization; Text review/ editing.

-To have profound, complete, and accurate knowledge about the subject which will allow

them to speak and write appropriately.

Teaching and learning methods:

Interactive lectures, discussions, semiranrs, etc.

Assessment methods and evaluation criteria

Students’ assessment will be based on their attendance and engagement, written assignments,

performance in class, and final exam. The eligibility criteria are based on the decision of

faculty council presented in SER.

Means /IT

Table, marker, and IT equipment

The relationship between theoretical and practical knowledge

The report between theoretical and practical part is 2:2

Literature:

1. A basic and two aditional titles, not older than 10 years





82

Module / Subject

CORPORATE FINCANCE

Short content

The course "Corporate Finance" deals with different matters such as:

- The functions of the manager who manages the corporate finances and the areas of

decision-making,

- Financial analysis,

- Capital budgeting,

- The cost of structure of capital,

- The operative and financial leverage,

- Dividend policy and the Working capital management.

Objectives and expected results of the lesson:

The subject "Corporate Financial Management" aims to provide students to be familiar with the

concepts, roles, tasks and decision-making areas of corporate finance executives.

After completing the course, the student will be able:

- To get knowledge of the legal forms of organization of enterprises and the forms of corporate

organization,

- To know how to calculate the change of the value of money in time,

- To know how to analyze and determine the financial situation in which the corporation is,

- To have the ability and skills to evaluate investment projects and make appropriate investment

decisions,

- To choose the financial resources which can fund the corporation,

- To make appropriate decisions regarding the distribution of net profit: for dividends and

reinvestment,

- To determine the average cost of capital,

- To know how to better manage corporate net working capital etc.


Interactive lectures, exercises, discussions, seminar papers, etc.



colloquium’s success and eventually the final exam. The criterions of passing are based on the

council’s decision as presented above in the Self Evaluation Report (SER).


Table, marker and IT equipment


The ratio is 3:2





83

Literature:

1. Gazmend Luboteni, Financat e Korporatave, FE, Prishtinë, 2014.

2. Isa Mustafa, Menaxhmenti financiar, RIINVEST, Prishtinë, 2007. Additional Literature:

3. Brealey, Richard, Myers, Markus, “Fundamentals of Corporate Finance”, McGraw-Hill,

Boston, 2004.

4. Ross, Westerfield, Jordan, “Fundamentals of Corporate Finance”, McGraw-Hill, Boston,

2003.





84

Module/Subject

E- MARKETING

Short content

Course content is expected to affect the level of knowledge, skills and attitudes of students:

Concepts and Definitions of E-Marketing (Electronic Marketing).

E-marketing Study Objectives, Defining Internet Marketing.

The need for internet marketing.

Marketing on the Internet as a vital part of the integrated marketing strategy.

Website, a platform for online marketing in the business-consumer sector.

Creating relationships with consumers.

Internet customer experience and the importance of creating a web.

Web site marketing service and Web impact on consumer behavior, etc.


The purpose of the course program is to acquire the knowledge and skills for the management

and economic development, the treatment and the subject of E-marketing study in general.

The purpose of the E-Marketing course is to prevail the methodology for preparing

entrepreneurial programs in the economy as well as managerial skills for direct marketing

leadership.

The results of this course are for students to gain specific knowledge of E-marketing and to

get acquainted with the theoretical and practical formatting of forms, different methods of

applying electronic marketing plans and implementation of business-related projects direct

them in the field of E-marketing, to gain insight into the practical application of all models

and the building of relevant strategies.










The ratio is 2: 2





85

Literature:

Standing, C. (2002). Methodologies for Developing Web Applications Information and

Software Technology StrategjiaNdërsektorialepërShoqërinë e Informacionit Susan

Sweeney, CA,CSP, HoF,101 Ways to Promote your website Sharma dheSheth, ”Electronic

Services Quality” 2004 Shneiderman, 1998 Electronic services quality Teo and Pian,

Internet Marketing, 2003 Tourism Concern ( 2003), Annual Reports and accounts

Wolfinbarger&Gilly, 2003 Electronic service quality





86

Module/Subject

BUSINESS DECISION MAKING

Short content

In the first part of the subject will be given a general overview of decision making.

In the second part will be introduced the two main forms of decision making.

In the third part will be given the main concepts about the efective decion making.

In the fourth part will be the techniques and criterias about decision making.

During the classes we will have even different case study to share with students.


The purpose of the Business Decision Making is to deepen the student's knowledge in the

process of making decisions. It also aims to provide important concepts on the decision-

making process. Offering an effective decision-making process. Show how organizations

develop and create patterns for making business decisions. Teaching methods and styles of

making decision. To deepen the knowledge on the decision-making process of managers of

different level.

This course will improve, increase and theoretical and practical knowledge in business

decision making.

It will help students, in making decisions, in pursuing those alternatives that will provide

satisfactory results.

It will help students to understand the importance of the process of making managerial

decisions.

Enabling students to increase the quality of their decisions. This knowledge increases

employment opportunities as independent or employed managers.

Provide the necessary basis for continuing master's studies.

Methodology of teaching




Method of assessment

Intermediate test, seminars, case study, participation in active way in the seminar, and also

final exam

Blackboard, marker and presentation with power points

Ratio lecture/seminars is 2:2

Literature:

1. Prof. Dr. Vasilika Kume, “Marrja e vendimeve menaxheriale”, Tiranë, 2002

2. Prof. Dr. Justina Pula Shiroka, “Menaxhmenti dhe Vendosja” Prishtinë, 2006





87

Module / Subject

BUSNIESS INFORMATION SYSTEM

Short content

The business information technology system facilitates us in some of the high-level

business applications that are:

- Administration system in final business accounts, invoices, warehouses, etc.

- ticket reservations in the aviation system

- banking and other insurance systems

Modern business-based technologies have increased not only in the use of authorized means

of collecting, transmitting and processing information, but also in profitable business

profits as well as facilitating the exchange of data and the computer.


Lectures and exercises will be held in one semester and that is 2 hours of lectures and 2

hours of exercises (the number of hours is preferred to increase). This course is evaluated

with 6 credits. Lectures will be held in groups of 30 to 40 students, and the exercises will

be made in groups of 25 to 30 students.

During the lectures students are activated with additional comments, questions and

explanations. A maximum of 60 hours of formal contact time (lectures and labs) is needed.

Likewise, project tasks will be performed according to the instructions of the professor and

the assistant who will strengthen the student's practical and independent future work in

studies or work. Consultations with the student will also be held according to the agreement.

Students have the right to communicate via email with the professor and the assistant.










The ratio is 2: 2

Literature:

1. Edmond Beqiri, Resurset e internetit me biznes elektronik, Prishtinë 2010,

2. Bashkim Ruseti, Kozeta Sevrani “Sisteme të Informacionit të Menaxhimit”,2008

3. Ken Laudon, Jane Laudon “Management Information Systems”, 2009,

4. Zlejko Panian, “Poslovna Informatika” Zagreb,2005





88

Module / Subject

ORGANIZATION OF ENTERPRISES

Short content

The course aim to provide the main categories of analysis and design of the organizational

structure of the company in order to develop an ability to analyze organizational contexts

and determine operational needs and methods. Key methods for effective staff management

and introduction of technological innovation in organizational processes will be discussed.

Particular emphasis will be given to methods for promoting organizational change in public

and private organizations.


The course aims to develop topics such as: selecting the most appropriate organizational

structure, the accurate dimensions of resources within the structure, process management,

standardization of physical flows and information, rules for resource co-ordination, load

management and job constraints, performance monitoring (measurement, stimulation, and

feedback), communication and reporting systems, continuous improvement processes.










The ratio is 2:2

Literature:

1. Cocozza A. (2014),Organizzazione. Culture, modelli, governance, Franco Angeli,

Milano (tranne cap. 4 per 12CFU e capp. 4, 5 e 6 per 6CFU);

2. Dafano F. (2014), Individuo e organizzazione: suggestioni e chiavi d’interpretazione,

Aracne editrice, Roma;

3. Dafano F. a cura di Petardi F. (2010-2014) - Lezioni di organizzazione

aziendale - Dispensa di supporto alle lezioni (vedi Materiali didattici sulla

bacheca on line).





89

Module / Subject

BUSINESS COMMUNICATION

Short content

This subject provides practical lessons related to the tools and knowledge required for

traditional advertising. It focuses on the essential process of developing an advertising

campaign:

- The model of brand development and positioning and the development of their identity.

- Creating and evaluating marketing concepts.

- Advertising planning and media issues.

- Advertising control.

- Managerial agencies.


After completing this course, students should:

- Understand how effective advertising is built and why we are confronted with adverts.

- Identify the appropriate strategic, creative and executive advertising tools.

Demonstrate the knowledge necessary for correct communication with customers and other

business, institutional and public subordinates.










The ratio is 2:2

Literature:

1. Joseph R. Dominick. Dinamika e komunikimit masiv. Media në periudhën digjitale.

2010. UET, Tiranë

2. Michael Bregendahl, Jan Madsen, Morten Haase. 2006. Market Communication.

Systime. Danimarkë.

3. Wells, Burnett dhe Moriarty. Advertising:Principles and Practices.6th Edition

Pearson Education International. New Jersey.





90

Module / Subject

GERMAN LANGUAGE I

Short content

This course is a training course designed for students of the first year of the Faculty of Economics.

The course begins with the alphabet, vowels, diphthongs and the consonants of the German

language, and the rules of pronunciation and spelling of the learned words. The rules of the definite

and indefinite articles: der/ein, die/eine, das/einof the nouns of the German language will be

explained, as well as the plural endings of nouns. The rules of the conjugation of regular and irregular

verbs, separable verbs, and modal verbs in the present tense (Präsens), in the past tense (Präteritum),

and in the perfect tense (Perfekt–with the verbs: haben and seinwill be taught. Adjectives, temporal

prepositions, and the word formation from two or more nouns (Composition) will also be treated.

Objectives and expected results of the leson

Realization of conversational language;

Enrichment of the vocabulary of everyday life and economic terms;

Using regular, irregular verbs, and modal verbs in speech and writing;

The correct use of definite and indefinite articles in Nominative and Accusative;

Writing short paragraphs;

Acquiring translation skills for the text (short sentences and texts).


Interactive lectures, exercises, discussions,group work, etc.Contemporary methodology is applied in

the teaching process. Various forms of modified lecture, independent work of students according to

contemporary forms of cooperation (individual reflection orally and in writing, work in pairs, small

group work, attentive reading and written assignment).


Students' assessment will be based on their attendance and engagement, written assignments,

successes in the colloquium as well as the final exam. The eligibility criteria are based on the

decision of the faculty council presented in the SER

Means of concretization / TI:

Course book, workbook, additional material, computer, projector, loudspeaker, whiteboard, marker

The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study:

The ratio is: 2:2

Basic literature:





91

1. Menschen A 1.1, Deutsch als Fremdsprache, Kurs- und Arbeitsbuch, Hueber Verlag,

Ismaning 2012.

2. Duden 4 (Grammatik des Deutschen), Duden 2005.

3. Helbig/Buscha: Deutsche Grammatik: Ein Handbuch für den Ausländerunterricht,

Langenscheidt 2008.

4. Dreyer/Schmitt: Lehr- und Übungsbuch der deutschen Grammatik. Max Hueber Verlag.

München 2010.

5. http://deutschtraining.org/course/deutschkurs-a1-online/





92

Module / Subject

HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT

Short Content

Subject has to purpose to offer advance knowledge, to be able students for specific use of theory

concept and methods from human resources management.








Aims and excepted learning result (knowledge, skills and competencies)

Understanding that Human Resources Managing is process for ensuring of right people and on the

right time. Students will understand basic elements of Human Resources Managing

Forms of teaching and learning

In two hours and one hour exercises per week it will elaborated learning material, and it will

organize group discusion.It will present paper seminary, that will present and discuss together with

students. Students encouraged following managing aspects and institution organizing, public and

private companies and they take topics for discussion.

Estimated methods and passing criteria



decision of the faculty council presented in the SER.

The means of concretization/ IT

Hall equipped with computer/ Laptopand projector for presentation of materials,Table, marker.

Report between theoric and practic part is 2:2

The ratio between the theoretical and practical part of the study:

The ratio is: 2:2

Literature

6. Manaxhimi i Burimeve Njerëzore, Dr. Shyqri LLACI,Dr. Zana KOLI, Tiranё

7. Paul Banfield-Rebecca Kay :Hyrje në Menaxhimin e Burimeve Njerezore, Përkthyer nga:

Jonida Bregu, Botimi UET Press 2011 Tiranë;

8. Menaxhimi i Resurseve Humane, Enver KUTLLOVCI, Prishtinë, 2004





93

Module / Subject

MARKET RESEARCH

Short content

This course offers basic knowledge about scientific research and especially for marketing

research. The topics that are discussed are: Understanding the role of marketing research,

SIM and relationship with research disciplines, research marketing process, types of research

and data types, qualitative research and quantification, data collection tools, samples, data

collection, data analysis and compilation of research report.


The course objectives are for the student to prepare to understand the basics of marketing

research and its relevance to decision-makers in the marketing management of firms.

The student will understand the importance of Marketing Research in marketing

management decision making as well as the rules and forms of realization of successful

research.










The ratio is 2: 2

Literature:

1. Fjalori i Gjuhës shqipe dhe

2. Fjalor të tjerë të terminologjisë nga marketingu, biznesi dhe ekonomia.

3. William G. Zikmund, Exploring Marketing Research, 8E. Thomson, South –

ëestern, 2002.

4. Gilbert A. Churchil, Basic Marketing Research, 4E. South-ëestern Thomson-

Learning, 2001.

5. Donald S. Tull and Del I. Hakins, Marketing Research. Fourth Edition, University

of Oregon, Eugene., etj





94

Module / Subject

NEGOTIATING SKILLS - LEADERSHIP

Short content

The main object of the course is to familiarize students with:

-Ways and contemporary forms of leadership, namely classic and creative management, and

educate permeant manager.

-Leadership-The sense of leadership and authority.

-Leadership at a low level, leadership with vision and other new forms of leadership

-Issues open for Kosovan business management.


At the end of learning the subject, students should be able to:

- Students will develop the skills needed for a successful manager.

- Gain knowledge on open issues on the management of Kosovo businesses.

- The forms and methods of communication.

- The creation of teams and their leadership and challenges for the teams.










The ratio is 2: 2

Literature:

1. Boriçi, Gjon “Pushteti dhe lidershipi”, Tiranë, Geer 2007

2. Prof.Dr. Berim Ramosaj “Bazat e menaxhimit” Prishtinë, 2007

3. Prof.Dr. Berim Ramosaj “Managment-Menaxhmenti Kreativ & lidershipi”

Prishtinë, 2006

4. Prof.Dr. Berim Ramosaj Teste dhe Raste studimore, 2007





95

Module / Subject

MANAGEMENT OF CHANGES

Short content

This course aims to develop the student concept of Managing Changes in Individuals, Teams,

Organizations and Societies. Change management is a process for managing the human side

of change.


The course aims to provide advanced knowledge, to enable students to use specific

concepts, theories and methods of change management.










The ratio is 2: 2

Literature:

1. CHANGE MANAGEMENT: Elsevier Butterworth- Heinemann Linacre House,

Jordan Hill, Oxford OX2 8DP 30 Corporate Drive, Burlington, MA 01803 First

published 2005;

2. Menaxhmenti i Ndryshimit, Ligjërata të autorizuara, dispense,Dr.Sc. Hamdi HOTI,

Universiteti i Prizrenit 2014/2015;

3. Bazat e Menaxhimit, Koncepte dhe aplikime themelore: ROBBINS/ DeCENZO,

Kap.7. Menaxhimi i ndryshimit, UET, Tiranë;

4. Metodologjia e punës shkencore kërkimore: Ali JAKUPI, dispense, Prishtinё.





96

Module/ Subject

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Short summary

The course "Project Management" will help prepare qualified experts to design a business plan

plan to be the most productive activity. Furthermore, this course is intended to help students to

gain knowledge of what the project plan is, detailed index of a detailed plan, content, current

situations, objectives, management (firm data), customers, competition, risks, market analysis,

SWOT analysis, prices and profit sales tactics, distribution, advertising & promotion, public

relations, business relationships, manufacturing, financial design, examples and assignments.

Expected goals and expected learning outcomes

To familiarize students with the basic notions and contemporary concepts of project

operation. The material is intended for students to understand the essence of project design

and how their operation is managed. Also, students will learn how to get support from

investors and lenders for an independent enterprise. Students, in consultation with the

faculty, will prepare market analyzes, determine the organizational structure, specify

operational objectives, and prepare projects for the first year of activity (with a concrete

task). Students will learn the complex interconnection and scrutiny of all phases in which

the project passes. This discipline includes the development of a project plan that contains

clearly defined goals and objectives, describing the way they will be achieved, so it is an

attempt carefully planned and well organized for doing a job.


Lectures, student presentations, discussions, seminars, research projects, group projects.

Assessment methods and passing criteria


successes in the colloquium as well as the final exam. The eligibility criteria are based on

the decision of the faculty council set out above in the RVV.


Table, marker and IT equipment


The ratio is 2: 2

Literature:

1. Dr .Elez Osmani,Dr.Bledar Striniqi,Dr.Dorjan Deltina:Drejtimi –Project

Operations,-Project management,Shkoder 2006.

2. Vllatko Mileta: Project management.

3. Ekonomia dhe Ndërmarësia, DANIDA@MASHT, 2013, Prishtinë, Kosovë.

4. Kalpakjian, Serope; Steven Schmid (August 2005). Manufacturing, Engineering &

Technology. Prentice Hall, 22–36, 951–988. ISBN 0-1314-8965-8.


http://sq.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Prentice_Hall&action=edit&redlink=1

http://sq.wikipedia.org/wiki/Speciale:BurimeteLibrave/0131489658




97

5. Enterprise Project – Quality Management: Guide Lines to Quality in Project

Management http//ansi.org





98

Module / Subject

ETHICS IN BUSINESS

Short content

Ethics and moral reasoning, Principles in business, Market and ethics, Ethics of consumer

goods and advertising, Discrimination of work and ethical aspects of it, Ethics and Ethics,

Ethics of Ethics, Ethics of Ethics, Ethics of Business Organizations, Ethical and Social

Reporting and Auditing, Ethical and Social Issues, Ethical and Social Audits, Ethics

Auditing Concept and Its Role in Assessing Ethical Management Programs.


The course aims at elaborating the ethics function in order to contribute to the recognition of

norms, values, basic ethical standards and codes of ethical behavior during business and

business activities by students. Moreover, the focus of this course is oriented to the social

responsibilities that we as a society have or what we should have.










The ratio is 2: 2

Literature:

1. Sadushi S., E Drejta Administrative, Shtëpia Botuese Ora, Tiranë 2008

2. Richard A. Chapman, Etika në Shërbimin Publik për Mijëvjeçarin e Ri, Nju Jork,

2002

3. Pasha, Llaci, Skreli, Tanku, Çepani, Etika, ekonomia dhe biznesi, Instituti për

kërkime dhe alternativazhvillimi, Tiranë 2003. - Dr.M. Baraliu-Trajtime Etike,





99

Module / Subject

TURKISH LANGUAGE

Short content

The course covers general language skills that will help students communicate effectively in

a wide range of formal and informal situations to increase fluency and confidence in the use

of Turkish Language in Professional Contexts and to enable participants to prioritize of their

own language learning needs.


Topics to be developed during 15 weeks (one semester) are as follows:

Facts & Figures; Where and when; Family & Friend; Breakfast & Breakfast; Movies -

Television; Work & Study; News - Weather; Coming - Going; A Planet, a Place! Life &

Style.










The ratio is 2: 2

Literature:

1. Yabancılar için Türke 1 , Gazi Universıty, Ankara 2006





100

Module / Subject

AUDIT

Short content

Historical development of the audit profession; Documentation and audit evidence; Audit

planning and creation of audit programs; Internal controls; Control tests; Sampling in

auditing concepts and frames; Audit of financial statements elements; Audit Review and

drafting of the audit report.


This course includes a study of external financial audit topics mainly oriented in an audit of

financial statements. The course focuses on concepts and auditing procedures applied to the

audit of financial statements. Topics covered include professional ethics of accountants and

consideration of other assurance services, such as public accounting profession and

international standards of quality control.










The ratio is 3:2

Literature:

1. Whittington and Pany, botimii 17’te, Basis of Auditing , 2010, 1the Edition.

2. T.J. Louwers, R.J. Ramsay, D. Sinason, J.R. Strawser, Auditing & Assurance

Services, 2007, 3th Edition.

3. IEKA, Manualiipasqyravefinanciare, shërbimet e përsigurisëdheetikës, 2010 1the

Edition.

4. Lectures authorized by Prof. Ass. Dr. Bekim





101

Module / Subject

SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT

Short content

This course focuses on managing and improving the supply chain processes and

performance.

Will be valid for students who want to pursue a career in consultations or take up a position

in operations, marketing or finance at a manufacturing or distribution firm.

We explore the tricycle supply chain, key trading in supply chain decisions, and effective

and efficient core supply chain management tools, inventory planning and inventory control,

order fulfillment and supply chain, coordination.


At the end of the course, the student should be able to:

Distinguish the reorganization processes that are being developed within the

economic systems in the light of the relationship between customers and suppliers at

the front and at the end of management,

Be able to analyze the relationship between various links in the production, sale and

distribution of goods.

Understanding logistical and marketing management Within business processes and

also of supply chain management,

The student will be more equipped to handle and understand the business economy,

marketing and international courses.




Students are evaluated through testing, whereas the final grade consists of four

components:

Attendance and activity classes: 0 - 10 points

First colloquium: 0 – 45 points

Working seminar: 0 – 10 points

Second colloquium: 0 - 45 points




The ratio is 2:2





102

Literature:

1. Prof. Ibrahim Krasniqi, Authorized Lectures, UPZ, 2017_18

2. P. ROMANO-P. DANESE, Supply Chain Management, McGraw-Hill, Milan, 2006.

3. M. CHRISTOPHER, Supply Chain Management, Create Value with Logistics,

Pearson Italia, 2005.

4. D.J.BOWERSOX-D.J.CLOSS-M.B.COOPER, Supply Chain Logistics and

Management Manual, New Techniques, Milan, 2011.

5. Recommended reading

6. F.DALLARI-G.MARCHET, Logistics Outsourcing in the Wide Consumption

Industry, Ed. Sun 24 Hours, 2008.





103

Module / Subject

FINANCIAL REPORTING

Short content

This subject is the first part of the Financial Reporting case. This subject discusses the theory

and practice of compiling financial reports for external (external) needs. Namely, this subject

focuses on how the financial statements reflect the company's economic events.

Expected learning outcomes (knowledge, skills and competences)

The course objectives are for students to gain considerable insight into the financial reporting

as well as the importance of the financial statements analysis in making the decision about

the company's future on the part of the management and other users of these statements.


Two hours of lectures and two hours of weekly exercises will cover the teaching material,

and a group discussion will be organized. There will be seminars, which will then be

presented and discussed jointly with the students.






Room equipped with computer / Llaptop and projector for presentation of material, Table,

marker.


The ratio is 2:2

Literature:

1. RrustemAsllanaj “Financial Accounting” Prishtinë 2010

2. HalitXhafa, BeshirCiceri ”Financial Direction” Tiranë 2006

3. Prof.Dr. Skender Ahmeti, “Financial Accounting”, Prishtine ,Universiteti i Prishtinës

Fakulteti Ekonomik. 2007

4. Intermediate Accounting, 12th ed. (Kieso, Weygandt, Warfield) – Albanian translated

version.





104

Module / Subject

BUSINESSES HOTEL MANAGEMENT

Short content

This subject analyses hotel management and helps towards their understanding and

recognition, it gives a wide description of planning and measuring the tourism needs on a

macro and micro level. Students will develop necessary skills for managing hotel businesses.

They will analyse specific aspects which they will come across during their career and will

gain skills necessary for hotel businesses’ management.


The analysis, recognition and respect of clients will be related to the means of

communication to them. The subject allows the future managers to use the overbooking and

pricing techniques as well as the use of metric marketing methods. The definition of

attractions and tourist areas, the planning of hotels according to the necessary elements of

sustainable tourism will be developed in conjunction with a thorough analysis of the

decision-making process regarding current and future developments.










The ratio is 2:2

Literature:

1. RoyA.Cook.,LauraJ.Yale.,JosephJ.Marqua(2009)Tourism: The

BusinessofTravel,Pearson

2. G.MichaelHall.(2009)TourismPlanning:Policies,Processesand

Relationships,Pearson

3. Jean-Pierre Lozato-Giotart.,Michel Balfet (2009) Progettazione e gestione di sistemi

turistici. Territorio, sistemi di produzione e strategie,FrancoAngeli

4. Leksione të përgatitura të Strategji Turizmi, nga Petrit Hasanaj





105

Module / Subject

QUALITY MANAGEMENT

Short content

SOIL- General knowledge on soil, soil notions including physical and physical-mechanical,

chemical and physical-chemical properties of soil and mineral nutrition elements etc.

PLANT - the physiological bases of plant production, the transformation of energy and

nutrients, and the ways of plant growth and development, irrigation system, growth and

development of plants, etc.

CLIMATE - The impact of climate factors on the growth and development of plants is

addressed. This chapter explains in a separate way the influence of temperature, light

humidity and CO2 in the growth of plant development.


The main objective of this course is to that the students will be provided with knowledge

regarding of managing the agriculture products and the development of a basic

understanding of the role of crops in agriculture to provide knowledge on plant production

functions, climatic- conditions, yield, quality of production and sustainability.

This management will contribute to alternative productions to decision makers and

intermediaries. Provide necessary knowledge about market structures, production position

and market prices, as well as processors: about the power of firms in the market and about

deal-purchase agreements.

Moreover, this course aims to help students understand the wide range of disciplines and

opportunities that exist in the agrarian field and their contribution to mankind.




Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize soil characteristics,

morphological and physiological characteristics of the plant and climatic factors that affect

the growth and development of agrarian products.

- To define the basic understanding of the concepts and principles oof agrarian products;

- Get to know what are the factors that influence decision-making in managing the main crop

production, and how they affect those in cultivation.

-The students will be able to recognize the key linkages of management technology and basic

production of agri-product cultivation.




The ratio is 2: 2





106

Literature:

1. Menaxhimi i Cilësisë, Venetike Nakuqi, Tiranë 2009,

2. The Management and Control of Quality; James R. Evans, William M. Lindsay;

Thomso-Southwestern, 6th Edition, 2005

3. Quality Management: Introduction to Total Quality Management for Production,

Processing and Services, 5th edn, , Goetsch, DL & Davis, B 2006, Pearson

4. Six Sigma For Managers, Greg Bruce, McGraw-Hill, 2002Sotiraq Dhamo

“Kontabiliteti financiar”, Tranë

5. Financial Accounting and Reporting, Barry Elliott and Jamie Elliott, 14th Edition,

2011





107

Module / Subject

ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEM

Short content

The content of this course is based on the meaning of the management information system

in general, then the orientation becomes more specific, namely in the student's ability to build

an accounting information system where orientation is mainly done for system building,

system control and decision-making based mainly in the built accounting system.


After successful completion of the course, students will develop their skills and will be able

to:

-To gain knowledge of the business environment where the economic entity operates,

-Application of strategic sustainability instruments and methods and environmental

management,

-Registration of transactions, posting in books and preparation of the confirmation balance

sheet,

-The ability to integrate knowledge gained in contexts and the ability to work in teams and

in practical projects,

-The importance of the accounting plan for the design of a sustainable accounting system.










The ratio is 2: 2

Literature:

1. Sistemi Informacionit Kontabël, Agim Binaj, 2012

2. Accounting Information Systems, Controls and Processes,Turner Weickgenannt,

2009





108

Module / Subject

BUSINESS ENGLISH III

Short content

The course content is specifically relevant English Language Program for business and

economic development as well as Entrepreneurship.

The chapters and the lexicon that make basic literature fall apart with regard to study areas

and the average level of foreign language recognition by students of higher education.


Bringing learners up to date with the language they need for business today, this book

explains words and expressions and also provides practice of using the new language. This

second edition reflects recent developments in technology, global relations and financial

practice and covers a wide range of topics from Finance to Culture at Work. It also helps

learners develop skills in key areas including Presentations, Meetings and Negotiations. With

vocabulary drawn from the Cambridge Business English Corpus – a collection of real

English compiled from authentic sources including business magazines, professional

journals and educational books – learners can be sure that the language they're learning is

up-to-date, relevant and natural. This second edition comes with or without a new CD-ROM,

which offers practice exercises and games, audio of each word or phrase, tests and a

phonemic chart for pronunciation support.










The ratio is 2:2

Literature:

1. Sistemi Informacionit Kontabël, Agim Binaj, 2012

2. - Accounting Information Systems, Controls and Processes,Turner Weickgenannt,

2009





109

Module / Subject

MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING

Short content

This course will give third-year Business Administration Accounting-Accounting basic

knowledge on basic concepts on management accounting and strategies. It determines the

role of the manager in the business of the enterprise, recognizes the importance of planning

and the impact of macro and micro economic environments in setting business goals. This

course will address issues such as planning, organization, motivation, and management

accounting management, which will deepen further in the coming years based on

international standards. Particular importance is given to the role of management in society

and businesses whether they are profitable or not.


The logical understanding of the basic concepts of Management Accounting and its role in

relation to the organization and society as a whole, the understanding of managerial functions

and the relationship between them, the ability to associate theoretical concepts with different

situations in managerial accounting in practice, consolidation of knowledge basis, in order

to further develop them in other managerial subjects, generate a strategic perspective,

manage the change process, create and develop groups in Accounting Management, Finding

Information Resources, and Valuation of Real Situations as well as Development critical

thinking, improving communication and verbal and written presentation.










The ratio is 2: 2

Literature:

1. Kontabiliteti I Menaxhmentit, Prof.Dr.sc. Skender Ahmeti,2008

2. Dispenca, “Kontabiliteti i Menaxhimit”, 2012 Prof,Ass.Dr. Adem Zogjani -Prof.

Dr. Flutra Kalemi, “Kontabiliteti i drejtimit”, Tiranë 2008.

3. “Cost Accounting and Managerial”– Homgren T.Charles, George Fostes, Srikant

M. Datar.





110

Module / Subject

FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

Short content

This subject is a scientific discipline which is based on most of the operational economic

trials for the achievement of the enterprise, their progress, medium and long term periods, as

well as solvency and so on. This analysis enables a complex review of all phases over which

the financial statements pass. This discipline includes the development of a financial

statement that contains clearly defined goals and objectives, also describing how they will

be achieved for that enterprise, ie a carefully planned and well-organized effort to carry out

this analysis.


The course "Analysis of Financial Statements" course will help students to get acquainted

with the basic notions and the contemporary concepts of financial statement operation. The

material is intended for students to understand the essence of compiling a financial analysis

analysis. During the development of lectures and exercises in this subject, students will be

able to recognize complex reviews of all phases over which the process of compiling the

financial statements passes.










The ratio is 2:2

Literature:

1. Analiza financiare (leksione) prof.dr sc.Nerimane Bajraktari dhe Fatbardha Molla

2. Analiza e bilancit prof.dr.Palok Kolnikaj ,prof.as.dr.Hydajet Shehu

3. Teknikat e flukseve financiare prof.dr.Palok Kolnikaj,prof.as.dr.Hydajet Shehu





111

Module / Subject

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Short content

This course is oriented for needed of student who will be recognized with corperative

governance system, as an oriented case in global level.

The course is design to ensure a deep insight in a way how corporate and companies are

governed.


Understand Corperative Governance system that are formed in the past from economic

forces, politics, social and culture.

To identify conqesuences of reflection forces nowdays that impact in controlling of

corperative for the future of corporative governance.

To choose and identify best models of Corporate Governance system for corporate and other

Institutions.

Students will understand basic elements of right management of Corporate Governance.










The ratio is 2:2

Literature:

1. Shyqyri Llaçi & Jorida Tabaku, Qeverisja e korporatave , 2008 Cikël leksionesh.

2. Claesssens, World Bank, Corporate Governance and Development, 2003 Candbury

Code, The Code of best practise”, 1992 London

Module / Subject

PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE





112

The "Business Administration" program is in full compliance with the new European

higher education guidelines as specified in the Bologna agreement. In the business

administration program, studies last for 3 years, or 6 semesters each having 30 ECTS, which

means that studies are completed after the compendium of 180 ECTS. The amount of

engagement hours for an ECTS is 25 hours of study (1 ECTS = 25 hours).

• 1 ECTS = 25 hours of engagement;

• 1 semester = 30 ECTS;

• 1 year = 60 ECTS x 25 hours = 1,500 hours of engagement;

• 3 years = 180 ECTS x 25 hours = 4,500 hours of engagement.

Throughout the study period, the practical part will reach about 65% of the theoretical part

of classroom learning. Meanwhile, in the last semester of the third year of studies, students will

partake on the professional practice which counts 4 ECTS.

The University of Prizren “Ukshin Hoti” has signed an agreement with the Kosovo

Business Alliance for professional practice placement in public companies, private companies,

financial institutions, banks and other companies. There is also an agreement signed with the

Edirne-Turkey Chamber of Commerce and Industry for students to pursue their professional

practice.

SWOT analysis of the content of the educational process:

Strengths:

Active involvement of academic staff in program development;

Expected results tailored to the appropriate level (level VII) in the National

Qualifications Framework;

Syllabus plans contain detailed information on the learning process (course content,

student load, assessment methods, literature, etc.);

Extensive use of IT tools during the learning process;

The Business Administration Program is comparable to similar study programs

organized at the University of Vienna (Universität Wien-Guidelines for the Bachelor's

Degree Program in Business Administration) and the University of Kent -Philosophy

and Business Administration BA). We are also based on study programs organized at

Strayer University in the USA;

Professional Practice is part of the curriculum which is equivalent to 4 ECTS.

Weaknesses:

Poor level of knowledge of English language by students;

Lack of contemporary literature in Albanian.

Opportunities:

Offering the program in English language;

ERASMUS exchange programs for staff and students;





113

Increasing the level of cooperation with foreign universities especially with those from

Europe and the region.

Threats:

Large student groups;

Translating literature from English to Albanian.





114

1.2.5. Students

The "Business Administration" program is dedicated to all candidates who have completed

secondary education (which is certified by diploma). As such, all candidates holding a high

school diploma will be eligible to apply for a place in the announcement of UPZ for the

admission of new students at the Bachelor level.

The criteria for student enrollment are foreseen by the Law of Higher Education in Kosovo,

by the Statute of the University of Prizren and are stated in the public announcement for

admission of new students. Determining the quota for admission of students is made by the

Senate of the University of Prizren, and in this academic year there were 300 open places for

regular students and 50 places for students with correspondence.

The announcement is posted in the UPZ website and is available in Albanian and Bosnian

language. The announcement also indicates the terms and conditions of the application, the

manner of application, the documents to be handed, the organization and the manner of holding

the entrance exam, the deadlines of the announcement, the deadline for complaints and other

important information. The announcement also reserves the right to admit students with special

needs, students belonging to the close family of martyrs as well as students from minority

communities.

Candidates are eligible for admission to UPZ and for enrollment after they successfully

pass the exam, based on the number of points earned. Students, after being admitted, on the

date of the beginning of the academic year, are welcomed by the Dean and the academic staff

and instructed for administrative and technical issues. Students also have a student card that

enables them to join the University Management System (UMS)

After the student enrollment, they are divided into groups as defined in the regulation

nr.prot.01-121, dated 20.04.2018. Separation of groups for both lectures and exercises is done

in order to ensure an effective and interactive process of teaching and learning.

Compulsory

lectures

Elective lectures

Exercises for compulsory

/ elective subjects

Faculty of

Economics Up to 150 Min.20 – Max 70 Up to 50

The table below presents data on the number of students who are active during the last three

years and the number of students who are unregistered.





115

Faculty of Economics

– Business

Administration

Year 2016/2017 2017/2018 2018/2019

Number of active

students 607 637 698

Number of students

that have been

unregistered

78 99 14

The table below shows the number of students enrolled in the first semester during the last

3 years. This number includes students who enrolled for the first time and those who have

repeated the academic year.

Faculty of

Economics Year 2016/2017 2017/2018 2018/2019

Business

Administration -

TOTAL

376 284 338

According to Gender F M F M F M

147 229 126 158 157 181


3 years for the first time and that continue to be active.

Faculty of

Economics Year 2016/2017 2017/2018 2018/2019

Business

Administration -

TOTAL

269 240 296

All regular students are required to attend lectures and exercises as well as to perform all

other duties related to the attendance of day-to-day learning until completion of studies. The

attendance of students is verified according to the signatures given in the evidence sheets.

Attendance is considered by the professors and assistants when evaluating the student's

performance. Students also undertake tests, seminars, presentations and exams to receive their

final grade. Evaluation results are provided in short timeframes. The professors hold

consultations both before the exam and after the exam to assist and counsel the students. The

final results achieved during the entire process of studies for each subject are certified in the

transcript of records.





116

The Faculty of Economics has a Regulation on the Determination of Undergraduate Studies

Criteria that informs students of their rights and obligations and information on any other aspect

related to undergraduate studies. This regulation is published online and is accessible by any

student. Students are also organized and have within each faculty the Student Council and

Student Parliament to guarantee their rights. Students in certain percentages are also part of the

UPZ senior management team, such as the Senate, but also at the faculty level as well as at the

Faculty Council, and are part of the various commissions that are created at the faculty level.

The average percentage of students passing through the "Business Administration"

program is around 54.5%. Meanwhile, the percentage of students who drop out of studies

ranges from 8.3 to 11.2%.

SWOT analysis for students:

Strengths:

Transparent and publicized procedures for admission of students;

A significant number of students at bachelor level, who are potential to continue to the

master level;

Small exercise groups that provide higher effectiveness;

Involvement of students at all levels of decision-making in UPZ;

A transparent and well-known assessment system for students;

Administrative support during studies;

Motivating distinct students (Offering scholarships for excellent students);

UPZ's cooperation agreements with other educational institutions abroad enable

students to complete one semester abroad.

Weaknesses:

There are no media promotion campaigns of UPZ study programs that would inform

interested parties;

Lack of professional counseling for students with emotional problems (psychologist)

and lack of provision of health services (doctor, dentist, etc.);

Lack of training on teaching staff in the theory and practice of student assessment

methods;

There is no electronic monitoring system for students' participation in the classroom.

Opportunities:

ERASMUS mobility programs for students;

Active participation in lectures and exercises;

Development of knowledge and skills for independent research.

Threats:





117

Orienting students towards other easier areas of study;

Insufficient support towards science and research.





118

1.2.6. Research

The University of Prizren “Ukshin Hoti” has signed a significant number of agreements

with various international Universities for cooperation in research and student and academic

staff mobility. As far as the research plan is concerned regarding this program, that plan will

be implemented within the general research program at th University level.

Research and scientific work by the academic staff are rather individual and co-authorship

(up to three co-authors) and their own scientific papers are published in various international

scientific journals. The University Senate has approved a list of names of international

scientific journals where academic staff can publish their own scientific papers according to

the criteria of a particular journal. The costs of publishing scientific papers and participating in

scientific conferences abroad are covered by the University Board's decision in cases when

such a request exists by the academic staff.

To further develop the scientific research process, within the Faculty of Economics an

initiative was taken to establish the Faculty of Economics Institute which, after passing to the

Faculty Council, is expected to be further elaborated.

SWOT analysis for research:

Strengths:

Diversity of research and scientific publications in the field of business administration

and entrepreneurship development, accounting, marketing, and project management;

Active participation in international scientific conferences by the academic staff;

Significant number of scientific publications in prestigious international journals;

Collaboration with international institutions and universities for joint scientific research

projects;

Organization of scientific conferences.

Weaknesses:

Lack of opportunities for accessing international projects due to the lack of freedom of

movement in EU countries as well as due to the political statute of Kosovo;

Lack of student participation in projects or scientific research;

Lack of an office for compiling and developing research projects within the faculty;

Bureaucratic procedures for project implementation;

Lack of group work in research and projects development.

Opportunities:

Compounded experience and eventual results achieved in the field of scientific research

are good opportunities for cooperation and for offering consultancy to institutions,

companies or other stakeholders;





119

An increase in international cooperation for joint research;

Utilizing human resources (academic staff) and students for quantitative and qualitative

growth of scientific projects, especially interdisciplinary scientific projects;

Increase cooperation with the business community;

Involvement of students in scientific projects;

Generating revenues by writing projects and developing strategies for relevant

businesses and institutions.

Threats:

The need to stimulate academic staff to do research and write scientific projects;

High unemployment in the country;

The lack of cooperation with Partner Universities due to the barriers of free movement

of the academic staff and students.





120

1.2.7. Infrastructure and resources

The Faculty of Economics possesses a suitable environment, sufficient human resources

and technological equipment for the development of a quality teaching process.

Just as mentioned in the previous points of this report, the Faculty of Economics possesses

its own object facing the city park of Prizren. As such, this object offers favourable conditions

for the development of the learning process as well as a reactionary environment around it.

The faculty of the Faculty of Economics has 11 halls including the Amphitheatre divided

into 3 floors with an area of about 3500 m2. The facility is also equipped with elevators to meet

the needs of people with special needs or other people. The facility also has offices for the

Dean, Heads of Teaching, Secretariat, Bachelor-level Students Officer, Master-level Students

Officer, and offices for 7 full-time Professors. The facility also has a specific hall for Professors

and a Library. The library has 70 seats, 10 computers and possesses 1,159 contemporary books

in both Albanian and foreign languages. The table below presents the detailed information

about the classes in the Faculty of Economics.

II The list of classes in Faculty of Economics with space S=3500m2

Classes Space in m2 Capacity in chairs

Number of

Computers

Number of

Projectors Books

S200 55 30 / 1

S201 52 30 / 1

S202 100 80 / 1

Bibliotheca

203 100 80 10 / 1159

S204 60 40 / 1

S205 52 35 / 1

S206 100 80 / 1

S207 100 80 / 1

S208 100 80 / 1

S209 55 30 / 1

S210 52 30 / 1

S211 120 100 / 1

S212 120 100 / 1

S213 150 150 / 1

Office 214 34 2 / /

Office 215 30 2 / /

Meeting

Room 60 20 / /





121

Office 217 30 2 2 1

Office 218 30 2 2 1

Office 219 35 2 2 1

Office 220 30 2 2 1

Office 221 30 2 2 1

Office 221 35 2 2 1

Amfiteatrat/

A 350 150 / /

Central

Heating

Space 400 / / 1

Holle and

Stairs 1310 / / 1

SWOT analysis for the infrastructure and resources:

Strengths:

The number of halls and chairs is in accordance with the number of students;

The building is equipped with elevators;

The library is available to students.

Weaknesses:

Amortized projectors;

Lack of technical staff for maintenance of existing equipment’s;

There is lack of funding for the purchase of contemporary textbooks for the courses

being taught.

Opportunities:

The proximity of the facility to the city park is so close that it can serve to students for

any particular recreational activity.

Threats:

In the long-run there might be not enough space to accommodate all needs due to lack

of budget.





122

1.3. Program 2 – International Management, BA, re/accreditation

The "International Management" study program is a three-year study program and includes

6 semesters with a total of 180 ECTS at the Faculty of Economics at the University of Prizren

“Ukshin Hoti”. The aim of the program is to achieve a qualified level of basic knowledge in

the field of management and international business.

This program enables students to recognize the complexity of local and international

business organizations, interdependent business-to-business interactions and domestic and

international legislation on which they develop business as well as difficulties faced in business

management.

This student program will provide you with sufficient knowledge of contemporary business

management in a competitive global business environment.

The name of the study program International Management




BA



Bachelor of Science in International Management-

BSc


Subject

Aresa Codes (ESAC)

04

Profile of the academic program International Management

Minimum duration of the study 3 years (6 semesters).


breaks from work, distance study, etc.) Regular 250 + 50 Part-time

Number of ECTS 180 ECTS or 60 ECTS/year

Modules/Subjects (Short overview) 1. Business Mathematics

2. Basics of Accounting

3. Basics of Economics

4. Basics of International Management

5. Intercultural Communicative Management

6. Business English – I-

7. Financial Accounting

8. Basics of Finance

9. Statistics

10. Basics of Marketing

11. International Business Environment

12. Business Law





123

13. Academic Writing

14. Operational Management

15. Project Management

16. Informatics in Business

17. Business English – II-

18. Market Research

19. Customer Behaviour

20. Career Development

21. International Finances

22. Entrepreneurship

23. E- Marketing

24. Quantitative Analyses in Business

25. German Language –I

26. Financial Analyses

27. Turkish Language

28. Corporative Governance


30. Human Resources Management

31. Ethics in Business

32. Professional Internship

33. Business English – III-

34. German Language – II-

35. Strategic Marketing

36. Touristic Potential Management

37. Logistics and Distributions

38. European Economical Integrations

39. Diploma Thesis

Students number

Regular 250 + 50 Part-time = 300

Leader of the study field/program Prof. Ass. Dr. Artan Nimani

Permanent academic personnel


(Number according to personnel categories)

Eleven (11) Professor Assistants

Four (4) Assistants

Study fees 25 euros per semester





124


The Faculty of Economics at the University of Prizren “Ukshin Hoti” offers two programs

of Bachelor studies: The "International Management" program and the "Business

Administration" program. The development of these programs is closely related to the needs

of the labour market and business development not only in the Prizren region but broader. The

number of students who are completing secondary school from this region have a real

opportunity to choose one of these two undergraduate programs.

Bearing in mind the historical demand for enrolment in these programs, which have been

steadily increasing, there is complete justification to develop these programs at the Bachelor

level of studies at the Faculty of Economics of the University of Prizren “Ukshin Hoti”.

In the academic year 2013/2014 at the Faculty of Economics, the implementation of the

master program in "Cultural Heritage and Tourism Management" has began, a program funded

by the TEMPUS program in partnership with 10 international Universities.

In the academic year 2014/2015, the organization of studies has begun in the master level

in the program: Master of “Business Administration”, and in the academic year 2015/2016 in

the program "Accounting and Auditing". Consequently, in these programs mainly enrol

students who complete their bachelor studies in the "Business Administration" and

"International Management" programs at the Faculty of Economics, University of Prizren

“Ukshin Hoti”. This fact adds to the justification of the implementation of these programs at

the Bachelor level of studies.

The Faculty of Economics of the University of Prizren “Ukshin Hoti” has established a

partnership with Raffeisen Bank Kosovo to place students for professional practice, and with

the Economic Bank of Kosovo, where our students commence their professional practice in

duration of one to three months. We also have a written agreement with the Kosovo Business

Alliance through which we place all third-year students in businesses, financial institutions,

municipal assemblies and public enterprises for the duration of 60 working hours.

The Faculty of Economics has signed a cooperation agreement with the Chamber of

Commerce and Industry of Edirnes - Turkey, where each year, third-year students (priority will

give to those who know the Turkish language) will be able to carry out their professional

practice.

The mission of the International Management program is to prepare students with the

necessary practical managerial skills in the context of global enterprises, acquiring sufficient

intellectual skills and capabilities for international business careers, and reach a productive

leadership in the economic system based on the free market, private enterprises and on the

spirit of managing a competitive entrepreneurship. The University of Prizren “Ukshin Hoti”

serves in the region of Prizren and the country for the sole purpose of the development and

education of students to be able to get involved in the labour market in Kosovo and beyond.

The University aims to develop the competency skills of the students through the above-

mentioned programs in order for the students to be equal and prepared with the necessary

knowledge and skills for their practical implementation.

The purpose of the International Management Program is to build, develop and implement

a practical orientation of knowledge in the field of management, especially in the management





125

of international businesses. Moreover, the International Management Program offers

opportunities for our graduate students to gain sufficient knowledge of the global market and

the behaviors in the global market. The International Management Program as part of the BA

studies includes courses in the field of Management, International Management, Statistics,

Business and International Business Law, Marketing, E-Marketing, Accounting, International

Accounting Standards, Company Laws, Corporate Governance and Intercultural

Communication and Quantitative Analysis in business, etc.

The other goal of this program is for students to develop creative, innovative and

communicative thinking skills in solving business and decision-making problems based on the

use of extensive analytical, research and practical literature.

The "International Management" study program is a three year program of studies and

includes 6 semesters with a total of 180 ECTS. The aim of the program is to achieve a qualified

level of basic knowledge in the area of management and international business. This program

enables students to recognize the complexity of local and international business organizations,

interdependent business-to-business interactions and domestic and international legislation on

which they develop businesses as well as difficulties faced in managing a business. This student

program will provide students with sufficient knowledge on contemporary business

management in a competitive business environment.

Also, one of the other goals of this program is to provide to students practical experience

for preparing them for access to various positions, including managerial positions in various

domestic and international business sectors. This professional practice biography will be

implemented by practical programs conceived in co-operation with local and international

business entities where students will also grasp the organizational working culture and

behaviors of managers in the organization.

The objectives of this qualification program are:

The program will enable students to embrace sustainable theoretical and practical

knowledge of on behaviors, and local and international business activities;

Through the International Management Study Program, students will be able to develop

the necessary analytical skills and reflect on business issues happening in the global

markets;

Students will be able to develop adaptability and flexibility of access and the ability to

initiate and respond positively and appropriately to changes;

International Management as a program will prepare students for career in business,

efficient management or areas related to management and leadership for the sole

purpose of contributing to our society and to global management;

The goal of this program is to increase student skills in terms of communication skills,

knowledge of globalization and their development as an international manager;

Students will be able to apply the knowledge gained to solve problems scientifically

and without prejudice;

From the International Management Program, students will gain social and intercultural

competences.





126

The ethical aspect is also important and students will be able to perceive ethical

behaviors and norms, and apply them in practice.






enrolment and ending with graduation.

The Faculty of Economics, part of which is this program, has satisfactory academic,


the Faculty of Economics has its own facility with 11 study halls. For the management of

students' requests and dossier is the Secretary of the Faculty of Economics and the Services

Officer of Bachelor students at the Faculty of Economics. The Dean of the Faculty of

Economics and the Chief of the International Management Program are responsible for the

process of teaching and other academic issues.

SWOT analysis for mission, objectives and administration:

Strengths:

The mission of the International Management Program is in harmony with the mission

of the Faculty of Economics, University of Prizren “Ukshin Hoti”;

The objectives set are realistic and achievable, and are the result of consultations

between members of the International Management department;

Expected results of the program as a whole and of the subjects are in line with the level

of bachelor studies and are based on qualifications in the NQF;


in accordance with the UPZ Statute and the regulations of the Faculty of Economics;



The Administration of the Faculty of Economics supports the program, including the

student's dossier and their progress to the end of the studies;

In the FE Regulation for bachelor studies, the Student Complaint Procedure is foreseen

in case of discontent with their assessment;

The facility in which the International Management Department operates meets the

criteria for people with disabilities.

Weaknesses:

The Faculty of Economics has not yet managed to provide space to students for

professional practice within the campus;

There is a lack of sophisticated cyber infrastructure and space for innovation;





127

The labour market in the country is not well defined and well structured.

Opportunities:

It is a unique program, given that global markets today are the target of any economy;

Attractive for students outside Kosovo;

Provides opportunities for bringing new ideas for the establishment of new institutions

in the country, such as institutes and centres for innovation and entrepreneurship, e-

business etc;

The International Management as a program will prepare students for career in

business, effective managerial and leadership skills to contribute to society and to

global management;

The program will enhance student-learning abilities in terms of communication skills,

knowledge on globalization and their development as an international manager.

Threats:


The lack of opportunities to compete in the labour market outside of Kosovo.





128


Quality management is a continuous challenge to institutions in general and in particular

for the International Management Program. In this case, the University has made concrete steps

by adapting and offering solid opportunities to have a credible quality management and quality

assurance process. Quality assurance, quality management and quality monitoring are

organized by the Quality Assurance Office at the institutional level. Also, the quality assurance

coordinators for each faculty are responsible for following and monitoring more closely the

necessary procedures for quality assurance and management.

In this regard, the commission of studies at the Faculty of Economics fulfils its mission,

especially in the design of curricula and control in their implementation.

At the University level, regulations and procedures for quality assurance have been adopted

such as: Committee's Work Regulation for Quality Assurance, Guidelines for Quality

Assurance, and the Strategy for Quality Assurance.

These documents provide the necessary procedures and mechanisms for the quality of

teaching and research to be equivalent to international standards of quality assurance in

teaching, learning and research. These documents foresee the utilization of quantitative and

qualitative instruments for quality assurance, such as: questionnaires, interviews, monitoring,

evaluation scheme, self-evaluation reports, but also double assessment, and external

consultancy.

The Faculty of Economics, respectively the International Management Program organizes

the evaluation process as well as the self-evaluation of the academic and administrative staff.

Even students are part of this assessment by evaluating the teaching and pedagogical process

of the academic staff, this assessment is made in full confidentiality and the results are provided

to staff separately.

It is worth mentioning that our faculty has taken these assessments into account in the cases

of re-election and selection of the academic staff.

Throughout the study period, the ratio between theoretical and practical part will be

approximately 70%: 30%.

This report is subject to changes in certain subjects if we take into consideration previous

accreditation. Meanwhile, in the final semester of the third year of studies, students will also

partake in the professional work, which will count 4 ECTS and mentored by an assigned

professor.





129


Strengths:


the continuity of the quality assurance process;

There is good coordination among all relevant bodies and human resources, academic

staff and students in the development of internal and external evaluation processes;

The applying of IT systems, electronic communication and student networking has an

overall positive impact. Communication between academic and administrative staff and

students is also very advanced and credible. Also, the modernization of the electronic

collection of necessary information from staff, students, administrative services and so

on has been achieved;

Compared to the earlier stages of the process of quality assurance, there is now a greater

experience both in terms of quality management, but also by the staff and students

themselves, all of which contribute to quality assurance through providing quality

programs.

Weaknesses:

Lack of funding for maintaining the quality assurance process;

Lack of spatial infrastructure for the implementation of study programs specifically of

business incubators;

Lack of motivation among students to engage in quality assurance procedures.

Opportunities:

A good quality assurance system increases the opportunities for participation in


Increase the employability of graduates in the labor market outside Kosovo;

Involvement of students and stakeholders in the quality assurance process increases the

student's awareness of studying at internationally recognized study programs.

Threats:

Lack of a well defined and well structured labor market.





130


In the "International Management" Program at the Faculty of Economics, an academic staff



and employment conditions have been clearly described.

So far, the Faculty of Economics has 2 Associate Professors, 9 Assistant Professors and 4

Assistants.

In this program there are also 9 Adjunct Professors and 4 Regular Assistants, all of whom

are on the final phase of PhD studies, which is a good sign for the continuation of this program.

Also during this semester, as adjunct staff are hired 1 Professor with the academic call Prof.Dr

or Prof.Asoc, 2 professors with the academic call Prof.Dr, 4 Professors with the academic call

Dr.Sc. and 2 with an MSc degree and 6 Assistants with an MSc degree.

The Faculty of Economics is in the final recruitment stage of a professor for this program,

where all the procedures have just been completed but the Rector's absence has caused the

Senate report not to be voted.





given in the table below.

Regular professors and assistants1

Duration of Contract

Nr. of teaching

hours per staff

member


according to the semester plan





131

N

R

Name and

Surname

Academic

Call

Grad

e Start End L E Total

1 Halil Kukaj Prof Asoc Dr Sc 20.04.2018 19.04.2022 6 2 8

2 Bekim Berisha Prof asoc Dr Sc 20.04.2018 19.04.2022 8 0 8

3 Artan Nimani Prof.Ass Dr.Sc 01.10.2017 30.09.2021 10 0 10

4 Drita Krasniqi Prof.Ass Dr.Sc 09.03.2016 08.03.2020 6 0 6

3 Florije Govori Prof.Ass Dr.Sc 15.12.2016 08.03.2020 2 1 3

4 Gani Gjini Prof.Ass Dr.Sc 15.12.2015 14.12.2019 6 0 6

5 Hamdi Hoti Prof.Ass Dr.Sc 01.10.2014 30.09.2019 5 2 7

6 Behgjet

Brajshori Prof Ass Dr Sc 15.12.2015 14.12.2019 6 2 8

8 Hysni Terziu Prof Ass Dr Sc 01.10.2017 30.09.2020 4 2 6

10 Nerimane

Bajraktari Prof.Ass Dr.Sc 01.10.2017 30.09.2020 8 2 10

10 Anera Alishani Ass MSc. 22.05.2017 21.05.2020 0 6 6

11 Festim Tafolli Ass MSc. 09.03.2016 08.03.2019 0 4 4

12 Leonora Sopaj Ass MSc. 17.05.2018 16.05.2021 0 8 8

13 Marigona Geci Ass MSc. 15.12.2015 14.12.2019 0 6 6

Total 61 35 96

Adjunct professors and assistants Duration of Contract

Nr. of teaching

hours per staff

member





132

N

R

Name and

Surname

Academi

c Call

Grad

e Start End L E Total

1 Jusuf Mustafai Prof.

Asoc.

Dr.Sc

. 01.10.2019 30.01.2019 6 0 6

2 Fevzi Berisha Prof. Dr. Dr.Sc

. 01.10.2019 30.01.2019 4 0 4

3 Bahtije Gerbeshi Prof. Dr. Dr.Sc

. 01.10.2019 30.01.2019 4 0 4

4 Agon Kokaj Lecturer Dr.Sc

. 01.10.2019 30.01.2019 3 0 3

5 Ilir Islami Lecturer Dr.Sc

. 01.10.2019 30.01.2019 4 0 4

6 Enis Kervan Lecturer Dr.Sc

. 01.10.2019 30.01.2019 2 1 3

7 Mentor Gashi Lecturer Dr.Sc

. 01.10.2019 30.01.2019 2 0 2

8 Elvir Shtavica Lecturer M.Sc. 01.10.2019 30.01.2019 4 0 4

9 Amantina

Pervizaj

Lecturer M.Sc. 01.10.2019 30.01.2019 1 4 5

10 Senad Jusufi Mr. M.Sc. 01.10.2019 30.01.2019 0 3 3

11 Gentiana Mjaku Mr. M.Sc. 01.10.2019 30.01.2019 0 2 2

12 Liridona

Gerxhaliu Mr. M.Sc. 01.10.2019 30.01.2019 0 2 2

13 Dafina Abdullahu Mr. M.Sc. 01.10.2019 30.01.2019 0 2 2

14 Aferina Skeja Mr. M.Sc. 01.10.2019 30.01.2019 0 2 2

15 Egzon Zariqi Mr. M.Sc. 01.10.2019 30.01.2019 0 1 1

Total 30 17 47


60 ECTS credits in the International Management program there should be employed a full

time Professor with a doctorate degree. Responsible for the International Management

Program, are:

Prof. Ass. Dr.Artan Nimani;

Prof. Ass. Dr. Drita Krasniqi;

Prof. Ass. Dr. Florije Govori.

On the other hand, the infrastructure of the Faculty of Economics is such that it has enabled

each academic staff member to have an office equipped with computers and other equipment

to carry out their duties and to prepare projects or scientific papers. These offices serve the

academic staff to conduct consultations with students as well. Each Professor has announced

the schedule for student consultations. Professors are also available to make other

constituencies for the benefit of the community and society.





133






Strengths:

Satisfactory number of qualified staff. 67% of the academic staff (Professors) are full time

professors and have a doctorate degree Dr.Sc. and cover 67% of lecturing hours at the

International Management Program;

Provides training on teaching methodologies for new academic staff;

Participation of academic staff in projects, scientific conferences and trainings in


Weaknesses:

The institution does not provide training programs for new or current staff on developing

their teaching skills;

Insufficient application of online courses and learning;

Not hiring part-time academic staff for a whole academic year but only for one semester;


Insufficient knowledge of the English language by a considerable number of the academic

staff.

Opportunities:

Opportunities for developing the new academic staff by offering opportunities to partake

in PhD programs at prestigious universities abroad;


Threats:


Little support from MEST for staff development;

Many constraints posed by the central Institutions for recruitment purposes.





134


The International Management Program is in full compliance with the new European higher

education guidelines as specified in the Bologna agreement. In the International Management

Program, studies last for 3 years, respectively 6 semesters, whereby each semester has 30

ECTS, which means that studies are completed after the collection of 180 ECTS. The amount

of engagement hours for an ECTS is 25 hours of study (1 ECTS = 25 hours).

The International Management Program is comparable to the program of studies organized

at the University of Vienna (University of Applied Sciences in Würzburg-Schweinfurt,

Germany), University of Applied Sciences in Poland and Kent University of Great Britain. We

are also based on study programs organized at Strayer University in the USA (Strayer

University).

After completing studies in the "International Management" program, students will be

prepared for:

Entering the internal and external labour market;

Establish national and international businesses;

Operate in a competitive business environment;

Analyse, solve problems and make fair decisions;

Learn different norms, behaviours and cultures in doing business in different parts of

the world;

Applying their knowledge in practice through various forms of communication and

reporting;

Manage time effectively and independently;

Manage businesses independently and responsibly by entering the global market.





135

The information table of the study program under assessment should be completed as follows:

Semester 1


Hours/

Weeks

L E

ECTS Professor

1 C Business Mathematics 2 3 6 Fevzi Berisha

2 C Accounting Basics 2 3 5 Bekim Berisha

3 C Basics of Economics 3 2 5 Gani Gjini

4 C Basics of International Management 3 2 5 Artan Nimani

5 C Intercultural Communication

Management

2 2 4 Nerimane Bajraktari

6 C Business English – I 2 2 5 Kadri Krasniqi

Total 30

Semester 2


Hours/

Weeks

L E

ECTS Professor

1 C Financial Accounting 2 3 6 Bekim Berisha

2 C Basics of Finance 3 2 5 Florije Govori

3 C Statistics 2 3 5 Artan Nimani

4 C The Basics of Marketing 2 2 5 Hysni Terziu

5 C International Business Environment 3 2 5 Drita Krasniqi

6.1. E Business Law 2 2 4 Armend Podvorica

6.2. E Academic Writing 2 2 4 Flamur Shala

Total 30





136

Semester 3


Hours/

Weeks

L E

ECTS Professor

1 C Operations Management 3 2 6 Drita Krasniqi

2 C Project Management 2 2 5 Nerimane Bajraktari

3 C Business Informatics 2 2 5 Naim Baftiu

4 C Business English – II 2 2 5 Jusuf Mustafaj

5 C Market research 2 2 5 Rifat Hoxha

6.1. E Consumer Behaviour 2 2 4 Isuf Lushi

6.2. E Career Development 2 2 4 Bahtije Gerbeshi

Total

30

Semester 4


Hours/

Weeks

L E

ECTS Professor

1 C International Finance 2 2 5 Gani Gjini

2 C Entrepreneurship 2 2 5 Behxhet Brajshori

3 C E- Marketing 2 2 5 Hysni Terziu

4 C Quantitative Analysis in Business 3 2 6 Artan Nimani

5 C German Language - I 2 2 5 Sadete Pllana

6.1. E Financial Analysis 2 2 4 Florije Govori

6.2. E Turkish Language 2 2 4 Enis Kervan

Total 30





137

Semester 5


Hours/

Weeks

L E

ECTS Professor

1 C Corporate governance 3 2 6 Hamdi Hoti

2 C International Business 2 2 6 Halil Kukaj

3 C Human Resource Management 2 2 5 Hamdi Hoti

4 C Ethics in Business 2 2 5 Kadri Kryeziu

5 C Internship 1 0 4 Drita Krasniqi

6.1. E Business English – III 2 2 4 Amantina Pervizaj

6.2. E German language – II 2 2 4 Sadete Pllana

Total 30

Semester 6

Nr. C/E

Module/Subject

Hours/

Weeks

L E

ECTS Professor

1 C Strategic Marketing 3 2 6 Hysni Terziu

2 C Potential Tourist Management 2 2 5 Petrit Hasani

3 C Logistics and Distribution 2 2 5 Mentor Gashi

4 C European Economic Integration 2 2 4 Halim Bajraktari

5 C Thesis 10 Mentor

6 C

Total 30





138

Description of Modules/Subjects

Module / Subject

BUSINESS MATHEMATICS

Short content

At the end of this course students will be able to use and to understand Mathematical notions

with the aim to use this knowledge as an aide in other subjects which use mathematical

apparatus. In more details, students will know the concept of matrix and their determinants,

to know the properties of determinants which are used in solving of the system of equations.

Solve systems of equations in a different manner. To create sequences given their general

formula and how to apply arithmetic and geometric sequences in solving various problems.

To graphs of elementary functions. To apply the limit of the function in order to determine

the continuity of the function. The elements of financial mathematics; measuring simple

interest; computation of compound interest; deposits and rent; loans; amortization plan.


The purpose of Business Mathematics is to enable students to achieve knowledge from math

needed for applying to science of the economy. The student will be able to use and

understand the notions of high mathematics so that the knowledge can help them as a support

device in the subjects in which the mathematical apparatus is necessary.








White Board, marker and IT equipment.



Literature:

1. Ajet Ahmeti (2012), “Matematika për ekonomistë”, Prishtinë 2012.





139

Module / Subject

BASICS OF ACCOUNTING

Content



general accepted accounting principles; financial statements and their components; the

process of recognizing revenues and expenditures; the accrual basis of accounting;

prepayments and deferred income, and other issues related to financial accounting.




manufacturing companies. The aim is that the students to develop skills to be able to record







success in colloquia and final exam. Retention criteria are based on the decision of the faculty

council presented above in the SER.


White boards, markers and IT equipements.


The report is 2:3

Literature:

1. Asllanaj, Rr., Kontabilitetifinanciar, 2010, ISBN 978-9951-00-117-5


9780470518403






140

Module / Subject

BASICS OF ECONOMICS

Short content

Microeconomics study the economic behavior of small economic groups such as companies

and households, is one of the largest subfields in the economy. This course aims to present

the concerns of microeconomics overwhelming - efficient allocation of insufficient

resources.


Ability to argue in an analytical and economical way that enables comprehensive

microeconomic analyzes of management decisions and institutional design.








White boards, markers and IT equipments.


The ratio is 3:2

Literature:

1. Ahmet Mançellari, Sulo Hadëri, Dhori Kule, Stefan Qirici : “Hyrje nё ekonomi “,

Pegi, Tiranё, 2007

2. John Sloman : ” Economics” Pearson Education, Sixth edition 2006

3. Hal R. Varian: “Mikroekonomia”, Onufri , Tiranё, 2000





141

Module / Subject

BASICS OF INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT

Short content

Businesses operate in global markets and face global competition. The global financial crisis

has unequivocally highlighted that globalization is in reality, the new world order.

Organizations should be globally competent to survive. The management of these

international, multinational, and transnational organizations requires skills and knowledge

beyond the traditional management principles and techniques. In the field of management

studies, international management is one of the areas of recent interest. At present,

knowledge about international management exists only in a fragmented format.


It is the purpose of this course to present the current knowledge of how businesses can

succeed in an international environment. Both, the effect of action in an international

environment by organizations and management in general, and the effect of action in

particular countries will be studied. In addition to developing a good mastery of relevant

concepts and ideas, it is important for you to understand the practical implications of what

has been studied and to be able to apply what you have learned.










The ratio is 3:2

Literature:

1. NIMANI, Dr Artan (2017) Bazat e menaxhimit nderkombetar, Universiteti i

Prizrenit.

2. Adler, N. (2008) International Dimensions of Organizational Behavior, 5th Edition,

South Western.

3. E, HELEN Deresky. International Management: Managing Across Borders and

Cultures, Text and Cases, Global Edition 9.





142

Module / Subject

INTERNATIONAL COMMUNICATIVE MANAGEMENT

Short content

The purpose of this course is to get students acquainted with fundamental concepts, legalities

and basic anthropological and cultural knowledge, as well as the challenges of contemporary

international management in relation to intercultural communication. The course aims to

point out that knowledge and understanding of cultural differences as well as knowing the

principles and dimensions of intercultural communication, corporate executives and

multinational corporations and international management in general is a prerequisite for

success at work.


Students will develop their theoretical knowledge of cultural anthropology, the typology of

cultures, and their distinctive features. Students will know how to identify and respect the

cultural factor as a factor influencing the success of entrepreneurship and management.

Students will be able to analyze and decide which cultural components of culture will be

specifically considered, in the case of negotiating processes for different agreements with

relevant culture members, as well as for management in multicultural environments.










The ratio is 2: 2

Literature:

1. Judith N. Martin & Thomas K. Nakayama .”Hyrje në komunikimin ndërkulturor”.

Tiranë: UET Press, 2010.

2. Michael J. Papa, Tom D. Daniels, Barry K. Spiker.” Komunikimi organizativ –

Qasjet dhe prirjet”. Tiranë: UET Press, 2009.





143

Module / Subject

BUSINESS ENGLISH I

Short content

The 'Market leader' method is a business course in English aimed to business people and

especially business/economic students. It contains 12 units based on topics of great interest

to students involved in international business. The course reflects the latest trends in the

business world and will help students develop basic communication skills in business, such

as presentations, participation in meetings, conversations, phone calls, and the use of English

in various social circumstances.

It will also help students to develop listening skills such as; listening to information and

receiving notes. Above all, this course will capture the communicative skills of students you

need to be successful in business and at the same time increase their knowledge of the

business world. Students who study this course will have greater fluency and confidence in

the use of business language and will increase their career prospects.


The main objective of this course is to familiarize students with general language skills that

will help them communicate more effectively in a variety of formal and informal

circumstances / situations.

Upon successful completion of this course, students must be able to:

Expand professional vocabulary.

Communicate with greater confidence.

Speak more accurately and fluently.

Improve written English through various exercises, and

Become through social networks with greater confidence and also to work

successfully in multi-cultural environments.










The ratio is 2:2





144

Literature:

1. David Cotton, David Falvey, Simon Kent. (2007). Market Leader-Business

English, Student’s Book. Longman: England (obligative) Pre-Intermediate

2. John Rogers. (2007). Market Leader-Business English, Practice File. Longman:

England (obligative) Pre-Intermediate

3. Dictionary: Pauli Qesku. Fjalori Anglisht – Shqip






145

Module / Subject

FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING

Short Content



general accepted accounting principles; financial statements and their components; the

process of recognizing revenues and expenditures; the accrual basis of accounting;

prepayments and deferred income, and other issues related to financial accounting.




manufacturing companies. The aim is that the students develop skills to be able to record







success in colloquia and final exam. Retention criteria are based on the decision of the faculty

council presented above in the SER.


White boards, markers and IT equipements.


The report is 2:3

Literature:

1. Asllanaj, Rr., Kontabilitetifinanciar, 2010, ISBN 978-9951-00-117-5


9780470518403






146

Module / Subject

BASICS OF FINANCE

Short content

This course deals with basic concepts in finance, money, simple and compound interest, time

value of money, risk and return, financial institutions, financial instruments, financial

derivatives, valuation of securities, financing methods.

Objectives and expected results of the lesson:

This course aims to help: understanding the main concepts in finance; solving problems

related to the time value of money; choice of opportunities and forms of financing the

economic activity of company. The course enables students to develop skills in the use of

technical instruments for valuating financial risk and return from investment in viable and

profitable projects.

After completing the course the student will be able to:

To explain the basic concepts in finance, the time value of money, risk and return;

To evaluate the investment risk;

To classify financial institutions depending on their functions and positioning on financial

markets;

To know the financial instruments, types and they functions;

To know how to apply the valuation models of securities in the money markets, capital

markets and derivative markets;

To identify the sources of business financing and influencing factors in the relative

proportion between funding sources.





success in colloquia and final exam. Retention criteria are based on the decision of the





The ratio is 3:2

Literature:

1. Fadil Govori: Financë, IMF, Prishtinë, 2010

2. Herbert B. Mayo: Financa, LU Tiranë, 2014

1. 3. Mishkin, Frederick: The Economics of Money, Banking, and Financial Markets,

8th edition, Pearson Addison Wesley





147

Module / Subject

STATISTICS

Short content

Statistics is the science of information that lets you discover patterns behind the data.

Statistics as a science of data learning plays a vital role in every area of human activity,

especially in economics. In economic research, statistics helps us to use different statistical

techniques and methods for data collection, grouping and analyzing data, testing hypotheses

and others. The relationship between demand and supply is a statistical study, imports and

exports, inflation rate, income per capita are problems that require good knowledge of

statistics. Trend and regression analysis also help to evaluate the current situation and make

predictions, so the knowledge gained from this subject is important for both students and

researchers, businessmen, governors, and so on.


The purpose of the statistics is to enable students to gain the necessary knowledge on the

role and importance of general and in particular economic statistics regarding the

fundamental principles, methods and models of statistics and how to apply them during

lectures and exercises in economic analysis.








White Board, marker and IT equipments.



Literature:

1. Rahmije Mustafa - Topxhiu: HYRJE NË STATISTIKË, Prishtina, 2016





148





149

Module/ Subject

BASICS OF MARKETING

Short content


marketing concepts and definitions, marketing study objectives, principles and other

marketing principles. The process, activities, tasks and marketing actions. Plan marketing

research and application of research results. Macro-environmental impact and factors

affecting consumer behavior, mix marketing tools. Etc.


The purpose of the course program is to gain the knowledge and skills for the management

and economic development, the treatment and the object of the marketing study in general.

The purpose of the course basics of marketing is to prevail the methodology for preparing

entrepreneurial programs in economics as well as management skills for marketing

leadership in general.

The results of this course are for students to gain some knowledge of marketing and to get

acquainted with the theoretical and practical formatting of forms, different methods of

applying marketing plans and implementing projects that derive from their direct business

in marketing area, gain knowledge of the practical implementation of all models and the

development of relevant strategies.










The ratio is 2: 2

Literature:

1. Prof. Bardhyl Ceku, As.prof.dr. Ilia Kristo, Dr.Arjan Abazi and Dr. Artan Duka;

Introduction to Marketing 1998 Tirana. Prof. Ali Jakupi "Marketing Basics",

Prishtina, 2000. University of Prishtina Faculty of Economics.

2. Prof. Bardhyl Ceku, and Prof.Dr.Nail Reshidi "Marketing" University of Prishtina,

2006 Economic Faculty.

3. Philip Kotler and Keven Keler: Μaarketig Μanagment, 2012 Prof.Dr. Nexhmi

Rexha, "Marketing" Prishtina 1982 University of Prishtina Faculty of Economics.






150

Module / Subject

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT

Short content

International trade economics and policy, International financial transaction mechanics that

allow trade initiation and settlement, accounting systems that allow countries to monitor and

manage the transfer of resources and capital, trade agreements and globalization, NAFTA

and the World Trade Organization (WTO), major institutions and intermediaries that

facilitate resource leakage (super-national agencies MNC and financial institutions,

government agencies, private financial institutions), legal mechanisms and arbitration

agencies that allow for the resolution of international conflicts, the global environment and

the people in terms of opportunities for markets and shops for new goods and services, ethical

issues faced by the international business community.

Aims and learning outcomes (knowledge, skills and competences)

Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

Analyze the role and impact of international business on national economic development.

Explain how the economic, political / legal environment affects international finances

business operations.

Discuss how cultural and behavioral differences affect local business practices, and how

these differences can be addressed by using the appropriate strategies.

Discuss the theory of international trade and government influence and business decisions

international trade.

The method of teaching and learning

Lectures, exercises, interactive access, consulting, seminar papers and presentations.

Ways of assessing students



the decision of the faculty council presented in the SER.


Appropriate literature, lectures, use of IT.

The relationship between the theoretical and practical part of the study:


Literature:

1. Dr. HalilKukaj, Biznes Ndërkombëtar

2. Ilia Kristo, Biznesi Ndërkombëtar, Tiranë

3. Hill, Charles; Global Business Today 6th ed, ©2008. McGraw Hill Irwin ISBN:

4. 9780073381398.

5. BiznesNdërkombëtar- Rastestudime,Ushtrime, 2009, Ilirjan Lip





151

Module / Subject

BUSINESS LAW

Short content

Through this subject, students of the field of economics aim to achieve these basic goals: to

provide knowledge on legal norms, state, and state bodies, and law subjects, legal meaning

of enterprises, contracts and types of contracts, etc.

The business law course will be taught by providing students with new and appropriate

knowledge about the right and the needs of the economy for regulating it in legal terms.


Business law lectures will provide students with theoretical and practical knowledge of the

necessity of recognizing institutes and law institutions in certain areas. This, under the

conditions and circumstances in which the economy is developed today, becomes more

understandable, but it is also necessary that the treatment and explanation of the legal system

also presupposes the basis of functioning and regulation of the economic and industrial

system.










The ratio is 2:2

Literature

2. Dr.Mazllum Baraliu "Business Law", Prishtina, 2010.

3. Dr. Mehdi Hetemi "Right to Basic Knowledge of Business Law" Prishtina 2004

4. Mr. Armand Krasniqi "Business Law for Economy" 2014

5. Dr. Mehdi Hetemi "Afarsite Right" Prishtina, 1998.

6. Dr. Riza Smaka "Business Law", Prishtina, 2000

7. Mr. Armand Krasniqi "Right to Tourism and Catering".

8. Dr. Nerxhivane Dauti "Right of Obligation"





152

Module/ Subject

ACADEMIC WRITING

Short description

Academic writing is one of the subjects that is closely related to other subjects of linguistics

and it teaches text-writing techniques: topic selection, research methods, the general plan

for thesis writing, text writing, and review as a necessary technique. It is about writing a text

containing sentences and paragraphs with coherence between these parts, relating to the

organization of the text.

Aims and expected results

The aim of the course is:

-To raise the level of language use and written communication,

-To develop the communication skills and transmit knowledge,

-To develop the ability of judging, comparing, analyzing, synthesizing, etc.

Students should:

-Apply and differentiate writing techniques like,

-Analysis/ Topic selection; Research/ Collecting material; Curriculum; Information

grouping and categorization; text review/ editing,

-To have profound, complete, and accurate knowledge about the subject which will allow

them to speak and write appropriately.


Interactive lectures, discussions, semiranrs, etc.

Assessment methods and evaluation criteria

Students’ assessment will be based on their attendance and engagement, written assignments,

performance in class, and final exam. The eligibility criteria are based on the decision of

falucty council presented in SER.

Means /IT

White boards, marker, and IT equipments.

The relationship between theoretical and practical knowledge

The report between theoretical and practical part is 2.2

Literature:

1. A basic and two aditional titles, not older than 10 years





153

Module / Subject

OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

Short Content

Case Operations Management relates to explaining theoretical and practical operations

required and necessary for the efficient management of the function, planning, organizing,

directing and controlling the resources of a business that needed to produce products and

services with the aim of realizing as major benefits.


At the end of this course, students shall be able to comprehend:

- What represents the management of operations, which is the role of management in

business operations,

- What is the strategy of operations and make the difference between winning and

competing priorities of a business,

- To understand why it is important to design the product or service process and what

are the stages of design,

- Students will be able to build independent concepts related to the management of

operations in manufacturing and service businesses through research and

professional preparation of research projects in this area.






the decision of the faculty council presented in the SER.



The relationship between the theoretical and practical part of the study


Literature:

2. Prof SuzanaPanaritiManaxhimi i Operacioneve, Konceptet, Metoda, Strategji,

Tiranë, 2013

3. GrupautorëshMenaxhimi i Operacioneve, 2012

4. OperatinsManagment, Willians J. Stevenson, (Rochester Institute of Technology),

McGraw Hill Irvin, 2008





154

5. Operation Management, Jay Heizer (Texas Lutheran University), & Barry Render

(Graduate School of Business, Rollins College), Prentice Hall, 2010.

6. Operation management, Lee J. Krajewsi, Larry P. Ritzman, Manoj K. Malhotra,

Prentice Hall, 2009.Operation Management, Creating Value along the supply chain,

Bernard W. Taylor & Roberta S. Russell, 2010





155

Module/ Subject:

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Short content

Students will learn the complex interconnection and scrutiny of all phases in which the project

passes. This discipline includes the development of a project plan that contains clearly defined

goals and objectives, describing the way they will be achieved, so it is a carefully planned and

well-organized attempt for doing a particular job. Students get acquainted with the basic

notions and contemporary concepts of project operation. This material is intended for students

to understand the essence of project design and how their operation is managed.


Students will also learn how to get support from investors and lenders for initiating an

independent enterprise. Students, in consultation with the faculty, will prepare market analyses,

determine the organizational structure, specify operational objectives, and prepare projects for

the first year of activity of the enterprise (with a concrete task).









The relationship between the theoretical and practical part of the study


Literature:

1. Dr .Elez Osmani,Dr.Bledar Striniqi,Dr.Dorjan Deltina:Drejtimi –Operimi i

projekteve,Project mengment,Shkoder 2006.

2. Ekonomia dhe Ndërmarësia, DANIDA@MASHT, 2013, Prishtinë, Kosovë.

3. Kalpakjian, Serope; Steven Schmid (August 2005). Manufacturing, Engineering &

Technology. Prentice Hall, 22–36, 951–988. ISBN 0-1314-8965-8.

Module / Subject





156

INFORMATICS IN BUSINESS

Short content

The business information technology system facilitates us in some of the high-level

business applications that are:

- Administration system in final business accounts, invoices, warehouses, etc.

- Ticket reservations in the aviation system,

- Banking and other insurance systems.

Modern business-based technologies have increased not only in the use of authorized means

of collecting, transmitting and processing information, but also in profitable business

profits as well as facilitating the exchange of data and the computer.


Lectures and exercises will be held in one semester and that is 2 hours of lectures and 2

hours of exercises (the number of hours is preferred to increase). This course is evaluated

with 6 credits. Lectures will be held in groups of 30 to 40 students, and the exercises will

be made in groups of 25 to 30 students.

During the lectures students are activated with additional comments, questions and

explanations. A maximum of 60 hours of formal contact time (lectures and labs) is needed.

Likewise, project tasks will be performed according to the instructions of the professor and

the assistant who will strengthen the student's practical and independent future work in

studies or work. Consultations with the student will also be held according to the agreement.

Students have the right to communicate via email with the professor and the assistant.










The ratio is 2: 2

Literature:

1. Essentials of Management Information System 6e, PRENTICE HALL, 2016

2. Informatika ne biznes - Mihane berisha, universiteti i Prishtines, 2016.

3. Teoria: “Business Driven Technology”; Stephen Haag, Paige Baltzan, Amy Philips.

McGraw-Hill

4. 2006, USA. ISBN: 0-07-298301-9.

5. Microsoft Access”; Agni Dika. Prishtinë, 2006 si dhe njohuri ne programe softuerikë.





157

6. Besnik Skënderi: Elemente themelore në Word dhe Excel-libra shqip për Power Point

etj. Prishtinë 2011.





158

Module / Subject

BUSINESS ENGLISH II

Short content

The purpose of this course is to help students acquire the necessary knowledge of English in

order to acquire and actively use the basic theoretical and practical knowledge of the

elementary level of knowledge of English.

To develop elementary student communication skills for understanding and interpreting in

general, through dialogue, mutual communication and through open debate, especially for

the elementary level of English language recognition.


Also students are enabled to acquire the necessary knowledge of elementary English

communication, to be able to understand and express their thoughts in English as well as to

create the necessary basis to advance their knowledge and to move to higher levels of

learning and communication in English.










The ratio is 2: 2

Literature:

1. Cambridge “Bussines Vovabulary in Use “ Intermediate By Bill Mascull;

2. Cambridge Business BENCHMARK Pre- Intermediate to Intermediate By

Norman Whitby;





159

Module / Subject

MARKET RESEARCH

Short content

This course offers basic knowledge about scientific research and especially for marketing

research. The topics that are discussed are: understanding the role of marketing research,

SIM and relationship with research disciplines, research marketing process, types of research

and data types, qualitative research and quantification, data collection tools, samples, data

collection, data analysis and compilation of research report.


The course objectives are for the student to prepare to understand the basics of marketing

research and its relevance to decision-makers in the marketing management of firms.

The student will understand the importance of Marketing Research in marketing

management decision making as well as the rules and forms of realization of successful

research.










The ratio is 2: 2

Literature:

1. Basic Literature: Prof.dr. Ramiz LIVOREKA, "MARKETING RESEARCH,

(university book). Published by "Dinograf" Ferizaj, 2011.

2. Additional Literature:.

3. Albanian Language and Dictionary Glossary

4. Other terminology terms from marketing, business and economy.

5. William G. Zikmund, Exploring Marketing Research, 8E. Thomson, South-east,

2002.

6. Gilbert A. Churchil, Basic Marketing Research, 4E. South-East Thomson-

Learning, 2001.

7. Donald S. Tull and I. Hakins, Marketing Research. Fourth Edition, University of

Oregon, Eugene, etc.





160





161

Module / Subject

CUSTOMER BEHAVIOR

Short content

Customer Behavior is a subject that studies why and how consumers make certain decisions

and how their behaviors change under the influence of certain factors.

The subject focuses heavily on the influence of the consumer's psychological factors,

external environment factors, and the situation in which the customer may be whenever he

or she decides to buy something.

It should be noted that the subject does not only study the act of purchase but also studies

the process before and after the purchase, even examines how possession or lack of things

can affect consumer behavior in general.


Customer behavior creates an opportunity to better understand why consumers choose

certain products and companies, what is happening in the business world, why someone is

successful and someone does not. If companies have information on what factors affect

consumers' behavior and how they affect them, then they can tailor products and services to

customers better. This serves as a first step in policy making and making the right decisions

in marketing.

The course provides the most advanced model for understanding consumer decision making,

which serves as a program for business success in the market economy and in the time of

hyper-competition.










The ratio is 2: 2





162

Literature:

1. Semiha Loca, Consumer Behavior, 2012

2. Vjollca Bakiu, Consumer Behavior, 2010.

3. Artan Xh. Duke, Consumer Behavior, 2009.

4. Michael Solomon, Gary Bamossy, Soren Askegaard, Margaret K. Hogg, Consumer

Behavior, 2006.

5. Roger D.Blackwell, Paul W. Miniard, James F.Engel - Consumer Behavior, 2006.

6. Williams L. Wilke, Consumer Behavior, 1986.

7. Kotler & Armstrong (2008). Principles of Marketing.

8. Kotler & Armstrong (2013). Marketing Policies. The 13th edition.

Module / Subject

CAREER DEVELOPMENT

Short content

This course provides students with the opportunity to gain insight into career development

issues. In addition, the course is presented as a good opportunity for students to know and

evaluate the role of personal communication and written communication as important

elements for career development. Also, through this course, students will gain knowledge

not only of the role and the importance of career orientation education as well as career

development, and additional knowledge about their professional development. The main

topics included in this course are: reviewing career plans, career planning, role of recognition

of personal values, beliefs and attitudes in career development, communication and careers,

gender discrimination, job offers, negotiation, career development in the era of globalization,

etc.


The knowledge gained from this course will impact on improving students' knowledge of

different career-related issues.










The ratio is 2: 2





163

Literature:

1. Mete, E. (2010). Your Career Guide.

2. Career Development Guide. Prepared by: Career Office, Coordination and Student

Support at "Albanian University". Tirana, 2016.

3. Alite, R. Gender Discrimination in Career Management.





164

Module / Subject

INTERNATIONAL FINANCE

Short content

The main purpose of this course is for students to gain insight into the main current economic

problems in International Finance. In this context, we will emphasize the economic and

political behaviors that affect corporate finances. Moreover, in foreign exchange transactions

in international markets and stock markets.


Students will receive general knowledge on international finance development. So they will

gain insight into the financial crises and how to cope with these crises. Students will also be

recognized on Financial derivatives and exposure to potential risks.










The ratio is 2:2

Literature:

1. Gani Gjini, International Finance, 2015, Prizren.

1. Frank J. Fabozzi - Franco Modigliani, Capital Markets Institutions and Instruments

2. publishing house, mediaprint - Tirana, year 2013.

3. Understand Burden Jeffrey B. Little & Lucien Rhodes

4. Frederic S. Mishkin & Stenly G. Eakins, Markets and Financial Institutions College

Victory, year 2009 Prishtina.





165

Modul/ Subject

ENTREPRENEURSHIP

Short Description

The course aims to conceptually present the complexity of development and growth of a new

business, including the assessmeent of the advantages or strengths and weaknesses,

opportunities and threats that surround the business environment. The course provides basic

knowledge on theoritical and practical issues in the field of entrepreneurship and small

enterprises, testing ideas , innovation, assessing opportunities, buyers, business plans,

market, E—market and lounching joint investments.

Aim and learning Outcomes

Students will develop their skills needed for a successful entrepreneur. They will analyze

the specific aspects they will face while developing entrepreneurship and acquire the

necessary skills in efficient resourrce management.

The metodology for the realization of course topics

Lectures,interactive discussions, seminars, papers ,ect.

Evaluation methods and criteria





Basic literature ,the usage of TL equipments.

Teoretical and practical share:

The ratio is 2:2

Literatura:

1. Dr. Emeric Solomossy, Dr Safet Merovci, “ Entrepreneurship”, University of

Prishtina, Faculty of Economics, 2008, Prishtina.

2. Dr.Djuro Horvat, Zeljko Tinter, “ Entrepreneurship, University Koleg” Victoria”

,2008 ,Prishtina

3. DANDA,MEST”Entrepreneurship”, 2011, Prishtina.





166

Module/ Subject

E-MARKETING

Short content

The course content is expected to affect the level of knowledge, skills and attitudes of students.

Concepts and Definitions of E-Marketing (Electronic Marketing). E-marketing study objectives and

defining Internet marketing.

The need for internet marketing. Marketing on the Internet as a vital part of the integrated marketing

strategy. Website, a platform for online marketing in the business-consumer sector. Creating

relationships with consumers. Internet customer experience and the importance of creating a web site.

Likewise, Web site marketing in services. Impact of the web site on consumer behavior.


The purpose of the course program is to acquire the knowledge and skills for the management and

economic development, the treatment and the subject of E-marketing study in general.

The purpose of the E-Marketing course is to prevail the methodology for preparing entrepreneurial

programs in the economy as well as managerial skills for direct marketing leadership.

The results of this course are for students to gain specific knowledge of E-marketing and to get

acquainted with the theoretical and practical formatting of forms, different methods of applying

electronic marketing plans and implementation of business-related projects direct them in the field of

E-marketing, to gain insight into the practical application of all models and the building of relevant

strategies.




Students will be evaluated according to their attendance and commitment, homework, colloquium’s

success and eventually the final exam. The criterions of passing are based on the council’s decision as

presented above in the Self Evaluation Report (SER).




The ratio is 2: 2





167

Literature:

Authorized lectures, Prof.Ass.Dr. Hysni Terziu, Faculty of Economics Prizren, 2016/2017.

Philip Kotler, Marketing Management, 1999., P. S. &. Chaffey, Internet Marketing, 2005.

Online Marketing Opportunity Report: Social Media, Blog, and Search Engine Activity by Industry,

HubSpot.com.,

The Small Business Online Marketing Guide, Google, 2011, MSc. Shkumbin Misini, Market Place,

Pristina: Universum College, 2012., R.E.H. &. M. Liebe, Economics Principles and Application, 2004.

Standing, C. (2002). Methodologies for Developing Web Applications Information and Software

Technology StrategjiaNdërsektorialepërShoqërinë e Informacionit Susan Sweeney, CA,CSP, HoF,101

Ways to Promote your website Sharma dheSheth, ”Electronic Services Quality”2004 Shneiderman,

1998 Electronic services quality Teo and Pian, Internet Marketing, 2003 Tourism Concern ( 2003),

Annual Reports and accounts Wolfinbarger&Gilly, 2003 Electronic service quality.





168

Module / Subject

QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS IN BUSINESS

Short content

The subject primarily focuses on analyzing business problems and using quantitative

research methods as a tool for solving them. This course includes the understanding and

implementation of modeling methods, statistical research, and the use of computer software

for data analysis and decision making. Clarification and general rules for writing and

submission of the report on the scientific research carried out course requirements. This

module requires basic knowledge in statistics, quantitative methods, mathematics, computer

knowledge, and economics.


The benefit of research is by public opinion research and market research that are extremely

practical to the very theoretical analysis of social impact. Planners and administrators use

research on basic information about policy decisions. Economists are based on regular

consumer research on household financial status and on business enterprise surveys to

measure recent investment.










The ratio is 3:2

Literature:

1. Nimani, Artan, BASICS OF STATISTICS, KB, Prishtina 2012

2. Ronald Jay Polland, RESEARCH AND ANALYSIS BASED STUDIES, NY 1998

3. Cooper, D. Schindler, P. Business Research Methods, 9th ed, McGraw Hill, 2006

4. Sekeran, U. RESEARCH METHODS FOR BUSINESS: A skill building approach,

4th ed, Nrw Jersey, John Wiley ans Sons, Inc.2003





169

Module / Subject

GERMAN LANGUAGE I

Short content

This course is a training course designed for students of the first year of the Faculty of Economics.

The course begins with the alphabet, vowels, diphthongs and the consonants of the German

language, and the rules of pronunciation and spelling of the learned words. The rules of the definite

and indefinite articles: der/ein, die/eine, das/einof the nouns of the German language will be

explained, as well as the plural endings of nouns. The rules of the conjugation of regular and irregular

verbs, separable verbs, and modal verbs in the present tense (Präsens), in the past tense (Präteritum),

and in the perfect tense (Perfekt–with the verbs: haben and seinwill be taught. Adjectives, temporal

prepositions, and the word formation from two or more nouns (Composition) will also be treated.

Objectives and expected results of the leson








Interactive lectures, exercises, discussions, group work, etc. Contemporary methodology is applied

in the teaching process. Various forms of modified lecture, independent work of students according

to contemporary forms of cooperation (individual reflection orally and in writing, works in pairs,

small group work, attentive reading and written assignment).



successes in the colloquium as well as the final exam. The eligibility criteria are based on the decision

of the faculty council presented in the SER

Means of concretization / TI

Course book, workbook, additional material, computer, projector, loudspeaker, whiteboard, and

markers.


The ratio is: 2:2

Basic literature:

1. Menschen A 1.1, Deutsch als Fremdsprache, Kurs- und Arbeitsbuch, Hueber Verlag,

Ismaning 2012. Additional literature:





170


3. Helbig/Buscha: Deutsche Grammatik: Ein Handbuch für den Ausländerunterricht,

Langenscheidt 2008.

4. Dreyer/Schmitt: Lehr- und Übungsbuch der deutschen Grammatik. Max Hueber Verlag.

München 2010.

5. http://deutschtraining.org/course/deutschkurs-a1-online/





171

Module / Subject

FINANCE ANALYSIS

Short content

This subject is a scientific discipline that is based on most of the operational economic trials

for achieving the company, their progress, mid-term and long-term periods, as well as

solvency, and so on. This analysis enables a complex review of all phases over which the

financial statements pass. This discipline includes the development of a financial statement

that contains clearly defined goals and objectives, also describing how they will be achieved

for that enterprise, (i.e.) a carefully planned and well-organized effort to carry out this

analysis.


The course "Analysis of Financial Statements" course will help students to get acquainted

with the basic notions and the contemporary concepts of financial statement operation. The

material is intended for students to understand the essence of compiling a financial analysis.

During the development of lectures and exercises in this subject, students will be able to

recognize complex reviews of all phases over which the process of compiling the financial

statements passes.










The ratio is 2: 2

Literature:

1. Financial Analysis (lectures) prof.dr sc.Nerimane Bajraktari and Fatbardha Molla

2. Balance Analysis prof.dr.Palok Kolnikaj, prof.as.dr.Hydajet Shehu

3. Financial Flow Techniques prof.dr.Palok Kolnikaj, prof.as.dr.Hydajet Shehu





172

Module / Subject

TURKISH LANGUAGE

Short content

The course covers general language skills that will help students communicate effectively in

a wide range of formal and informal situations to increase fluency and confidence in the use

of Turkish Language in Professional Contexts and to enable participants to prioritize of their

own language learning needs.


Topics to be developed during 15 weeks (one semester) are as follows:

Facts & Figures; Where and when; Family & Friend; Breakfast & Breakfast; Movies -

Television; Work & Study; News - Weather; Coming - Going; A Planet, a Place! Life &

Style.










The ratio is 2:2

Literature:

1. Yabancılar için Türke 1 , Gazi Universıty, Ankara 2006





173

Module / Subject

CORPORATIVE GOVERNANCE

Short content

This course is oriented for needed of student who will be recognized with corporative

governance system, as an oriented case in global level.

The course is design to ensure a deep insight in a way how corporate and companies are

governed.


Understand corporative governance system that are formed in the past from economic forces,

politics, social and culture.

To identify consequences of reflection forces nowadays that impact in controlling of

corporative for the future of corporative governance.

To choose and identify best models of Corporate Governance system for corporate and other

Institutions.

Students will understand basic elements of right management of Corporate Governance.










The ratio is 3:2

Literature:

1. Qeverisjakorporative, “Boton Shoqata e Kontabilistëve të Çertifikuar dhe

Auditorëve të Kosovës me licencë dhe autorizimtë BPP Learnin Media”ISBN 9780

7517 3296 2.

2. British Library Cataloguing-in-Publication data.

3. Shyqyri Llaçi & Jorida Tabaku, Qeverisja e korporatave , 2010 Cikël leksionesh.,

4. Claesssens, World Bank, Corporate Governance and Development, 2003,

5. Candbury Code, The Code of best practise”, 1992 London.





174

Module //Subject

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

Short content

The whole material addressed in this module is divided into four parts. The first part handles

issues relating to the meaning of some terms that relate to this field and the theories and

politics of international business. The second part handles issues that are related to the rules

and conditions under which business can be developed internationally, which determine

national institutions and international economic institutions.

In the third section, various types of international business operations and other actions

needed to realize them (customs procedures) are treated. In the fourth section, financial

materials regarding international trade, such as international trade financing, payment terms,

warranties and payment instruments are handled.


The course "International Business" aims to provide students with theoretical and practical

knowledge regarding the conditions under which develop international business activities as

well as methods and procedures of international business development activities.

After completing the course, students:

- Will understand right contents of different notions in the field of international business,

- Will have knowledge of the conditions under which develop international business

activities,

- Will have knowledge of the different types of international business operations,

- Will be able and skilled to perform different operations to international business,

- Will be able to foresee the risks which they are exposed in the implementation of business

operations and implement adequate protective measures,

- Will be competent in running operations,

-International business to business entities.










The ratio is 2: 2





175

Literature:

1. Halil Kukaj, Biznesi Ndërkombëtar, Universiteti “Ukshin Hoti” Prizren, Prizren,

2017.

2. Ilia Kristo, Biznesi Ndërkombëtar, PEGI, Tiranë, 2007

3. Hill, Charlls W.: “International Business”, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2007.

4. Daniels D. John, Radebaugh H. Lee and Daniel P. Sullivan: International Business –

Environments and Operations, Pearson, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2004.





176

Module/Subject

HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT

Short Content

Subject has to purpose to offer advance knowledge, to be able students for specific use of theory

concept and methods from human resources management.

Aims and excepted learning result (knowledge, skills and competencies)

Understanding that Human Resources Managing is process for ensuring of right people and on the

right time. Students will understand basic elements of Human Resources Managing.


In two hours and one hour exercises per week it will elaborated learning material, and it will

organize group discussion. It will present paper seminary that will present and discuss together with

students. Students encouraged following managing aspects and institution organizing, public and

private companies and they take topics for discussion.

Estimated methods and passing criteria




The means of concretization/ IT

Hall equipped with computer/ Laptop and projector for presentation of materials, table, marker.

Report between theoretical and practical part is 2:2

Literature:

1. Manaxhimi i Burimeve Njerëzore, Dr. Shyqri LLACI,Dr. Zana KOLI, Tiranё

2. Paul Banfield-Rebecca Kay :Hyrje në Menaxhimin e Burimeve Njerezore, Përkthyer

nga: Jonida Bregu, Botimi UET Press 2011 Tiranë;

3. Menaxhimi i Resurseve Humane, Enver KUTLLOVCI, Prishtinë, 2004





177

Module / Subject

ETHICS IN BUSINESS

Short content

Ethics and moral reasoning, Principles in business, Market and ethics, ethics of consumer

goods and advertising, discrimination of work and ethical aspects of it, ethics and ethics,

ethics of ethics, ethics of business organizations, ethical and social reporting and auditing,

ethical and social issues, ethical and social audits, ethics auditing concept and Its role in

assessing ethical management programs.


The course aims at elaborating the ethics function in order to contribute to the recognition of

norms, values, basic ethical standards and codes of ethical behavior during business and

business activities by students. Moreover, the focus of this course is oriented to the social

responsibilities that we as a society have or what we should have.










The ratio is 2: 2

Literature:

1. Sadushi S., E Drejta Administrative, Shtëpia Botuese Ora, Tiranë 2008

2. Richard A. Chapman, Etika në Shërbimin Publik për Mijëvjeçarin e Ri, Nju Jork,

2002

3. Pasha, Llaci, Skreli, Tanku, Çepani, Etika, ekonomia dhe biznesi, Instituti për

kërkime dhe alternativazhvillimi, Tiranë 2003. - Dr.M. Baraliu-Trajtime Etike,

Module / Subject

PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE





178





179

Module / Subject

BUSINESS ENGLISH III

Short content

The course content is specifically relevant English Language Program for business and

economic development as well as Entrepreneurship.

The chapters and the lexicon that make basic literature fall apart with regard to study areas

and the average level of foreign language recognition by students of higher education.


Bringing learners up to date with the language they need for business today, this book

explains words and expressions and also provides practice of using the new language. This

second edition reflects recent developments in technology, global relations and financial

practice and covers a wide range of topics from Finance to Culture at Work. It also helps

learners develop skills in key areas including Presentations, Meetings and Negotiations. With

vocabulary drawn from the Cambridge Business English Corpus – a collection of real

English compiled from authentic sources including business magazines, professional

journals and educational books – learners can be sure that the language they're learning is

up-to-date, relevant and natural. This second edition comes with or without a new CD-ROM,

which offers practice exercises and games, audio of each word or phrase, tests and a

phonemic chart for pronunciation support.










The ratio is 2: 2

Literature:

1. Offered to students in all possible forms of actual development - in physical print, in

PDF, and as App for smart phones.

2. Business Vocabulary in Use: Intermediate with Answers and CD-ROM 2nd Edition

ISBN: 9780521748629 CEF Level: B1 - B2 Publication date: April 2010





180

Module / Subject

GERMAN LANGUAGE II

Short content

This course is a training course designed for students of the first year of the Faculty of

Economics. The course begins with alphabet, vowels, two vowels and consonants. German

and the rules of pronunciation and spelling of words learned. The rules of prominent and

unsaved joints will be clarified: der / ein, die / eine, das / ein for the names of all. German

as well as the names of names. The rules of choice of regular and irregular verbs, divisive

verbs, and modal verbs at the present time (Präsens), past time (Präteritum), and at the time

performed (Perfekt - verbs: haben and sein. The names, timelines, and names of two of the

many names (Compositions) will be treated.



Enriching the vocabulary of everyday and economic expressions;


The correct use of prominent and unsaved joints in the denominations and accents;


Acquiring translation skills for text (short sentences and texts).










The ratio is 2: 2

Literature:


2. Helbig / Buscha: German Grammar: Ein Handbuch für den Ausländerunterricht,

Langenscheidt 2008.

3. Dreyer / Schmitt: Lehr- und Übungsbuch der deutschen Grammatik. Max Hueber

Verlag.





181





182

Module/ Subject

STRATEGIC MAREKTING

Short content


Strategic marketing concepts and definitions, marketing strategy definition, marketing strategy

analysis methods, market segment strategy, enterprise strategy alternatives, market kinked with

market economy, marketing management, understanding and adapting the strategy base, market

segmentation strategy, alternative market strategy, choice of market strategy, and target.


The purpose of the course program is to gain knowledge and skills for the treatment and study of

Strategic Marketing in general.

The purpose of the Strategic Marketing is to prevail the methodology for preparing strategic

entrepreneurial programs in economics as well as managerial skills for strategic marketing

leadership.

The results of this course are for students to gain some knowledge of strategic marketing and to get

acquainted with the theoretical and practical formatting of forms, different methods of applying

strategic marketing plans and implementing projects that derive from direct business in the field of

strategic marketing, gain insight into the practical implementation of all models and the building of

relevant strategies.




Students will be evaluated according to their attendance and commitment, homework, colloquium’s

success and eventually the final exam. The criterions of passing are based on the council’s decision

as presented above in the Self Evaluation Report (SER).




The ratio is 2: 2

Literature:


2. Prof. Ali Jakupi "Marketing Basics", Prishtina, 2000. University of Prishtina Faculty of

Economics.

3. Prof.Ass. Hysni Terziu, Authorized Lectures, Faculty of Economics, Prizren, 2014/2015.

4. Pһilip Kotler and Keven Keler: Marketing Management, 2012.

5. Prof. Nexhmi Rexha, "Marketing" Prishtina 1982 University of Prishtina, Economy Faculty.

6. Prof.Dr. Nail Residi, Marketing, Pristina University 2007.





183

Module / Subject

TOURIST POTENTIAL MANAGEMENT

Short content

This subject analyses hotel management and helps towards their understanding and

recognition, it gives a wide description of planning and measuring the tourism needs on a

macro and micro level. Helps towards management of tourism potentials. The analysis,

recognition and respect of clients will be related to the means of communication to them.

The subject allows the future managers to use the overbooking and pricing techniques as

well as the use of metric marketing methods.


The definition of attractions and tourist areas, the planning of hotels according to the

necessary elements of sustainable tourism will be developed in conjunction with a thorough

analysis of the decision-making process regarding current and future developments.

The student should be able to:

Understand the organization of a modern hotel company;

Recognize and perform the jobs of the reception branch upon arrival;

Analyze tourist policies.










The ratio is 2: 2

Literature:

1. Roy A.Cook.,Laura J.Yale.,Joseph J.Marqua (2009) Tourism: The Business of

Travel, Pearson

2. G.Michael Hall.(2009) Tourism Planning: Policies, Processes and Relationships,

Pearson

3. Jean-Pierre Lozato-Giotart.,Michel Balfet (2009) Progettazione e gestione di

sistemi turistici. Territorio, sistemi di produzione e strategie,FrancoAngeli

4. Prepared lectures on Tourism Strategy by Petrit Hasanaj

5. Application of FAS model in managing tourism potentials, by Petrit

Hasanaj





184

Module / Subject

LOGISTICS AND DISTRIBUTION

Short content

The course aims to illustrate the features and opportunities associated with managing the

integrated supply chain (SCM) within an economic system.

The analysis focuses on the production management, commercial and distribution of goods

and allows identification of the outsourcing of logistical transfer and the strategic role taken

by third-party logistics operators.

The methodological approach followed is that of supply chain management and distribution

channels (commercial and logistic) where the company is positioned within a system of

production, commercial and distribution relations at the front and back ends of the supply

chain.

The course examines customer-supplier relationships, commercial and logistic networks

(distribution channels), strategies of various players in the market, techniques for

optimization and management of physical flows (goods) and information (ICT).


At the end of the course, the student should be able to:

distinguish the reorganization processes that are being developed within the

economic systems in the light of the relationship between customers and suppliers at

the front and end of supply management;

be able to analyze in a summarized way the relationships between different links in

the production, sale and distribution of goods;

understand the meaning of logistics and marketing management within business

processes and also supply chain management;

the student will be more equipped to handle and understand the business economy,

marketing and international courses.










The ratio is 2: 2





185

Literature:

1. Prof. Ibrahim Krasniqi, Authorized Lectures, UPZ, 2017_18

2. P. ROMANO-P. DANESE, Supply Chain Management, McGraw-Hill, Milan,

2006.

3. M. CHRISTOPHER, Supply Chain Management, Create Value with Logistics,

Pearson Italia, 2005.

4. D.J.BOWERSOX-D.J.CLOSS-M.B.COOPER, Supply Chain Logistics and

Management Manual, New Techniques, Milan, 2011.





186

Module / Subject

EUROPEAN ECONOMIC INTEGRATION

Short content

The Meaning and history of creating regional economic integration. Levels of regional

economic integration. Background and motives of EU creation. EU bodies and institutions.

Policy Making in the European Union. EU Joint Policy. EU policy-making following the

Treaty of Lisbon.


This module aims to provide students with the necessary information on regional economic

integration, with special emphasis on the European Union. Students will be introduced to the

history of the creation of the European Union, its organs and institutions. EU macroeconomic

policies, etc.










The ratio is 2: 2

Literature:

1. Shpresa Shehu - Kursani; (2015), Policy Making in the European Union,

College Juridika, Pristina.

2. Musa Limani; (2012), European Economic Integration, Universum College,

Pristina.

3. Baldwin R :, & Wyplosz; (2009), The Economics of European Integration,

Mc Graw Hill.





187


Strengths:

Active involvement of the academic staff in program development based on

interactivity;

Expected results adjusted to the right level (level VII) of the National Qualifications

Framework;

Syllabus contains detailed information on the learning process (subject matter, student

load, assessment methods, literature, etc.);

Organize groups such as to simulate an international business environment, and visit

internationally owned companies at home country and abroad;

Extensive use of IT tools to uphold the learning process;

E-business students' training;

The International Management Program is comparable and similar to the program of

studies that are organized at the University of Vienna (Universitat Wien - Degree

Programme in International Business Administration), University of Applied Sciences

Würzburg-Schweinfurt in Germany, University of Information Technology and

Management in Poland and with the University of Kent in Great Britain;

The professional practice is part of the curriculum and is equivalent to 4 ECTS.

Weaknesses:

Poor level of knowledge of English language and global business languages by

students;


Opportunities:

Offering the program in English language based on commerce character;




Threats:

Large student groups (although a request has been made to the Steering Council for the

reduction of groups);

Translating literature from English to Albanian;

Likelihood of student mobility abroad is limited due to visas.

1.3.5. Students


https://www.bachelorstudies.com/universities/Germany/FHWS/

https://www.bachelorstudies.com/universities/Germany/FHWS/

https://www.masterstudies.com/universities/Poland/WSIiZ/

https://www.masterstudies.com/universities/Poland/WSIiZ/




188

The "International Management" program is dedicated to all candidates who have

completed secondary education (which is certified by diploma). As such, all candidates holding

a high school diploma will be eligible to apply for a place in the announcement of the UPZ for


The criteria for student enrollment are foreseen by the Law of Higher Education in Kosovo,





The announcement is posted on the UPZ website and is available in Albanian and Bosnian



the entrance exam, the deadlines of the announcement, the deadline for complaints and also

there are presented other important information. The announcement also reserves the right to

admit students with special needs, students belonging to the close family of martyrs as well as

students from minority communities.

Candidates are eligible for admission to UPZ and for enrollment after they successfully

pass the exam, based on the number of points earned. Students, after being admitted, on the

date of the beginning of the academic year, are welcomed by the Dean and academic staff and

instructed for administrative and technical issues. Students also have a student card that enables

them to join the University Management System (UMS). After students enrol, they are divided

into groups as defined in the regulation nr.prot.01-121, dated 20.04.2018. Separation of groups

for both lectures and exercises is done in order to ensure an effective and interactive process of

teaching and learning.

Compulsory

lectures

Elective lectures Exercises for compulsory

/ elective subjects

Faculty of

Economics Up to 150 Min.20 – Max 70 Up to 50




– International

Management

Year 2016/2017 2017/2018 2018/2019

Number of active


Number of students

that have been

unregistered

42 76 21





189




Faculty of

Economics Year 2016/2017 2017/2018 2018/2019

International

Management -

TOTAL

218 219 257


80 138 92 127 132 125



Faculty of

Economics Year 2016/2017 2017/2018 2018/2019

International

Management -

TOTAL

163 176 224










The Faculty of Economics has a Regulation on the Determination of Undergraduate Studies

Criteria that informs students of their rights and obligations and information on any other aspect

related to undergraduate studies. This regulation is published online and is accessible by any

student. The average percentage of students passing through the "Business Administration"

program is around 60%. Meanwhile, the percentage of students who drop out of studies ranges

from 8.3 to 11.2%. (faculty level).

Students have a significant representation in the Faculty's bodies, namely the International

Management Program and the students' interests are represented at the university and at the

faculty through these two bodies:

The student parliament at university level created from free and democratic elections;





190

The student councils at the academic level, as well as;

Each program and group of students within each academic year have their

representatives elected by votes and in a transparent manner. The legal basis for this

representation derives from the UPZ Rules of Procedure: https://uni-

prizren.com/repository/docs/RREGULLORJA_NR.01-34_73953.pdf


Strengths:

Transparent and publicized procedures for the admission of students;

Significant number of students at bachelor level, who are potential to continue to the

master level;








Weaknesses:


interested parties;



Lack of training of teaching staff in the theory and practice of student assessment

methods;


Opportunities:



Increasing knowledge and developing necessary skills for independent research.

Threats:


Insufficient support for science and research.





191

1.3.6. Research

The Faculty of Economics for the International Management program has developed a

research plan and has compiled a dynamic research plan in the field of International

Management, such as: Identifying market needs for study program development. University of

Prizren "Ukshin Hoti", has signed a significant number of national and international

agreements with various Universities for cooperation in research and mobility of academic staff

and students.

While the research plan in regard to this program will be implemented within the overall

research program at faculty level and University level. The research and scientific work

completed by the academic staff will be completed in accordance with the Administrative

Instruction of MEST, no. 01/2018 for works that will be published in internationally scientific

journals indexed in Platforms and Databases defined under the above mentioned

Administrative Direction.

The University Senate also in compliance with the Administrative Instruction has adopted

a Recommendation with a list of 3 electronic platforms and 3 platforms proposed by the

academic units of the University of Prizren “Ukshin Hoti”, where academic staff can publish

scientific papers and publications in scientific journals that are indexed on electronic platforms

according to the AI and the Senates Recommendation and according to the criteria set by

scientific journals.

While the costs of publishing scientific papers and attending international conferences under

the AI’s are covered by MEST and the University of Prizren “Ukshin Hoti”, with the approval

of the Steering Committee.


Strengths:

Diversity of research and scientific publications in the field of International

Management;

Active participation of the academic staff in national and international academic

conferences;

Publication of scientific papers in international journals indexed in electronic platforms

according to the MEST Administrative Instruction and UPZ Senate Recommendation;

Cooperation with local and international universities and with research institutes for

joint research projects;

Organization of scientific conferences by the Faculty of Economics with other local

and international partners;

Initiative for the establishment of the Economic Institute at the Faculty of Economics

in cooperation with other public universities in the country and with international

partners.





192

Weaknesses:

The lack of financial means or lack of budget for scientific research that is distributed

by MEST or the University of Prizren “Ukshin Hoti”;

Lack of opportunities for access to international projects due to the lack of free

movement in EU countries;

Lack of incentives by the university and MEST for research and cooperation between

academic units at the Faculty of Economics;

Lack of student participation in projects or scientific research;

A small number of research institutions in the country are dedicated to the Economic

sciences;

Lack of cooperation between the Faculty of Economics and other faculties in the

country;

Bureaucratic procedure for the implementation of economic projects at faculty level.

Opportunities:

The experience and the results achieved by scientific research are good opportunities

for cooperation and for offering consultancy to institutions, companies and other

stakeholders;

Increased international cooperation for joint scientific research;

Utilization of Human Resources (academic staff) and students for the quantitative and

qualitative growth of scientific research and especially interdisciplinary projects;

Efforts to increase co-operation with the private business community in the country;

Revenue generation from research projects through support from MEST, donors and

support from private businesses;

Increased involvement of students in research and scientific work.

Threats:

Lack of cooperation between the academic staff and students of the Faculty of

Economics with faculties and other similar universities in the country and region;

Lack of financial incentives for academic staff in support of research and scientific

research;

High rate of unemployment in the country.





193


The Faculty of Economics possesses a suitable environment, sufficient human resources and

technological equipment for the development of a quality teaching process.

Just as mentioned in the previous points of this report, the Faculty of Economics possesses

its own object facing the city park of Prizren. As such, this object offers favourable conditions

for the development of the learning process as well as a reactionary environment around it.

The faculty of the Faculty of Economics has 11 halls including the Amphitheatre divided

into 3 floors with an area of about 3500 m2. The facility is also equipped with elevators to meet

the needs of people with special needs or other people. The facility also has offices for the

Dean, Heads of Teaching, Secretariat, Bachelor-level Students Officer, Master-level Students

Officer, and offices for 7 full-time Professors. The facility also has a specific hall for Professors

and a Library. The detailed information is presented in the table below:

II The list of classes in Faculty of Economics with space S=3500m2

Classes Space in m2 Capacity in chairs

Number of

Computers

Number of

Projectors Books

S200 55 30 / 1

S201 52 30 / 1

S202 100 80 / 1

Bibliotheca

203 100 80 10 / 1159

S204 60 40 / 1

S205 52 35 / 1

S206 100 80 / 1

S207 100 80 / 1

S208 100 80 / 1

S209 55 30 / 1

S210 52 30 / 1

S211 120 100 / 1

S212 120 100 / 1

S213 150 150 / 1

Office 214 34 2 / /

Office 215 30 2 / /

Meeting

Room 60 20 / /

Office 217 30 2 2 1





194

Office 218 30 2 2 1

Office 219 35 2 2 1

Office 220 30 2 2 1

Office 221 30 2 2 1

Office 221 35 2 2 1

Amfiteatrat/

A 350 150 / /

Central

Heating

Space 400 / / 1

Holle and

Stairs 1310 / / 1

The Faculty has an electronic software for student management according to international

norms and standards.

SWOT analysis for infrastructure and resources:

Strengths:

Sufficient number of halls and chairs according to student needs;

Power supply throughout the learning process;

Halls are equipped with Projectors;

Library for reading available to students with a significant number of available titles

and books;

The facility is equipped with an Elevator.

Weaknesses:


Lack of technical staff for maintenance of existing equipment;

There is no funding for the purchase of textbooks for the subjects that are being held.

Opportunities:

The proximity of the facility to the city park that can serve for any recreational activity;

With modest investment, a modern infrastructure can be created at the Faculty of

Economics.

Threats:

In the long run, a challenge of lack of space might be encountered due to lack of budget.





195



Recommendation of the Expert

Team in previous External

Review Report



recommendation






196

3. APPENDICES (if available)

Please attach any documents relevant in supporting the statements made in the Self-Evaluation

Report.

It is mandatory for the first Annex to be the List of Evidences - a table listing, with a self-

explanatory title, all annexes the provider is attaching to the SER. The annexes should be

structured by domain and standard/performance indicator, in the same order they are listed in

the KAA Accreditation manual.

3.1. Models of two Syllabuses for Business Administration

University “Ukshin Hoti” Prizren


Program: Business Administration

SYLLABUS

Level of

studies

Bachelor Program Business

Administration

Academic year 2019/20

SUBJECT Corporate Finance

Year II The

status of

Subject

Oligatory

Code

ECTS credits

6 Semester III

Teaching

weeks

15

Teaching classes

Lectures Exercise

s

3 2

Teaching

Methodology

Interactive lectures, exercises, discussions, seminar papers, discussions

Consultation

The teacher Prof. Asoc. Dr. Halil Kukaj e-mail halil.kukaj@uni-

prizren.com

Tel. 044 185 570

/ e-mail /





197

Assistant Tel. /

The purpose of the module Expected learning outcomes

The course "Corporate

Finance" provides the

students with mid-level

knowledge about the

functions and areas of

decision-making of

corporate finance managers.

So the purpose of the course

is to enable students to be

able to manage corporate

finances after finishing their

studies.

After completing the course, the student will be able:

- To get knowledge of the legal forms of organization of

enterprises and the forms of corporate organization,

- To know how to calculate the change of the value of money in

time,

- To know how to analyze and determine the financial situation

in which the corporation is,

- To have the ability and skills to evaluate investment projects

and make appropriate investment decisions,

- To choose the financial resources which can fund the

corporation,

- To make appropriate decisions regarding the distribution of net

profit: for dividends and reinvestment.

- To determine the average cost of capital.

- To know how to better manage corporate net working capital

etc.

Methodology for the implementation of educational topics:

Interactive lectures, seminar papers, discussions etc.

Conditions for realization of educational topics:

Hall with the possibility of obscuring, computer and projector.

Assessment methods and criteria of passing (in %)

Students are evaluated through testing, whereas

the final grade consists of four components:

- Attendance and activity classes: 0-10 points

- First colloquium: 0 – 45 points

- Working seminar: 0 – 10 points

- Second colloquium: 0- 45 % points

- Exam: 0 - 100 points

Evaluation in% Final grade

91 - 100 10 ( ECTS – A)

81 – 90 9 ( ECTS - B)

71 – 80 8 ( ECTS - C)

61 – 70 7 ( ETCS - D)

51 – 60 6 ( ETCS - E)

40 - 50 5* ( ETCS – FX)

Obligations of the student:

Lectures Exercises

- Attending lectures,

- Participation in debates,

- Adhering to the code of courtesy, etc.

- Attending of hours of exercise

- Adhering to the code of courtesy, etc.





198

Student’s workload for the subject

Activity classes Days / Week Total:

Lectures 3 15 45

Exercises 2 15 30

Consultation with teachers 1 5 5

Field work visits 3 5 15

Seminars 2 5 10

Own study time 2 5 10

Preparation for final exam 5 6 30

Time spent on assessment (tests, exams, etc.) 2 2 4

Projects, presentations, etc. 1 1 1

Note: 1 ECTS credit = 25 hours of commitment, example -if the

subject has 6 ECTS credits a student must have 150 hours during

the semester commitment

In total: 150

Week Lecture Exercises

Topic classes Topic classes

1 - Introduction 3 Questions and

discussions

2

2 Financial Management Relations with the

Financial Environment

3 Questions and

discussions

2

3 The value of Money in time

- The value of future cash

3 Exercises related to

the calculation of

future value of money

2

4

The present value of money 3 Exercises related to

the calculation of

present value of

money

2

5

Financial analysis:

Financial statements

Financial Analysis Reports

3 Examples of

calculation and

interpretation of

financial reports

2

6 Investments

- Capital budgeting

3 Examples of

calculating investment

profitability indicators

2

7 Capital budgeting - continued 3 Examples of

calculating investment

profitability indicators

2





199

8 The first Colloquium 3 Preparations for the

colloquium

2

9

Funding sources:

- Internal funding sources

- External funding sources:

Sources of short-term funding

3 Questions, discussions

and examples

2

10 Long-term funding sources


and examples

2

11

Long-term funding sources - continued


and examples

2

12

- Cost of capital

- Operating leverage and financial

leverage


and examples

2

13

Dividend policy

3 Questions and

discussions

2

14

Working capital Management

3

Questions and

discussions

2

15 Second colloquium 3 Preparations for the

colloquium

2

LITERATURE:

• Gazmend Luboteni, Financat e Korporatave, FE, Prishtinë, 2014.

• Isa Mustafa, Menaxhmenti financiar, RIINVEST, Prishtinë, 2008.

• Brealey, Richard, Myers, Markus, “Fundamentals of Corporate Finance”, McGraw-Hill,

Boston, 2010.

• Ross, Westerfield, Jordan, “Fundamentals of Corporate Finance”, McGraw-Hill, Boston, 2003

Notice:

-In the exam each student must have a calculator while mobile phones will not be allowed to be

used for calculations.





200

University “ Ukshin Hoti” Prizren


Programie: Business Administration

LEARNING PROGRAME – SYLLABUS

Level of Studies Bachelor Program BA Academic Year 2019/20

Course STATISTICS

Year I Status

of the

Course

Obligative Code

ECTS

credits

5 Semester II

Learning Weeks

15 Learning Hours: 75

Lectures Exercises

2 3

Learning

Methodology

Lectures, exercises, homework, tests, consultations.

Consultations

Lecturer Prof. Ass. Artan Nimani

e-mail artan.nimani@uni-

prizren.com

Tel. -

Assistant Ass. Anera Alishani

e-mail anera.alishani@uni-

prizren.com

Tel. 045 280 532

Study purpose of the course Student Benefits

The purpose of Statistics is make students

familiar with the basic notions of this subject

by applying the elements of statistics related

to different spheres of life (economics,

politics, social, etc.). In addition statistics

prepares the students to use different statistical

methods necessary to participate in research,

either individually or as part of various

scientific teams.

After completing this course, the studentswill

be able to use and understand the notions of

statistics. In more details, students will be able

to:

• To reflect on the importance of statistics, the

notion of statistics and its application on

different fields;

• To understand the elements of statistical

analysis the difference between the

qualitative and quantitative variables as well

as the ways of statistical observations;









201

• To understand types of statistical grouping,

series of frequency distribution and the

presentation of statistical data into tables and

graphs;

• To be able to calculate arithmetic, geometric

and harmonic average;

• To be able to find mode, median and

quartiles;

• To know how to use absolute indicators of

variation and statistical analysis;

• To know how to use relative indicators of

variation;

• To understand, classify and calculate indexes;

• To apply indicators of structure, of dynamics

and of intensity;

• To understand and apply the methods of

dynamic analysis;

• To be able to use the theory of probability

during the analysis of massive phenomena;

• To know how to implement functional

connections between two measures among

others.


Lectures, exercises, presentation, solutions for of exercises and of problems, consultations

Conditions for realization of the subject:

Table marking, problem solving, discussions; student engagement in exercises

Methods of assessment and passing criteria (in%)

The assessment is done through the test,

while the final grade consists of five

components:

Regular attendance and engagement 10%

Engagement in Exercises 10%

First intermediate evaluation 15%

Second intermediate evaluation 15%

Final exam with oral or written test 50%

Total: 100%

Assessment in % Final Grade

91 - 100 10 ( ECTS – A)

81 – 90 9 ( ECTS - B)

71 – 80 8 ( ECTS - C)

61 – 70 7 ( ETCS - D)

51 – 60 6 ( ETCS - E)

40 - 50 5* ( ETCS – FX)

Obligations of the Students:

Lectures

The student should be regular in lectures and

exercises, to use of all opportunities for

Exercises





202

learning, to use compulsory and

contemporary literature, to be active and to

respect the rules on high school ethics in

courtesy and co-operation.

The student should be active in the exercises

and reflect the readiness and knowledge of

initiatives, ideas and demonstrations of the

knowledge acquired in the lectures.

Student load for the subject

Activity Hours Days/Weeks Total:

Lectures 2 15 30

Exercises 3 15 45

Consultations with the Lecturer/Assistant 1 5 5

Time for self-study 1 15 15


Total: 125

Week Lecture Exercises

1.

Topic Hours Topic Hours

Notion and the subject of

Statistics:

2

3

Presentation of the subject and of

the curriculum

Working and evaluation

methods;

Mutual Student-Teacher

Obligations

Meaning, Importance, Methods

and Object of Statistics

Discussion and questions from

the Notion and Subject of

Statistics

2.

Analysis of samples and their

characteristics

2

3 • The activity of statistical

research

Discussion questions from

sample analysis and their

characteristics

3.

Phases of statistical research

2

3

Observation, grouping,

presentation, analyses and

publication of statistical data.

• Summary and grouping of

statistical data;

Exercises from the Phase of

Statistical Research





203

• Organization (grouping) and

graphic presentation of

qualitative data;

• Organization (grouping) and

graphic presentation of

quantitative data

4.

Average measures (arithmetic,

harmonic, geometric)

2

3 Understanding

Averages for Ungrouped data

Averages for Weighted/

grouped data

Exercises from Average

Measures (arithmetic, harmonic,

geometric)

5.

Position Averages(median, mode,

quartiles)

2

3

Median (the middle value)

Mode (dominant value)

Links between arithmetic

averages, media, and mode

Quartiles

Exercised from Position

Averages

6.

Indicators of Variation

2

3

Absolute variation indicators

Linear deviation,

Average quadratic standard

deviation,

Variance

Exercises from Indicators of

Variations

7.

Relative Indicators of Variation

2

3 Variation coefficient,

Quartile variation coefficient

Exercises from Relative

Measures of Variation

8.

Distribution of Frequencies

2

3 Analysis of forms and

concentration of statistical series

(symmetric distributions,

asymmetric distributions).

Exercises from Distribution of

Frequencies

9.

Dynamic analysis, individual and

group indexes

2

3 Understanding of indexes

Individual indices (for price and

quantity)

Exercises from Individual

Indexes

10. Physical volume index, price

index and value index 2 3





204

Weighted aggregate quantity

index,

Weighted aggregate price index,

Value Index

Exercises from Grouped

Indexes

11.

Labor productivity index and

seasonal index

2

3

Some special forms of

aggregate indexes and their

application

The average change rate - the

geometric mean of the variable

indices

Exercises from Labor

productivity index and seasonal

index

12.

Trends

2

3 Understanding of trends,

Their use

Linear trend

Exercises from Trends

13.

Regression

2

3 • Understanding regression

• Linear regression

• Nonlinear regression

• Parabolic regression

Exercises from Regression

14.

Practical Examples

2

3 • Pacification

• Development

• Realization of a Research

Exercises from Practical

Examples

15. Preparation for EXAM

2

3 Review and Exercises Review Exercises

LITERATURE:

Rahmije Mustafa - Topxhiu: HYRJE NË STATISTIKË, Prishtinë, 2016

Prem S. Man, Introductory Statistics, Seventh Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2010, USA,

Ajet Ahmeti, Statistikë për biznes dhe ekonomiks, 2016

Milan Papiq, Statistika e aplikuar në MS Excel, përkthim nga kroatishtja, Kolegji Universitar

“Victory”. Prishtinë, 2007,

Remarks:

The student should be mindful and respect the rules and the institution.

Must observe the schedule of lectures, exercises, and be attentive to the lesson.

It is mandatory to have a test ID.

When designing works, the student must adhere to the instructions provided by the teacher.





205

Do not use mobile phones during the test hours.





206

3.2. Models of two Syllabuses for International Management

University of Prizren “Ukshin Hoti”

Fakulty Ekonomik

Program:International managment

Course Program – SYLLABUS

Level of studies Master Program International

Management

Academic

year

2019/20

COURSE TITLE ENTREPRENEURSHIP

Year Second Course

status

Mandatory

Code

ECTS

5 Semester Fourth

LECTURING

WEEKS

15

Teaching weeks

Lectures Seminars

2 2

Teaching

methodology

Intercative lectures, in-class discussion, seminars, papers, tests.

Consultation

Course Professor Dr.Sc. Behxhet Brajshori e-mail [email protected]

Tel. 044507018

Course assistant

e-mail

Tel.

Course objectives Learning Outcomes






207

The course aims to conceptually present the

complexity of development and growth of a

new business, including the assessment of

the advantages or strengths and weaknesses,

opportunities and threats that surround the

business environment. The course provides

basic knowledge on theoretical and practical

issues in the field of entrepreneurship and

small enterprises, testing ideas, innovation,

assessing opportunities, buyers, business

plans, market, E-market and launching joint

investments.

Students will develop their skills needed for

a successful entrepreneur. They will analyze

the specific aspects they will face while

developing entrepreneurship and acquire the

necessary skills in efficient resource

management.

The methodology for the realization of course topics

Lectures, interactive approach, consultations, seminars, papers.


Revelante literature, use of IT tools.

Evaluation methods (in %)

Seminar paper

- Mid-term exam

- Final Exam

Evaluation in %

Final grade

Up to 10 points and

those points are

included in the total

points reached from

the first mid-term test

and final exam.

51-61% = Grade 6

61-70% = 7

71-80%% = 8

81-90% = 9

91-100% = 10

50% of the possible

points + 1, the mid-

term exam is

considered as

succussfully passed

and the points from it

will be added to the

points reached in the

final exam.

50% of the possible

points +1, the final

exam is considered as

successfully passed.

Those points will be

added by the points





208

Note: The points scored in exam will be added

by the points gained from seminar/assignment

gained in the mid-term

exam to make the final

evaluation. Points

from the mid-term

exam and seminar

paper will be taken

into account for the

finale grade (if the

final exam is passed),

only in the first final

exam after the end of

lectures.

Obligations for students

Lectures: To participate regularly in lectures,

to be active, to use all possibilities to gain new

knowledge, to use the basic literature and are

highly encouraged to use additional literature

as well, to respect the students code of ethics.

Seminars: Students are expeted to be active and

reflect readiness and knowledge for initiatives,

ideas and demonstrate the knowledge they have

gained during the lectures.

Students’ workload for the course

Activities Hours Days/Weeks Total

Lectures 2 15 30

Exercises 2 15 30

Practical work

Consultations with the professor 1 15 15

Practice in the field

Seminar Papers and scientific researches 1 15 15

Homeworks

Time of self studying 1 15 15

Final Preparations for Exam 1 15 15

Time spent on evaluation (tests, quizes, final

exam)

2 2 4

Projects, presentations 1 1 1

Note: 1 ECTS = 25 obligated hours, e.g, if the course has 5

ECTS, students have to participate 125 hours during the semester.

Total:

125

Week Lecture Seminar

1. Topics Hours Topis Hours





209

General introduction to the

subject, what is

entrepreneurship, definitions,

entrepreneurship as social

technology, who is an

entrepreneur, the behavior of

entrepreneurs, business wishes

and what are entrepreneurs?

2 Questions for discussions 2

2. Market analysis and research,

identification of opportunities,

creativity, innovation, problem

solving, encouragement of

creativity, sources of innovative

opportunities.

2 Questions for discussions and

examples

2

3. Feasibility study, the feasibility

process, self-analysis, action

plan.

2 Examples 2

4. Testing the entrepreneurial idea,

prospective buyer.

2 Examples 2

5. The Business Plan, industry and

business ‘environment’ analysis.

2 Examples of business plan 2

6. Marketing Plan and Financial

Plan

2 Examples 2





210

7. Production plan, plan and

organizational format,

operational plan.

2 Examples 2

8. Mid-term exam

Consultation

2 2

9. Get ready and go, Managing the

company, building the business

2 Practical examples, interactive

discussions

2

10. Management style, human

resources, right people.


discussions

2

11. Management style, human

resources, right people,

inventory management, financial

management, loan.


discussions

2


Opportunities, Expansion and

Change of Management

2 Examples and discussions 2





211

13. Managing human potential

(human potential planning,

source and methods of employee

acceptance/hiring),

-Motivation and leadership

(motivation, leadership,

knowledge management).

- Control and evaluation

(understanding of control,

control effectiveness, total

quality management, trends in

financial control)

2 Examples 2

14. Funding, problems,

understanding and forms of

funding.

-Financial structure (vertical and

horizontal).

Expenditures and Expenditures

Management.

- Understanding and types of

spending

2 Examples and discussions 2

15. The ratio between expenditures

and effects (their

harmonization).

- Coverage point

- Expenditures management

- Preperation for the exam

2 Examples and consultations for

the final exam

2

Literature

1. Dr. Emeric Solymossy and Dr. Safet Merovci, “ENTREPRENEURSHIP”, University of

Prishtina, Faculty of Economics.

2. Djuro HORVAT, Zeljko Tinter – ” ENTREPRENEURSHIP”, University College

“VIKTORIA & Scientific Research Institute”, Prishtina, 2008.

3. Danda, MASHT, “ENTREPRENEURSHIP”. 2011

4. Online researches.

Remarks





212

Remarks for student





213

PUBLIC UNIVERSITY "UKSHIN HOTI" PRIZREN

Economic Faculty

Program – International Management

CURRICULUM - SYLLABUS

Level of studies Bachelor Program IM Academic year 2019/20

SUBJECT FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING - I

Year I-st The status

of Subject

O

Code

BA ECTS

credit

6

Semester I-st

Teaching weeks

15

Teaching hours 60

Lectures Exercises

2 2

Teaching

Methodology

Interactive lectures, seminar papers, discussions.

Consultation

The teacher

Prof. Ass. Dr. Bekim

Berisha

e-mail [email protected]

Mob.

Tel.

377 (0) 44 504 122

377 (0) 45 577 804

Assistant

e-mail

Tel.

The purpose of the case study Expected learning outcomes

This course is oriented to the needs of

students who have the main field

accounting. The course provides students

with basic accounting knowledge for

service, trading and manufacturing

companies. The aim is that the students to

develop skills to be able to record general

accounting transactions, understand and

interpret the underlying financial statements

and use accounting information to help

make better business decisions.

After completing the course, students to be

able to:

1. Understand the importance of accounting

information and identify information users

from accounting;

2. Recognize general accepted accounting

principles;

3. Learn the techniques of double registration

of financial transactions;

4. Understand the components of the balance

sheet and income statement;





214

5. Recognition of Revenues and

Expenditures;

6. Accrual principle and prepayments, etc.


Interactive lectures, seminar papers, discussions etc.


Hall with the possibility of obscuring, computer and projector.

Method of student assessment (in %)

Active participation in class

Seminar work / Colloquia

Final Exam (mor than 60% correct

answers)

Evaluation of the final grade include four

evaluation criteria (attendance - 10%,

project - 30%, final exam - 60%) Total

100%

Evaluation in% Final grade

10% participation in

the final mark


the final mark


the final mark

51-60% - grade 6

61-70 7

71-80 8

81-90 9

91-100 10

Obligimet e studentit:

Lectures

The student must be regular lectures and

exercises, the use of all opportunities for

learning knowledge, to use literature

obliged and wider, to be active and to

respect the rules on higher education ethics

courtesy and cooperation.

Exercises

The student must be active in exercises and

reflect willingness and knowledge initiatives,

ideas and demonstration of knowledge gained

in lectures and prepare and present to the

class project and actively participates in the

critical gaze of the other presenters.

Student’s workload for the subject

Activity Activity Activity Activity

Lectures 2.0 15 week 30.0

Practical work (Internship) 2.0 15 week 30.0

Consultation with teachers 1.0 15 week 15.0

Field work visits 1.0 15 week 15.0

Projects, presentations, etc. 1.0 15 week 15.0

Own study time 2.0 15 week 30.0





215

Preparation for final exam 1.0 15 week 15.0

Note: 1 ECTS credit = 25 hours of commitment, example -if

the subject has 6 ECTS credits a student must have 150 hours

during the semester commitment.

Total loads:

150 hour

Wee

k

Lectures Exercises

1. Topic Hour Topic Hour

Presentation of the syllabus and

Introduction to Accounting

2 Discussion questions. 2

2. General Accepted Accounting

Principles

2 Questions for Discussion and

Tasks

2

3. The framework of concepts,

principles and basic assumptions


Tasks

2

4. Double entry accounting 2 Questions for Discussion and

Tasks

2

5. Accounting Equation 2 Questions for Discussion and

Tasks

2

6. Trial balance 2 Questions for Discussion and

Tasks

2

7. Trial balance 2 Questions for Discussion and

Tasks

2

8. Colloquia 2 Colloquia 2





216

9. Balance sheet and its components 2 Questions for Discussion and

Tasks

2

10. Balance sheet and its components 2 Questions for Discussion and

Tasks

2

11. Income Statement and its

components


Tasks

2

12. Income Statement and its

components


Tasks

2

13. Recognition of Revenues and

Expenditures


Tasks

2

14. Accruals and Prepayments 2 Questions for Discussion and

Tasks

2

15. Accruals and Prepayments 2 Questions for Discussion and

Tasks

2

LITERATURE



9780470518403

5. Ligjërata të autorizuara të përgatitura nga Bekim Berisha.

NOTE

During each lecture students will be offered to various film materials (DVDs, and other

materials) relating to methods of research, writing essays, thesis design, data collection, analysis,

and ethical implications of plagiarism and referencing.

During each session will be organized approach and conversation with students.

Note to the student:

By the students will required to be regular in the lectures and exercises.

The contribution of students during final discussion and together with students will be assessed.

It is not allowed to use mobile phones during the testing time.





217




AKA | Qendra e Studentëve, kati 2-të, 10000 Prishtinë, Kosovë Tel. +381 38 213722 | Fax +381 38 213087 | www.akreditimi-ks.org

218

218

3. Bachelor of Law

The Bachelor - General Law Program offered by the Faculty of Law of UPZ aims at theoretical

and practical formation of students, realized through the provision of knowledge and basic

concepts of the field of study. The main areas of study included in this program are related to

public law, constitutional law, administrative law, penal and criminal procedural law, civil law

and civil procedure, commercial law, contract law and the right of the Union European and

International law.

Scientific research is achieved through the organization of academic activities, national and

international conferences and the publication of scientific articles in scientific journals, which

are provided with ISSN.

Short-term, mid-term and long-term strategies have aimed at the realization and functioning of

the Bachelor program in accordance with the "Bologna Process" and the requirements of the

Law "On Higher Education in the Republic of Kosovo", the consolidation of academic staff

and international co-operation.

The mission of the Bachelor program is to prepare students with practical management skills

in the context of modern European legislation by achieving sufficient intellectual skills and

capacities for productive leadership career in the justice system in state administrative

institutions and jurispodences the spirit of European legislation.

The University of Prizren serves the region of Prizren and the country with recruiting,

developing and educating students to be successful in the labor market in Kosovo and beyond.

The Universities aims to develop competency skills through programs through the programs,

in order to be equal and prepared with the knowledge and skills for their practical

implementation.

The purpose of this field of study is to offer students the opportunity to acquire general legal

knowledge that will serve them as a basis for further specialization in various fields in the legal

and other fields, also students, with that knowledge in general theoretical and practical justice

and comprehension in its broadest sense.

The goal is not to educate students in a specific and specialized part of the law, but to enable

them to understand the goals, principles and instruments of the law and their fields. It is also

important to ensure an interdisciplinary understanding of the law that will link the various

aspects in the field of justice-law in its economic, social and historical context.

The more purpose is for students to become familiar with international law and compare them

with national law. In this regard, the English language will be compulsory in two semesters.

One of the main goals is to raise student awareness of ethical norms in the field of law, direct

application of the law, and awareness of the legal context in the democratic society. The other

purpose of this program is for students to develop creative, innovative and communicative

thinking skills in solving business and decision-making problems based on the use of extensive

analytical, research and practical literature.

Academic Structure of the Faculty




219

219

The faculty consists of the Chair - Department of Constitutional and Administrative Law;

by the Department - Criminal Law Department; by the Department - Department of Civil

Law; by the Department - Department of International Law.

Management Staff for Academic Unit -LAW:

Dean: Kadri Kryeziu

Vice dean: Armend Podvorica

Chief for Teaching: Dardan Vuniqi

Secretary: Enver Buzhala

Clerk for Students: Enver Buzhala

Approximately this is the socio-economic-

structure of the students : 10-15 % rich;

40-45% medium; 30% poor;

10-20% heavy poverty.

Program - BACHELOR

Tota

l

bach

elor

First year Second year Third yerar Fourth year

Semestre I Semestre III Semestre V

Semestre

VII

Fakulty Departament/Program M F T M F T M F GJ M F T

LAW Law 107 156 263 65 132 197 86 150 236 56 128 184 880

Teaching, learning and curricula.

Throughout the study period, the studies are theoretical, but the institution also provides a legal

clinic, where students are sent to local and central state institutions to obtain information from

practice in institutions. However, according to the legislation in force, students who complete

the studies are provided with practice in courts or prosecutors.

Classes for lectures in the first and second year will be up to 150 students, while in the exercises

will be more than 50 students.

Number of regular and engaged clasess and the average of the clasess for

Professors according to the faculties anfd in general.

No. Faculty

Regula

r

clasess

Avera

ge

Engaged

clasess

Averag

e

Total=Regular+eng

aged

Average=

Regular.+

Engaged.

3 LAW 79 11.2 138 4.1 217 5.4

4.1.1. Mision, aims and administration

The Bachelor program of the Faculty of Law is compiled in accordance with the rules of the

curriculum of the first cycle of study in (General Law), which is based on the Law "On Higher

Education in the Republic of Kosovo" and the Statute of the UPZ. The study program and




220

220

diploma issued are accredited. The study program is designed in accordance with the objectives

of the respective study program, its curriculum and its teaching activities. First-cycle studies

provide basic knowledge on general scientific methods and principles and specific skills in a

wide variety of professions and specialties. Studies in this cycle are realized with 240 credits

and their normal duration is 4 (four) years. At the end of the first cycle study programs the

student is provided with Bachelor's Degree. The Bachelor study program aims to equip the

student with:

a. Knowledge and basic concepts of the field of study;

b. Ability to a profession or a professional license;

c. General civic formation;

d. Basic Skills for Research;

e. General Practical Applicative Skills;

f. Personal promotion training;

With regard to the changes in the syllabus compared to the licensed programs for the effect of

improving the program, the changes relate to the increase in the importance of basic and

indispensable training courses, especially in category B, by increasing their weight in program

and credits for this purpose. Thus, some subjects that were previously 5 ECTS have passed 6

ECTS or 7 ECTS or vice versa.

The syllabi of each subject are stored and maintained by the program's administrative staff or

Head of Learning. A copy of the program syllabus will be attached to this program.

SWOT analysis for mision, aims and administration:

E. Strenghts:

The "General Law" study program is designed in accordance with the goals and mission of

the institution.

• The "General Law" study program has defined its objectives in providing knowledge in

the field of law. Students are oriented on the objectives of the study program and

expectations in gaining knowledge.

• First cycle study programs aim at providing basic knowledge, general science methods

and principles.

• The possibilities of providing a variety of professions and specialties are guaranteed by

the content of the curriculum.

• Study programs aim to meet the needs of the labor market, in line with the strategic goals

of national economic development;

F. Weakness:

• Lack of realization of the park - clinical teaching within the faculty, respectively the

courtroom.

• Lack of financial means for the implementation of the plan in the practice of visiting the

relevant institutions during the course of the lecture.

• The plan does not foresee students' exchange during the 4-year learning cycle.




221

221

G. Opportunities:

• The institution, for the assessment of labor market needs, conducts a market study,

which includes:

- employment opportunities for students in the local or regional market, national

and international;

- employers' requirements;

- an approximate estimate of the expected number of students enrolled in this

program;

- the number of registered persons in similar programs in the sister

institutions.Institucioni ofron programme studimesh që nuk bien ndesh meinteresat

kombëtare;

• The study program aims to assist and promote the preservation of national cultural values,

based on the best domestic and foreign legal tradition.

H. Threats

• This program is highly advanced and rich in clinical subject bidding as a necessary

course to gain practical knowledge that will enable Profesors to develop the

professional experience of the Faculty with all other relevant institutions for students

to experience the advantages of their studies in a professional environment, the main

challenge is to combine practice with the relevant Institutions.

• Program Compatibility with General Social Innovations.

• Competing with other relevant international programs.

• Implementation of the methods and experience of international institutions in the

realization of plan programs.

4.1.2. Quality Assurance

For the internal quality assurance, the organizational management structures of the UPZ are

more specifically upheld, which have been established and comply with the requirements of

the Law "On Higher Education in the Republic of Kosovo", as well as the Quality Assurance

Office. The activity is organized according to an annual plan (Action Plan) in which the

controls in the sectors or processes subject to control are programmed and accompanied by

reports with the respective findings. Meanwhile, the Quality Office informs faculty leaders,

and through them all UPZ staff about the results of the conducted controls, with the aim of

taking measures to continuously improve the performance of the institution, its core units and

individuals in the future.

1. In March 2012, the Management of the University of Prizren has established the Quality

Assurance Office with the task of facilitating the implementation of the principles listed

above. At national and European level, the University of Prizren is committed to use as




222

222

guiding documents within the European Higher Education Area as well as those of the

Republic of Kosovo:

1. The Bologna Declaration;

2. "Quality Assurance Quality Standards and Guidelines in the European Higher

Education Area", European Association for Quality Assurance in Higher Education

(AESC)

3. The Lisbon Convention;


5. Guidelines of the Kosovo Accreditation Agency

2. There are three filters that a program must pass in order to be applicable for evaluation by

the Accreditation Agency. The focus group of the particular faculty (consisting of the Dean of

the faculty, professors, students) proposes a study program in the Senate of UPZ to be approved

by providing facts and feasibility. The Senate then gives recommendations to the Rectorate,

which brings a final decision.

3. Study programs have been prepared by faculty commissions guided by the dean of the

faculty. Usually the programs have been reviewed based on the recommendations of

international experts.

4. The following immeasurable and qualitative (quantitative) instruments are used to provide

and extend the quality:

1. Questionnaires

2. Interviews

3. Monitoring

4. Evaluation schemes

5. Self-evaluation reports

And any other useful instrument, such as: double entry, external consultancy as defined in the

university's legal documents.

6. UPZ did the evaluation of professors at each semester, based on the evaluation drafts the

report which it submits to UPZ management. It is within the competence of the management

to make decisions and measures based on the overall evaluation results at the university.

SWOT Analysis for Quality Assurance:

A. Stregths

• Quality management is regulated by legal and sub-legal acts.




223

223

• The teaching process is monitored by the quality office within UPZ.

• Respecting international standards in the teaching and learning process.

• Quality management is done according to the European market, where faculty

promotes quality culture.

B. Weakeness

• Lack of electronic-digital monitoring of professors in the teaching process.

• Lack of online literature in Albanian.

• Lack of electronic-digital monitoring of students in the learning process.

• Lack of an office within the faculty for quality monitoring.

C. Opportunities

• Both internal and international quality assurance experts have maintained working

tables with academic staff, administration and students in relation to quality assurance.

• In terms of external quality control, frequent accreditation processes continue to

maintain the quality issue as a point in the agenda of Ukshin Hoti University's Law

Faculty in Prizren.

• The experience created by the academic and administrative staff will affect the quality

of the program and the achievement of the objectives of the Program.

D. Threats

• Creation of new halls and spaces of internship within the University.

• Application of clinical teaching in the courtroom of the law faculty.

• Online communication between students and students.

4.1.3. Academic Staff

The staff part consists of staff with academic titles, scientific degrees and a part in the process

for obtaining ranks.

Academic staff is divided into full-time and part-time staff.

Full-time academic staff is contracted with a term of 4 (four) years, and consists of directors,

internal academic staff with Prof.ass.dr. and Prof.asoc.dr. The part-time academic staff consists

of external academic staff, assistant, lecturer and invited professor.

• Number of full time and part time teachers by number and gender

Full time

Part time

Total




224

224

No. Fakulty F M T F M T F M T

1 LAW 0 7 7 11 22 33 11 29 40

No. Name and Surname

Academic

Title Degree Faculty Status

1 1 Arif Riza Prof. Ass Dr Law Full time

2 2 Armend Podvorica Prof. Ass Dr Law Full time

3 3 Dardan Vuniqi Ass. Msc. Law Full time

4 4 Halim Bajraktari Prof. Ass Dr Law Full time

5 5 Kadri Kryeziu Prof. Asoc Dr Law Full time

6 6 Muharrem Faiku Prof. Ass Dr Law Full time

7 7 Shefki Shtërbani Ass. Msc. Law Full time

8 1 Abdulla Azizi Prof. Asoc. Dr Law

Part time

9 2 Adelina Rakaj Ass. Msc Law Part time

10 3 Altin Shegani Full Prof. Dr Law Part time

11 4 Arsim Thaqi Ligjerues Msc Law Part time

12 5 Avdyl Kadermuçaj Ligjerues Msc Law Part time

13 6 Azem Kolloni Ass. Msc Law Part time

14 7 Bahrije Besimi Lecturer Msc Law Part time

15 8 Baki Koleci Prof Asoc Dr Law Part time

16 9 Berat Aqifi Prof Ass Dr Law Part time

17 10 Besim Gollopein Prof Ass Dr Law Part time

18 11 Dardan Berisha Ass. Msc Law Part time




225

225

19 12 Diellza Kukaj Ass. Msc Law Part time

20 13 Driola Susuri Ass. Msc Law Part time

21 14 Egzon Qovanaj Ass. Msc Law Part time

22 15 Eqrem Zenelaj Prof Ass Dr Law Part time

23 16 Fadil Kryeziu Lecturer Dr Law Part time

24 17 Ibrahim Mala Lecturer Msc Law Part time

25 18 Kastriote Vlahn Ass. Msc Law Part time

26 19 Kosovare Sopi Ass. Msc Law Part time

27 20 Lirak Karjagdiu Prof Asoc Dr Law Part time

28 21 Lulzim Ramiqi Ass. Msc Law Part time

29 22 Mentor Lecaj Lecturer

Dr Law Part time

30 23 Murtez Zekolli Lecturer

Msc Law Part time

31 24 Naim Spahiu Lecturer

Msc Law Part time

32 25 Safet Hoxha Lecturer

Msc Law Part time

33 26 Saranda Lekaj Lecturer

Msc Law Part time

34 27 Sedat Kryeziu Lecturer

Msc Law Part time

35 28 Sevdie Kadriu Lecturer

Dr Law Part time

36 29 Shadan Ramadani Lecturer

Msc Law Part time

37 30 Shanoela Berisha Ass. Msc Law Part time

38 31 Shqipe Morina Ass. Msc Law Part time

39 32 Simeana Beshi Ass. Msc Law Part time

40 33 Visar Hoxha Ass. Msc Law Part time




226

226

Nr. of regular classes and engagements as well as the average hours for teachers, by

faculties and in general.

Nr. Fakulty

Regular

Clasess Average

Engaged

Clasess Average

Total=Regular

+engaged

Average=Reg.+

Engaged.

1 LAW 79 11.2 138 4.1 217 5.4

The staff part consists of staff with academic titles, scientific degrees and a part in the process

for obtaining ranks.

Academic staff is divided into full-time and part-time staff.

Full-time academic staff is contracted for a term of 4 (four) years, and consists of executives,

internal academic staff with a call to Porf.ass.dr. and Prof.asoc.dr. The part-time academic staff

consists of external academic staff, assistant, lecturer and invited professor.

The selection of members of the academic staff as well as the evaluation of their performance

is regulated by the relevant provisions of the Labor Law, the Law on Higher Education, the

UPZ Statute and the special regulations. Each Department - Department after a detailed

analysis of capacities and loads finds the need for new academic staff, submits the proposal for

recruitment of academic staff to the Faculty Council. The proposal contains the professional

profile of the academic staff proposed to be recruited, as well as the reasoning of this proposal,

and depending on the expected workload, if internal or guest professors are needed.

In addition to teachers with titles and degrees, for special needs and for certain periods, teachers

who have no titles and degrees can be hired but who have a long and successful experience in

their profession and institution are unique in the field of their specialization.

SWOT Analysis for Academic Staff:

A. Stregths:

• Full time academic staff at the faculty have local and international expertise in teaching

and learning. The selection of regular staff is in line with the plan and legislation in

force.Selection and re-election opportunities, according to the subjects and qualifications

of the staff.Average age of full time staff 43-48 years, means that it is a good opportunity

for institution development.Applying contemporary teaching methods from the Faculty of

Law.

B. Weakeness:

• Delays in completing regular staff in accordance with free time schedules provided by the

program.

• Lack of exchange of regular staff with other international universities.

• Lack of female employment within academic staff.

• Inadequate Funding of Academic Staff Ideas for Projects - Works or Conferences.




227

227

C. Opportunities

• The institutional experience of lecturers is also an additional benchmark for students to

experience with experience in State Building processes.

• Also, the engagement of the Reports from the countries of the region will be a new experience

for the students.

• Employment of regular staff, professors and assistants in accordance with the plan.

D. Threats

• The conduct of academic staff from the countries of the European Union and the United States

of America

• Expenditures for guest professors - professionals from EU countries or US.

4.1.4. Course Table of Content:

I Year

I Semester Clasess/Week

Nr. O/E Courses L E ECTS Professors

1. O ABC of the Law and State 3 2 7

2. O History of the State and the Law

in general and in particular the

Albanian State.

3 2 7

3. O English Language (Legal) I

Alternative: German language I,

French I.

3 1 6

4. O Philosophy Law 3 2 6

5. E Choose one of the following

courses: Introduction to

Economics;

Legal Sociology;

Professional and Legal Ethics;

Banking and Insurance Law.

2 1 4

30

II Semester

1 O Roman Law 3 2 6

2 O International Protection of

Human Rights.

3 2 7




228

228

3 O Constitutional Law 3 2 7

4 O English (legal) II 3 2 6

5 E Alternative: German II, French

II

2 1 4

30

II Year

III Semester Clasess/Week

Nr. O/E Courses L U ECTS Professors

1. O Civil Law the general part 3 2 7

2. O Criminal Law I (general part) 3 2 7

3. O Public International Law 3 2 6

4. O Administrative law 3 2 6

5. E Choose one of these courses:

Business Law;

Copyright ;

Ecological Right;

Methodology and legal writing.

2 1 4

30

IV Semester

1 O Civil Law Special Part

(Porperty Right)

3 2 7

2 O Positive Constitutional Law 3 2 6

3 O European Law 3 2 6

4 O Criminal Law II (special

section)

3 2 7

5 Z Choose one of these courses:

Organized Crime;

Settlement of International

Disputes;

2 1 4




229

229

Special Administrative

Procedure.

30

III Year

V Semester Clasess/Week


1. O The Civil Procedure Law The

Contested Part

3 2 7

2. O The Right to Criminal

Procedure

3 2 7

3. O Criminology 3 2 6

4. O Administrative Procedure 3 2 6


Diplomatic and Consular Right;

Legal Medicine;

Criminalogy

2 1 4

30

VI Semester

1 O Civil Procedure Law II Non-

contentious

3 2 7

2 O The Right to Criminal

Procedure II

3 2 7

3 O Private International Law 3 2 6

4 O Family Law and Inheritance 3 2 6

5 Z Choose one of these courses:

Company Law;

victimology;

Right of Public Procurement;

3 2 6




230

230

Computer Science and Computer

Crimes.

30

IV Year

VII Semester Clasess/Week


1. O Financial Law 3 2 6

2. O The Obligation Law 3 2 7

3. O International Criminal Law 3 2 7

4. O The Labour Law with Social

Security

3 2 6


Theory of international relations

Customs law;

Legal, I, Constitutional,

Criminal, Civil and Financial

Clinics;

Local Self-Government

2 1 4

30

VIII Semester

1 O Constitutional Justice 3 2 7

2 O The Rights of International

Organizations

3 2 7

3 O Contract Law 3 2 6

4 O Criminology 3 2 6

5 E Choose one of these courses:

International Humanitarian Law;

Bankruptcy Right;

Constitutional Clinic II;

Criminal policies

2 1 4

30




231

231

SWOT Analysis for the content of the curriculum:

A. Stregnths

• The subjects envisaged in the plan program are funded by the law faculties' programs

(U.Vienne and U.Munich)

• Proposed courses are novelty in the Republic of Kosovo.

• The courses envisaged in the curriculum are needed for the labor market.

B. Weaknesses

• Lack of regular academic staff with regard to course coverage.

C. Opportunities



• Professional preparation - adequate for the labor market.

D. Threats

• Realizing the teaching of this program with engaged staff.

• Organization of tables, conferences in accordance with the group of subjects of the respective

fields.

• Realization of clinical practice practice.

4.1.5. Students

Regarding student admission policies and procedures, specific guidelines have been developed,

including information and awareness, principles, admission criteria and admission procedures.

In the first cycle study programs, they are admitted to enroll Kosovar or foreign citizens up to

350 + 50 who meet these criteria:

The selection of candidates for Bachelor study programs is done by a commission which is

assigned by the Faculty Unit, based on an admission form and based on the submitted

documentation and the average of the high school or another degree of the First Level. The

number of admissions is based on the real possibilities of each faculty, for a normal lesson and

within the standards required by MEST in accordance with the Law on Higher Education in

the Republic of Kosovo, respective bylaws and the UPZ Statute.

Participation in workshops, establishment of contacts through collaborative memorandums

with public institutions as well as with private sector operators are some of the ways that are

used to inform students and enable their access to the labor market, in accordance with the

requirements of his.

Graduated students will be encouraged, further enriched by academic knowledge and

vocational training, enabling them to attend the second and third cycle studies, thus making

them more competitive in the labor market.




232

232

Student information about study programs and curricula is realized at the first moment of their

contact with UPZ academic and administrative staff when they are concerned about the

opportunities for pursuing studies at this institution of higher education; during the orientation

week at the beginning of each academic year, as well as through ongoing announcements

announced by the secretariat or deanery and through the UPZ website.

The number of students enrolled in the study program in the last 4 years was 1316, of which

254 were enrolled in the first year of study, and 35 were transferred in the intermediate years.

Data on student employment 30-40% of graduate students continue their studies in the second

cycle of studies, while 40% of graduates lack information since they did not respond to the

Query Office request.

The Office of Student Support Services is in close cooperation with the Student Parliamentary

Service, who are represented at all levels of their organization, members of this Parliament

have a major role within the internal and external activities student co-operation with other

universities.

We provide assistance and advice within the support services office throughout their basic

studies at UPZ every day, five days a week from 8-16.

We promote and offer a climate focused on supporting education of student success and interest

motivation. for participation in training.- Quick information about the flow of information

within UPZ.

Activities of student’s cooperation in local and international level.

In the past and for the moment we have had some students exchanged with some of our partner

universities, in which we have a joint student exchange agreement, but this joint cooperation

is still ongoing. Some of our students have returned to study at our University after their stay

abroad one year in their respective previous study program.

Also our goal is the most desirable requirement for organizing international educational

training within our country and partners involved in various projects, as this will facilitate our

students to be more knowledgeable and inspired, and admirable with the experiences shared

with faculties of students / colleges of different cultural backgrounds and different ways of

developing the education of other Western countries. Regarding the professional training of

our students, the university has several agreements with local companies, where students of the

Faculty of Economics and Law Faculty carry out their practice in their premises, and the

Faculty of Education perform their professional practice in the respective elementary and

secondary schools, as required within their core curriculum program.

SWOT Analysis for Students:

A. Strenghts

• Admission to the first cycle of study is done in accordance with the Law "On Higher

Education in the Republic of Kosovo", UPZ Statute and applicable by-laws.




233

233

• The institution has specific criteria for selecting candidates; the Regulation stipulates that

admission of new students to academic units.

• Students are informed in detail about the study program, organization and duration of the

study program.

• Students evaluate the pedagogue of each subject at the end of the semester.

• The learning process is developed according to the interactive method, through slides and so

on.

• Students have access to professors most of the time - 4 days a week.

• Institution possesses data on the progress of students during the course of the study program

from admission to graduation.

B. Weakeness

• Lack of sufficient space for lessons, cabinets, labors,

• Insufficient attendance,

• Do not adjust working time with your studies.

C. Opportunities

• Financing the first year of studies by UPZ.

• Release semester payments for cheaper multiples compared to private ones.

• Providing Scholarships from the Institution - UPZ, by the Municipality, by the Government

- MEST.

• Relief and facilitation of procedures for enrollment of students originating from social

families, witnesses, veterans etc. as regulated by internal regulations.

D. Threats

• Exchange of students with University of EU countries.

• Financing international and national cooperation.

• Provide internships with the page.

• Employ mentoring after graduation.

4.1.6. RESEARCH

Along with teaching, one of the important dimensions is also scientific research in line with

UPZ's philosophy and mission, in line with university, academic and student staff's interests,

and consistent with human and financial capabilities. Scientific research at UPZ is a central

place and is the basis of teaching and is based on three pillars:

Doctoral School, Scientific Magazines, and Library as well as a methodology course unit at the

UPZ, ranging from Bachelor to Doctoral level (intends in the future). The actors involved in

all three of these pillars are first the departments - the Departments, as well as the Research

Center - the Institutes, which provide expertise in a number of research areas or research




234

234

priorities of the UPZ. Also, the departments have close cooperation with the Office of Projects,

Co-operation and Development.

The purpose of scientific journals is to stimulate the scientific debate between UPZ and

Kosovar, Albanian and international academic community, as well as publishing the scientific

work of the academic staff.

Each faculty intends to make its own scientific journal.

Within the Faculty of Law, a scientific journal designed to serve as a periodical in the function

of the scientific and professional formation of academic staff, students and practitioners at the

UPZ Law Faculty will be opened, will be functional during the year 2019.

It is published two or three times a year and is intended to earn the prestige of a prestigious

magazine. It will be distinguished for the dynamics and variety of the rubrics that reflect on it.

Each issue has a central topic on the subject of a scientific conference held at the Faculty, which

reflects the works of this activity.

It is recommended that the conferences have the same theme as the faculty scientific journals

concerned. Scientific conferences generally correspond to the faculties' respective field of

study. UPZ has funded these conferences with a special budget.

Regular professors are encouraged to publish science books in the context of UPZ. These

scientific papers must be authentic, with strict academic criteria, subject to all Western criteria

for such publications. They should be of interest and value to the UPZ search areas. Scientific

publications can be new or adapted to previous works (Themes, Essays, master's degree topics,

Doctorate etc.). The Faculty determines, upon the request of the professor, the scientific value,

the titles and the calendar.

Academic staff with degrees and titles have the right every four years of uninterrupted work

for up to 6 (six) months to work for their academic progress to carry out an authentic study /

monograph published by UPZ . This time period is paid. During this period, academic staff are

not assigned a teaching assignment. In such a case, his research project is required to be

approved by the Scientific Council of the Faculty and UPZ.

UPZ encourages the creation and activity of research groups, structured around professors with

titles and degrees within the Faculty or departmental department, or collaborations between the

departments. These activities should have a specific theme, of interest to the fields of study,

research and development projects of UPZ. This is done in accordance with student diploma

work, third project projects, etc. The research groups are coordinated with the themes of

magazines and conferences.

SWOT Analysis for RESEARCH:

A. Strenghts

• Active participation in national and international academic conferences of academic staff,

• Publication of scientific papers in international journals indexed in electronic platforms

according to the MEST Administrative Instruction and UPZ Senate Recommendation,




235

235

• Collaboration with local and international universities and research institutes for joint

research projects,

• Initiative for the establishment of the Law Institute at the Faculty in cooperation with other

public universities in the country and international partner.

• UPZ- The Faculty of Law has organized three types of activities:

• Scientific Activities: 33 activities organized by the Faculty of Law.

• National or International Projects, where UPZ has participated as a partner: 15 National and

International Conferences.

• Open lectures with native or foreign Professor: 60

• Student activities of the Law Faculty were organized by USAID, ERASMUS +, which in

total have realized over 25 activities, with different guests, domestic and foreign, visits to

judicial institutions, Student Conferences.

A. Weakeness

• Do not have access to freedom of movement by students and professors.

• Lack of an international plagiarism research program.

• Delays in starting the functioning of the scientific journal at the faculty.

• Lack of sufficient funding to fund research and research.

• Delays in starting the Institute's functioning at the faculty.

B. Opportunities

• UPZ encourages the creation and operation of research groups, structured around professors

with titles and rankings within the department, or collaborations between departments.

• Realization of works and publications through the Institutes.

• Applying to MEST and international projects on Research funding

C. Threats

• Limited number - small to students and professors for conducting research.

• Lack of access agreements to archives of scientific research institutes of countries and

international organizations.

• Failure to recognize the University "UKSHIN HOTI" from other international institutions.

4.1.7. Infrastructure and Resources

In general, the Faculty of Law has appropriate and comfortable facilities for the teaching

process, as well as satisfactory human resources and sufficient technological equipment for the

development of the teaching process.

The Faculty of Law holds the facility for teaching students for both programs: Bachelor and

Master in Accreditation.

The facility provides favorable conditions for the development of the teaching process as well

as the enabling environment for educational and research work.




236

236

The Faculty of Law has a good building infrastructure for the development of teaching

activities and other activities with adequate teaching, amphitheater, comfortable office for

executive staff and administration, functional elevator, teacher room, functional library with

sufficient reading places students and a considerable number of books, sanitary nodes, etc.

which we present in the table below:

III List of spaces in the premises of the Faculty of Law and Computer Sciences with P + 3

floor area S = 2400m2

Halls/H Facilities in

m2

Kap/ Of Computers Kap/

Projecto

r

Ground floor

Office 300 30 2

S301 100 1

S302 100 1

S303 90 1

Storage 304 15

Storage 305 15

First Floor

Office 306 30 2

Office 307 30 2

S308 100 1

S309 100 1

S310 90 1

Second Floor

Office 311 30 2

Office 312 30 2

S313 100 1

S314 100 1

S315 90 1

Third Floor

Office 316 30 2

Office 317 30 2

S318 100 1

S319 100 1

S320 90 1




237

237

Hall, Stairs

and Sanitary

Equipment

1000

Total: 2400 58 12

SWOT Analysis for infrastructure and resources:

A. Streghts:

1. UPZ is investment-oriented for quality.

2. Provides very good infrastructure and facilities for students and Professors.

3. The Bachelor study program in General Law is in accordance with organizational

criteria, and is designed in accordance with the mission and strategy of the institution.

4. Cooperation Agreements with Foreign Universities (for the lawyer study program I

overall).

5. Provides scholarships for high-performing students and students in need.

6. Stimulates internal and external staff as well as students for research and science.

7. Institutionalized agreements with the public and private sector for the development

of practices.

B. Weakeness:

1. The recruitment of recently recruited staff is increasing but is not yet in the required

level and should be consistently trained.

2. In any subject (2 cases) there are lecturers of external academic staff without the

"Doctor" degree but who have long experience in teaching and are personalities in the

field of justice.

3. Do not have access to the online libraries' use of the students and pedagogues outside

UPZ's premises.

C. Opportunities:

1. Given that there are many Institutions offering law studies, further specialization in

specific areas of law would strengthen the faculty profile and give added value to

participation in study programs.

2. Since there is cooperation with other foreign Universities, the organization of ex-

change programs would be possible.

D. Threats:

1. I consider financial sustainability as a challenge for the institution.




238

238

2. Limited number of free academic staff with degrees / degrees to be employed full

time.




239

239

Program 4 – Software Design, BSc, re/accreditation

The name of the study program Software Design




BA



Bachelor of Science in Computer Science – BSc with

concentration in : Software Design


Subject

Aresa Codes (ESAC)

11.3

Profile of the academic program Software Design

Minimum duration of the study 3 years (6 semesters)


breaks from work, distance study, etc.) Regular 180 + 0 part-time

Number of ECTS 180 ECTS or 60 ECTS/Year

Modules/Subjects (Short overview) Semester I

40. Introduction to Informatics

41. Mathematics I

42. Introduction to Programming

43. Introduction to Networking

44. IT and Entrepreneurship

45. English for Computer Science I

46. New Media and Multimedia

Semester II

47. Algorithms & Data Structures

48. Introduction to Web Languages and Technologies

49. Discrete Math

50. Operating Systems

51. Internet protocols

52. English for Computer Science II

53. Human-Computer Interaction

Semester III

54. Software Engineering and Project management




240

240

55. Database Systems

56. Object Oriented Programming

57. Web Design

58. Machine Learning

59. English for Computer Science III

60. 3D Modeling and Animations

Semester IV

61. Computer Graphics and Image Processing

62. Cloud Computing

63. Advanced Web Development

64. Research Methods

65. Information Systems Design

66. E-Business

67. Online Marketing

Semester V

68. Artificial Intelligence

69. Game Development

70. Advanced Databases

71. Network Programming

72. Meetings and Negotiations

73. Software Quality Assurance

74. Internet of Things

Semester VI

75. Mobile Computing

76. IT-Security

77. Distributed Systems

78. Thesis

Number of study places Regular 180 + 0 part-time

Leadership/ study program leader Prof. Ass. Dr. Ercan Canhasi

Permanent academic staff


(Number by category of staff)

Five (5) Professors: (2 Prof. Asoc., 3 Prof.Ass.) and (6)

Assistants

Study Fees

25 euros per semester




241

241

University of Prizren “Ukshin Hoti” (UPZ) has started work in 2010 after the decision taken

by the Government of Kosovo to establish the university. The headquarter of the University is

in Prizren, one of the oldest cities in Kosovo. UPZ is the second public university in Kosovo.

In 2010, the number of students was close to 1700, and now, in 2018, the number of students

is around 17,000 students. The University is accredited since 2010. Currently, the University

offers studies in the Bachelor and Master cycle.

The mission of this University is to provide quality education, research, and innovation in

order to create leaders in the field of Technology, Economics, Law, Education, Philology, etc.,

who will adapt to the needs of a fast changing world.

The Strategic Goals are:

Academic advancement of staff, research, and the offering of scholarships are

among the priority services of the University;

The improvement of teaching methods, research and services in the University by

retaining and hiring new staff;

Growing the teaching environment of the University with the purpose of attracting

and retaining excellent students;

The development and establishment of the University of Prizren in a university that

offers quality education and quality studies for students with the goal of becoming

the most prestigious university in Kosovo and beyond.

The Faculty of Computer Science operates within the University of Prizren “Ukshin Hoti”.

The Faculty of Computer Science of the University of Prizren “Ukshin Hoti” in Prizren offers

two programs of Bachelor studies: The “Software Design” (SD) and the “Information

Technologies and Telecommunication” (ITT) program and a master of science program

“Computer Science and Technologies of Communication”.







Bachelor level of studies at the Faculty of Computer Science at the University of Prizren

“Ukshin Hoti”. This University serves the region of Prizren and the country with recruiting,


The University aims through the programs to provide students with the necessary skills and


world.





242

242

The mission of this study programme is to promote the study of Computer Science based

on European (Bologna process) programs and experience. These programs guaranties that our

students will be specialist in the area of computer science, with main focus in Software Design.

Through this program, the Faculty for Computer Science of Public University of Prizren

offers knowledge about basic and advanced science and technological challenges in field of

computer science and its application in an IT-industry. Knowing that engineers in modern time

should be able to solve more and more complex issues, to design and to implement software

packages, to design and implement network solution, or to improve information technologies,

it will be offered this bachelor program which cover techniques that will increase productivity

in software development and information technology. The program thus offers training which

covers every stage in the software life cycle. The teaching and learning methods used in the

program are specially tailored to the needs of working students.

During the study, the students will be covered with all necessary information and

knowledge from theory and practice. On this bachelor the students will be able to apply the

knowledge gained through three years of study, in order to develop, implement and progress

towards master study within a country or abroad.

By successful completion of the Faculty of Computer Science, students will be able to:

• Demonstrate fluency and competency in an object-oriented programming language.

• Identify and analyze requirements and specifications for computing problems and plans

strategies for their solution.

• Compare and evaluate design and algorithm choices used to solve computing problems.

• Work effectively as an individual under guidance and as a member of a team.

• Apply relational database concepts, principles, and theories to designing and creating

information systems.

• Apply operating system and computer architecture concepts and principles to problem

solving in the context of computer systems.

• Apply knowledge of networking concepts and principles to solving problems related to

networked computer systems.

• Communicate technical problems and solutions to a range of audiences.

Graduates of this program "Software Design" are expected to be employed frequently in

the software development sector in very broad range of positions. This target group is well

versed in all phases of software development. They can work as systems analysts, in systems

modeling and implementation, as well as software engineers and project managers. They can

also be positioned in many database development and management positions. Even web and

mobile development is suitable since there are many related courses.

SWOT analysis for mission statement, objectives and administration:

Strengths:

The Sofware Design program mission is in line with the UPZ mission;

Specific objectives are realistic and achievable, and are the result of consultations

between members of this program;




243

243

The expected results of the program as a whole and of the subjects are in line with the

levels of qualification in the NQF;


in accordance with the UPZ Statute and the regulations of the Faculty of Computer

Science which are also published online;



The faculty has its own facility with 6 separate halls on 2 floors and 1 amphitheatre.

The faculty is also equipped with elevators to meet the needs of people with special

needs;

5 full time professors and 6 full time assistants aswell are engaged in the teaching

process;

The administration of the Faculty of Computer Science supports the program including

the student's dossier and its progress until the end of studies;

Weaknesses:

The technical support staff for maintenance of new equipment’s is scarce and not

qualified for this purpose;

Technological Equipment’s like the Projectors are amortized.

Opportunities:

It is the one of rare programs of its kind in the country;

Alluring to students outside of Kosovo, especially those who are close to the borders of

our country like students from Northern Albania;

Opportunity to bring innovative ideas

Qualification that deals with this program allows the continuation of PhD level studies.

Threats:


The lack of opportunities to compete in the labor market outside of Kosovo;

The labor market in the country is not defined and structured.


The Quality Assurance Office at the institutional level organizes quality assurance, quality

management and quality monitoring. Moreover, the quality assurance coordinators for each

faculty are responsible for monitoring more closely the necessary procedures for quality

assurance and management. In this regard, the commission of studies at the Faculty of

Computer Science fulfills its mission, especially in the design of curricula and the control in

their implementation.




244

244

At the University level, regulations and procedures for quality assurance have been adopted,

such as: The work Regulation of Committee’s quality assurance, the quality assurance

guidelines, and the Strategy for quality assurance. These documents provide the necessary

procedures and mechanisms for the quality of teaching and research to be equivalent to

international standards for quality assurance in teaching, learning and research. In these

documents it is foreseen to use quantitative and qualitative instruments for quality assurance,

such as: Questionnaires, interviews, monitoring, evaluation scheme, self-evaluation reports,

but also double assessment, and external consultancy.


Strengths:


the quality assurance process;

There is professional coordination of all relevant bodies and human resources,

academic staff and students in the development of internal and external evaluation

processes;

Compared to the earlier stages of the quality assurance process, there is now a greater

experience both in terms of quality management, but also by staff and students, all of

whom contribute to quality through delivering quality programs;

Modernization of methods in collecting the necessary information from staff, students,

administrative services and so on.

Weaknesses:

Lack of funding for continuous quality assurance;

Lack of interest among students to engage in quality assurance procedures.

Opportunities:

A wholesome quality assurance system increases the opportunities for partaking in


Increases the employability of graduates in the labor market outside Kosovo;

Involvement of students and stakeholders in the quality assurance process enhances

students' awareness of studying in quality programs recognized nationally and

internationally.

Threats:

Lack of a developed labor market.





245

245

In the "Software Design" Program at the Faculty of Computer Science, an academic staff



and employment conditions have been clearly described. So far, the Faculty of Computer

Science has 2 Associate Professors, 3 Assistant Professors and 6 Assistants. In this program

there are also 3 Adjunct Professors, 3 Adjunct lecturers and 4 Adjunct Assistants. Besides,

during this semester, as adjunct staff are hired 3 Professors with an academic call of Prof. Dr

or Prof.Asoc. Dr., 1 lecturer with the scientific degree Dr.Sc. and 2 with MSc degrees and 5

Assistants with ongoing PhD studies.





given in the following table for the semester of the academic year 2018/2019:

Table 2: The list of academic staff for the academic year 2018/191


Duration of Contract Nr. of teaching hours

per staff member

NR Name and Surname Academic call Grade Start End L E Total

1 Samedin Krrabaj Prof. Asoc. Dr. Dr.Sc 20.04.2018 19.04.2022 4 0 4

2 Naim Baftiu Prof.Asoc.Dr. Dr.Sc 20.04.2018 19.04.2022 2 0 2

3 Ercan Canhasi Prof.Ass. Dr. Dr.Sc 03.03.2015 02.03.2019 14 0 14

4 Arsim Susuri Prof.Ass. Dr. Dr.Sc 01.10.2018 30.09.2022 16 0 16

5 Malush Mjaku Prof.Ass. Dr. Dr.Sc 01.10.2017 30.09.2020 6 0 6

6 Dhuratë Hyseni Ass. Dr.Sc. 16.10.2018 15.10.2019 4 2 6

7 Zirije Hasani Ass. PhD.c 22.05.2017 21.05.2020 6 8 14

8 Agon Kokaj Ass. Dr.Techn. 16.10.2018 15.10.2019 4 4

9 Arbër Beshiri Ass. PhD.c 01.10.2018 30.09.2021 8 8

10 Betim Maloku Ass. PhD.c 09.03.2016 08.03.2019 2 2

11 Ilir Murturi2 Ass. PhD.c 09.03.2016 08.03.2019 0 0 0

Total 28 24 52

Part-Time Professors and Assistants Duration of Contract Nr. of teaching hours

per staff member

NR Name and surname Academic call Grade Start End L E Total


according to the academic year plan 2 Currently, Ilir is completing his PhD in TU WIEN




246

246

1 Abdullah Zejnullahu Prof. Dr Dr.Sc. 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 4 0 4

2 Arbnor Pajaziti Prof. Dr. Dr. Sc. 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 2 2 4

3 Edmond Beqiri Prof. Asoc. Dr. Dr.Sc. 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 2 2 4

4 Mevlan Qafleshi Dr.Sc. 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 2 2 4

5 Nazli Tyfekxhi PhD.c 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 4 4 8

6 Astrit Hulaj PhD.c 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 4 0 4

7 Fesal Baxhaku PhD.c 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 2 2 4

8 Fatime Gashi PhD.c 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 8 8

9 Arta Misini MSc. 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 20 20

10 Elissa Mollakuqe PhD.c 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 2 2

Total 20 42 62


60 ECTS credits in the Business Administration program there should be employed a full time

Professor with a doctorate degree. Responsible for the Software Design program, are:

• Prof. Ass. Dr. Ercan Canhasi

• Prof. Asoc. Dr. Samedin Krrabaj

• Dr. Sc. Dhuratë Hyseni

On the other hand, the infrastructure of the Faculty of Computer Science is such that it has

enabled each academic staff to have an office equipped with computers and other equipment










Strengths:



Software Development Program;

Relatively young staff, mainly educated in western countries in well known universities

Sufficient knowledge of the English language by a considerable number of the

academic staff.




247

247



Weaknesses:






Opportunities:




Threats:






248

248


The SD Program is in full compliance with the new European higher education guidelines

as specified in the Bologna agreement. In the SD Program, studies last for 3 years, respectively

6 semesters, whereby each semester has 30 ECTS, which means that studies are completed

after the collection of 180 ECTS. The amount of engagement hours for an ECTS is 25 hours

of study (1 ECTS = 25 hours).

International comparability of the programme:

Conform Bologna Accord and in compliance with the European Quality Standards

In the spirit of the mission and the vision of the Public University of Prizren, and based

on specifics of the Computer Science program,

Provision of quality studies based on the most advanced international practices is the

main objective of this Faculty. The process for achieving this objective is realized by

building upon the Bologna Accord, European Quality Standards, and international

academic institutions. The study plan of the Faculty of Computer Science has been

harmonized with study plans of these universities: Vienna University of Technology,

Johannes Kepler University in Linz, Kingston University, Imperial College London,

Muenchen University of Technology.

In Kosovo there are some Universities (public and private) which offer the different

programs in Computer Science and Technology. University of Prishtina (Mathematic

Faculty and Technical Faculty) provides two programs mainly software oriented.

Technical Faculty provides also a new program in Mechatronic, but all these programs

are only partly similar to our proposed program.

The main private Universities that provide programs in Computer Science and

Technology are UBT (University for Business and Technology), AAB-Riinvest as well

as Iliria. Although the programs of these Universities are in some relationships with

some Universities from abroad (case UBT), there is no indication of any big

achievement regarding the labor market and society needs. This first of all because the

programs do not meet the requirements of labor market. Entering the internal and

external labor market;

Graduates of this program Software Design are expected to be employed frequently in the

software development sector in in very broad range of positions which require a combination

of specialist knowledge and interdisciplinary.




249

249

Year I

Semester I Hours/weeks

Nr. M/E Subject L E ECTS Lecturer

6. M Introduction to Informatics 2 2 6 Dr. Samedin Krrabaj

7. M Mathematics I 2 2 6 Dr. Abdullah

Zejnullahu

8. M Introduction to Programming 2 2 6 Dr. Ercan Canhasi

9. M Introduction to Networking 2 2 6 Dr. Arsim Susuri

10. E IT and Entrepreneurship 2 2 6 Dr. Edmond Beqiri

11. E English for Computer Science I 2 2 6 PhD. C Nazli Tyfekgji

12. E New Media and Multimedia 2 2 6 Dr. Dhuratë Hyseni

Total 30

Semester II

1 M Algorithms & Data Structures 2 2 6 Dr. Ercan Canhasi

2 M Introduction to Web Languages

and Technologies

2 2 6 PhD. C Zirije Hasani

3 M Discrete Math 2 2 6 Dr. Abdullah

Zejnullahu

4 M Operating Systems 2 2 6 Dr. Arsim Susuri

5 E Internet protocols 2 2 6 Dr. Naim Baftiu

6 E English for Computer Science II 2 2 6 PhD. C Nazli Tyfekgji

7 E Human-Computer Interaction 2 2 6 Dr. Mevlan Qafleshi

Total 30




250

250

Year II

Semester III Hours/weeks


1. M Software Engineering and

Project management

2 2 6 Dr. Malush Mjaku

2. M Database Systems 2 2 6 PhD. C Zirije Hasani

3. M Object Oriented Programming 2 2 6 Dr. Ercan Canhasi

4. M Web Design 2 2 6 PhD. C Zirije Hasani

5. E Machine Learning 2 2 6 Dr. Arsim Susuri

6. E English for Computer Science

III

2 2 6 PhD. C Nazli Tyfekgji

7. E 3D modeling and animations 2 2 6 Dr. Samedin Krrabaj

Total 30

Semester IV

1 M Computer Graphics and Image

Processing

2 2 6 Dr. Ercan Canhasi

2 M Advanced Databases 2 2 6 PhD. C Zirije Hasani

3 M Advanced Web Development 2 2 6 PhD. C Zirije Hasani

4 M Research Methods 2 2 6 Dr. Malush Mjaku

5 E Information Systems Design 2 2 6 PhD. C Fesal Baxhaku

6 E E-Business 2 2 6 Dr. Naim Baftiu




251

251

7 E Online Marketing 2 2 6 PhD. C. Zirije Hasani

Total 30




252

252

Year III

Semester V Hours/weeks


1. M Artificial Intelligence 2 2 6 Dr. Arsim Susuri

2. M Game Development 2 2 6 PhD. C Fesal Baxhaku

3. M Cloud Computing 2 2 6 Dr. Arsim Susuri

4. M Network Programming 2 2 6 Dr. Ercan Canhasi

5. E Meetings and Negotiations 2 2 6 Dr. Mevlan Qafleshi

6. E Software Quality Assurance 2 2 6 Dr. Malush Mjaku

7. E Internet of Things 2 2 6 Dr. Dhuratë Hyseni

Total 30

Semester VI

1 M Mobile Computing 2 2 6 PhD. C Fesal Baxhaku

2 M IT-Security 2 2 6 Dr. Naim Baftiu

3 M Distributed Systems 2 2 6 Dr. Arsim Susuri

4 M Thesis 2 2 12 All

Total 30




253

253

1O1.

Introduction to

Informatics

Short description of the content:

The objective of the course is to give the students an: Introduction to the basic concepts of

computer science: Data and information encoding (ASCII, Unicode), number systems

(decimal, binary, hexadecimal, octal), hardware (from Neumann architecture), software,

basics of networking and programming languages.

Expected learning aims and outcomes:

After the course, each student is expected to be able to:

practice and use(ASCII, Unicode), number systems (decimal, binary, hexadecimal, octal)

describe hardware (from Neumann architecture )

have an overview on different software

have an overview on basics of networking and programming languages.


This module is taught through a series of weekly lectures and laboratory sessions.

The learning outcomes are achieved through a combination of lectures, supervised practical

work and independent study/practice.

Evaluation methods and passing criteria:

50% from 2 Lab. Projects and 50% Final exam.

Concretization means / IT:

Office 2013, Visual Studio, Simulation Software for digital circuits

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;

30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study.

Total module study time, classes and independent study time: 150 hours.

Literature.

1. Moriss M. Mano, Digital Design, ISBN-10: 0131989243

2. Dr. Agni H. DIKA, Qarqet Kompjuterike Kombinuese, UP, Prishtinë

3. J. Glenn Brookshear Computer Science-An Overview, 9th Edition Addison Wesley

Longman, 2007

1O2.

Mathematics I


The objective of the course is to give the students a basic knowledge in mathematical logic

(statements and predicate logic), formal foundations, Moduloarithmetik, identification of

(pseudo-) prime numbers (Fermat, Carmichael, ...), factorization, series development and

fundamentals of computer graphics.



understand practical benefit of Mathematic in Computer Science

have on overview on a basic knowledge in mathematical logic and analysis able to use math

formulas in order to solve problems in computer science (programming)




254

254


This module is taught through a series of weekly lectures and problemm solving sessions.




20% Coursework and 80% Final exam.


Mathlab, Mathematics



Total module study time, classes and independent study time: 150 hours.

Literature.

1. Matematika 1, Isak Hoxha

2. Depends from professor

1O3.

Introduction to

Programming


The objective of the course is to give the students oportunity to define, understand, apply,

analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about compiler

and linker in comparison to the interpreter, fundamentals of classical procedural

programming such as comments, data types and variable declarations, commands, operators,

assignments, control structures and functions.



have an overview in Fundamentals of classical procedural programming such as comments,

data types and variable declarations, commands, operators, assignments, control structures

and functions.

understand Compiler and linker in comparison to the interpreter.

to write a small procedural program






40% Labor Exercise and 60% Final exam.





255

255

Visual Studio, Java, C++



Literature.

1. H.M. Deitel, P. J. Deitel, How to Program C++, Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River,

New Jersey, ISBN 0-13-111881-1,

2. Agni Dika, Bazat e Programimit në C++Universiteti i Europës Juglindore,

Tetovë,ISBN 9989-866-23-

3. Java how to program 11th Edition – Dietel and Dietel

4. A good web site with books and material for Java, can be found:

5. http://www.freeprogrammingebooks.net/free_ebook_java_free_ebooks_java/index.php

1O4.

Introduction to

Networking



analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about the key

elements, standards, products, and problems that play in building and operating a network of

a role. In addition to an overview of the various computer networks and network topologies,

the basics of data transmission and the different transmission media are detailed below.

Furthermore, the participants learn the TCP / IP protocol suite in comparison to the OSI

reference model know. In addition, the basics of switching and routing will be taught.



have an overview of the key elements, standards, products, and problems that play in building

and operating a network

understand and use the various computer networks and network topologies, learn and use the

TCP / IP protocol suite in comparison to the ISO OSI reference model

to understand switching and routing.






40 % from assignments and 60% from Final Exam


OPNET, PacketTracer


30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours independent study




256

256

Literature.

1. James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross; Computer Networking – A Top-Down Approach, 7th

edition, 2018.

2. Todd Lammle; Network +; Deluxe Study Guide, 2009

3. Shivendra S. Panwar, Shiwen Mao, Jeong-dong Ryoo dhe Yihan Li; TCP/IP Essentials,

Cambridge University, 2004

1Z1. IT and

Entrepreneurship


In this course the students will be familiar with Inspirations, How are ideas generated,

Brainstorming. Theories and tools for Creative Thinking, Vision. Mission Statement,

Personality analysis. Management in IT and innovative companies. They will learn further

about Organization. Company culture and organisational behaviour. Money. Introduction to

macro- and microeconomics,

supply & demand, How to read a balance sheet.



Explain how creativity and innovation come about. Critically assess the unique

characteristics of high-tech and IT innovation.

Apply the most important management theory and practice to the requirements of

innovative companies.

Analyze budget calculations and identify tax issues.

Critically assess the elements needed for a good business plan.

Critically discuss the network, procedures and perspectives which are important in

establishing a company


Students will be expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the module including independent

study.


20 % from 2 assignments, 30% from Project, and 50% from Final Exam


Office 2013



Literature.

1. Mellor, R. B. (2003). Innovation Management. Globe, ISBN 87-7900-196-3;

2. Kirby, D. A. (2003). Entrepreneurship. McGraw-Hill, ISBN 0-07-709858-7




257

257

1Z2. English for

Computer

Science I


Students will be taught basic English course by practicing pronunciation, writing skills, work

on improving their listening and understanding of spoken English. Students will study

conversational techniques and practice these techniques through structured dialogs, dialog

improvisation and pair practice conversations.



To broaden and expand the students’ proficiency and knowledge in General English;to

provide material for the students to revise, consolidate and extend their command of English

grammar and vocabulary;

To develop the students’ reading skills to enable them to skim the text for main idea

To develop the students’ listening skills to enable them to understand and apply specific

information from the input


Method include class lectures and continuous practice. In addition, the class will participate in

discussion groups, peer work and group work. There will be several individual and group

projects which then will be presented to the class. Students will complete individual in-class

assignments as well as regular formal homework tasks


50 % from 2 assignments and 50% from Final Exam


Office 2013, other software depends from lectureer



Literature.

1. Viney, P & Viney, K. (1989) Grapevine.. Oxford University Press. Grant, D. & McLarty,

R. (2003) Business Basic. Oxford University Press Greenall, Swan (1997) Effective

Reading. CUP

2. Depends from the Lecturer

1Z3. New Media

and Multimedia





258

258

Introduction to Multimedia, New Media and Internet Hypertext, Hypermedia, Information

systems Web Usability Color models and raster images, vector diagram, image compression

Audio formats, -techniques, -compression Video formats, -techniques, -compression.



have an overview into Multimedia, New Media and Internet Hypertext

understand practical benefit of Multimedia

able to use image compression Audio formats, -techniques, -compression Video formats, -

techniques, -compression






20% Laboratory Exercise and 80% Final exam.


Office 2013, other software depends from Lecturer



Literature.

1. Nigel Chapman And Jenny Chapman, Digital Multimedia, Wiley, 2009

2. Myzafere Limani, Bazat e Multimediave, Universiteti i Prishtinës, 2005

2O1. Algorithms

& Data

Structures



analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about

fundamental algorithms such as search, sort, traversal algorithms and fundamental data

structures, linear lists, queues, stacks, sort algorithms, search algorithms, hashes, trees,

graphs, and formal characteristics of algorithms, identification of efficiency,



have on overview on fundamental data structures and algorithms

use linear lists, queues, sort algorithms, search algorithms, tree, graphs to implement

programs with efficient algorithms





259

259

The learning outcomes will be achieved through a combination of lectures, laboratory,

exercises and independent study. Students will be expected to spend a total of 150 hours on

the module including independent study




Visual Studio, C#, Java



Literature.

1. R. Sedgewick: Algorithms in Java (or C++) , Part 1-5.

2. Cay Horstmann, “Big Java” (2007) Wiley Press.

3. How to Program, H. M. Deitel, P. J. Deitel.

2O2.

Introduction to

Web Languages

and

Technologies



analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about Cascading

Style Sheets: document, font, text, box, selectors and specificity.

Dynamic HTML: Specifying style dynamically, controlling content dynamically, positioning

and animation with JavaScript.

Markup languages: Structuring information with XML.



Design and implement web pages using (X)HTML, CSS and JavaScript (DHTML) with

simple interactivity and/or animation.

Use XML and CSS to create simple web pages with markup that is not HTML.

Validate web pages for use with different browsers and platforms

Differentiate between standards and appreciate the role of the W3C



work and independent study/practice. A maximum independent Study: 90 hours


In-course assessment: 50%, Final exam 50%


Visual Studio,Java, SQL Server





260

260


Literature.

1. Teague, J.C. “CSS, DHTML and Ajax”, Peachpit, 2006. and Negrino, T. & Smith, D.

“JavaScript and Ajax for the Web”, Peachpit, 2006. or Powers, S. “Learning

JavaScript”, O’Reilly, 2006.

2. Meyer, E.A. “CSS Pocket Reference.” O’Reilly (any edition).

3. Flanagan, D. “JavaScript Pocket Reference.” O’Reilly (any edition).

4. Yuen, P.K. and Lau, V. “Practical Web technologies.” Addison-Wesley, 2003.

2O3. Discrete

Math


Mathematical reasoning; propositions; negation disjunction and conjuction; implication and

equivalence; truth tables; predicates; quantifiers; natural deduction; rules of Inference;

methods of proofs; use in program proving; resolution principle; application to PROLOG. (10

lectures)

Set theory; Paradoxes in set theory; inductive definition of sets and proof by induction;

Peono postulates; Relations; representation of relations by graphs; properties of

relations;equivalence relations and partitions; Partial orderings; Posets; Linear and well-

ordered sets; (10 lectures)

Graph Theory; elements of graph theory, Euler graph, Hamiltonian path, trees, tree

traversals, spanning trees; (4 lectures)

Functions; mappings; injection and surjections; composition of functions; inverse

functions;special functions; Peono postulates; pigeonhole principle; recursive function theory;

(6 lectures)

Definition and elementary properties of groups, semigroups, monoids, rings, fields, vector

spaces and lattices; (4 lectures)

Elementary combinatorics; counting techniques; recurrence relation; generating functions; (6

lectures)


The student gets detailed on elementary set theory, number theory, logic, counting

techniques, graph theory and algorithms and will be able to use it during algorithms

developing.


The learning methods are a combination of lectures, practical and independent study.


study.


50 % from 1 Project and 50% from Final Exam





261

261

Mathematics, Mathlab


30 hours teaching hours , 30 hours laboratory and 90 hours

Literature.

1. C.L.Liu, Elements of Discrete Mathematics, second edition 1985, McGraw-Hill Book

Company. Reprinted 2000.

2. K.H.Rosen, Discrete Mathematics and applications, fifth edition 2003, TataMcGraw Hill

publishing Company.

Reference Books

3. J .L.Mott, A.Kandel, T.P .Baker, Discrete Mathematics for Computer Scientists and

Mathematicians, second edition 1986, Prentice Hall of India.

4. W.K.Grassmann and J.P.Trembnlay, Logic and Discrete Mathematics, A Computer

Science

Under development

2O4. Operating

Systems



analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about an

introduction to Windows, Unix/Linux as well as other Operating Systems. An overwiew of

functions (eg user interface, machine and peripheral management etc).

Further the information about fundamental and important tasks of Unix/Linux system

administration as well as the operation of the system by the use of the most important

commands will be detailed introduced.



understand and use the most important commands of UNIX

understand the differences between Unix and other operating system

understood the very essentials of Unix/Linux system architecture

understand fundamental and important tasks of Unix/Linux system administration

to fulfill basic tasks in system administration:

use file permissions, devices and processes

Administration of users and groups

Administration of file systems



work and independent study/practice. A maximum independent Study: 90 hours





262

262

2 Course Projects: 40%, Final exam 60%


SOsim and other software depending from lecturer



Lit.

1. Operating System Concepts : Abraham Silberschatz, Peter B. Galvin , Greg Gagne 8th

Edition, 2018.

2. The Official Ubuntu Book (6th Edition) 2011, B.M.Hill, M.Helmke, A.Graner, C.Burger

3. A Practical Guide to Ubuntu Linux 3rd Edition (Aug 2010, Prentice Hall), M.G.Sobell

2Z1. Internet

Protocols


Basic optical communication, Optical routing, Basic wireless communication, Challenges

within IP-routing, Router architecture, Label routing (Multi Protocol Label switching),

Unicast and Multicast Routing, Active Networks, Overlay networks, Quality of Service (ao.

Diffserv, Intserv, RSVP), Demands from Multimedia applications and possible solutions,

Adaption, Challenges using heterogeneous networks, Core vs. Access networks.


After completing the course student should be able

knowledge about the communication solutions of the future, herein optical and wireless

networking to offer high performance

knowledge about how to design high-end IP routers implementing Points of Presence (PoP)

in the Internet

understanding of why multicast is becoming ever more important along with the streaming

based Internet of the future, and knowledge of the most important multicast protocols

knowledge about concepts to offer Quality of Service and guarantees in the Internet of the

future

knowledge about how Internet of Things (IoT) will allow people and all kind of things to be

connected at any time

understanding of cyber threats and advanced malware trying to control Internet

knowledge about IPv6 and the Internet protocol of the future


The learning methods are a combination of lectures, practical and independent study.


study.





263

263

1 Course Projects: 40%, Final exam 60%


OMNet simulation software



Literature.

1. Adrian Farrel, The Internet and Its Protocols, 2004.

2. Eric Hall; Internet Core Protocols, 2000.

2Z2. English for

Computer

Science II


Students will be taught intermediate level English course by practicing pronunciation, writing

skills, work on improving their listening and understanding of spoken English. Students will

study conversational techniques and practice these techniques through structured dialogs,

dialog improvisation and pair practice conversations.



To broaden and expand the students’ proficiency and knowledge in Intermediate English;to

provide material for the students to revise, consolidate and extend their command of English

grammar and vocabulary;

To develop the students’ listening skills to enable them to understand and apply specific

information from the input


Method include class lectures and continuous practice. In addition, the class will participate in

discussion groups, peer work and group work. There will be several individual and group




50 % from 2 assignments and 50% from Final Exam


Depends from professor



Literature.

1. Opportunities Pre-intermediate Language Powerbook

Patricia Reilly, Michael Dean, Anna Sikorzynska , Hanna Mrozowska




264

264

2. New Opportunities Pre-Intermediate Students book

David; Harris, Michael; Sikorzynska, Anna Mower

Mini – Dictionary, A Modern English Dictionary, Fjalori Anglisht-Shqip-Anglisht

2Z3. Human-

Computer

Interaction


Developments in technology: workstation environment eg screens, keyboards, pointing

devices, other I/O devices (eg speech), related processing and storage requirements.

Developments in HCI: virtual machines, command line input (command sets), menu selection

and the methods of selection, graphical interfaces, speech, screen design for intensive data

entry, intelligent HCIs, virtual personas (engaging with the computer within a virtual reality),

concept of ‘look and feel’. Development of systems: new developments (eg hypertext, event

driven systems, use of multimedia), modelling techniques, implication of new developments

on user interfaces.

Applications: range of applications, selection of HCIs for specific applications. Health and

safety considerations: ergonomics and the surrounding environment, eg lighting, seating, RSI,

legal implications. HCI support for less common environments: identification of applications.


This unit aims to give students a full understanding of the human computer interface (HCI)

and the part it plays in the construction of software which is usable, attractive, efficient and

effective.

On successful completion of the module the student will be able to:

Describe HCI-related developments and their application

Determine the issues related to a chosen HCI

Develop and evaluate an HCI prototype.


The learning outcomes will be assessed by in-course assessment (ICA) methods made up of

time constrained exercises and specified assignments:


The in-course assessment will be based on three specified assignments (80%) and one time

constrained exercise (20%) completed throughout the year.


Depends from Lecturer




265

265



Literature.

1. B. Shneiderman, "Designing the User Interface", Addison Wesley Longman, ISBN

0201694972

2. B. Laurel, "The Art of Human-Computer Interface Design", Addison Wesley,ISBN

0201517973.

3O1. Software

Engineering and

Project

Management


The objective of the course is to present the technical, organizational and economic aspects of

software engineering. Organizational structuring models of software development are

explained via process models, such as the waterfall model, spiral model and unified process.

In terms of the technical aspects of software engineering, particularly the generation of object

oriented systems and their modeling are focused on. Further the focus will be on

Analysis , Planning , Implementation , Factors of Software-Project , Unified Process,

Introduction to UML ,Requirements Analysis, System planning, Implementation of object-

oriented Systems

Test methods , Delivering, Service, Maintenance, Software-quality insurance.Project

definition, -planning, - controlle, -finish, Project management-Tools Claim Management,

Case study.



To explain and apply a broad range of concepts from software engineering, spanning all

aspects the software engineering process

Be able to recognize, define, and make correct use of generally accepted software engineering

terminology.

Have experience of working as a member of a team on a software engineering project

Have experience applying a representative cross section of software engineering techniques

Be able to create and use planning, requirements analysis, domain analysis and design

artifacts and carry them into code.

Be able to document all phases of the software development processes.


The learning outcomes will be achieved through a combination of lectures, tutorials and

independent study (project work).




266

266

Students are expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the modules including project work.


Project Deliverables 40 (%)

Continuous Assessment: 10 (%)

Final Examination 50(%):


Visual Studio, C#, Java, UML, SQL Server etc



Literature.

1. I. Sommerville, Software Engineering, Addison Wesley; 8 edition (May 25, 2006)

2. Book 1: B. Boehm, R. Turner, Balancing Agility and Discipline: A Guide for the

Perplexed, Addison-Wesley Professional; 1st edition (August 15, 2003)

3. Book 2: Jacobson Ivar, Booch Grady, Rumbaugh James: The unified software

development process, Addison-Wesley, 1999

3O2. Database

Systems



analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about concepts

of Database Management Systems, Data Structures and Data Models, Architectural Levels,

Relational Databases, Relational Algebra, Integrity of Databases, Normalization, Transaction

Processing, Distributed Databases, Data Security

Students should learn basic knowledge in data base theory; giving the theoretical basis and

the practical benefit of data base technologies.



practice and use basic knowledge in data base theory, understand practical benefit of data

base technologies, use a basic concepts of Database Management Systems, Data Structures

and Data Models, Relational Databases, Normalization, Transaction Processing, and

implement a practical database project





267

267

The learning outcomes are achieved through a combination of lectures, laboratory exercises

and independent study. This module will involve lectures and work in small groups on related

structured exercises, together with appropriate computer workshops using an interactive SQL

tutorial. Students are expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the modules including

independent study.


Coursework 50% , Final Examination 50%


SQL Server/Oracle



Literature.

1. Database Solutions – A step-by-step guide to Building Databases/ Carolyn Begg and

Thomas Connolly, Addison Wesley / ISBN : 0321173503

2. Oracle SQL and PL/SQL Handbook/ Palinski. Addison Wesley 2002/ISBN:0-201-75294-

8/

3. Fundamentals of Database Systems / Elmasri & Navathe, Addison Wesley, 1999.

4. Database Modeling and Design, Fifth Edition: Logical Design (The Morgan Kaufmann

Series in Data Management Systems) by Toby J. Teorey

3O3. Object

Oriented

Programming



analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about Classes:

object, attributes, methods, representation of Abstract Data Types, the control of scope of

attributes (member data) and messages (member functions) within a class, constructors and

destructors, inheritance, dynamic binding, virtual functions and polymorphism, parameter

based types (templates).



Assimilate and use basic object-oriented programming concepts

Use an object-oriented programming design method

Reuse system components using object-oriented programming principles





268

268

The learning outcomes will be achieved through a combination of lectures, workshop

exercises, tutorials and independent study.


In-course assessment will be based on two specified exams (60%) and project work (40%)

completed throughout the year.


Visual Studio, Java



Literature.

1. D. Parsons, "Object-Oriented Programming", Letts Educational, ISBN 0826454283

2. Shaw, "Java Simplified", A.D.R.(1999) ISBN 1901197883

3O4. Web

Design

Short description of the content


analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about:

• Structured Documents, basic concepts of markup languages,

• meta-languages for defining markup languages using the example of XML

• Document type definition XML (DTD), distinguishing "well-formed" / "valid"; namespace

concept (namespaces)

• processing of XML documents with XSL: XSLT Processing Model, XSLT style sheets,

XSLT language features including control structures, recursion, parameterized templates,

sorting / grouping, XSL-FO

• Use of XPath to identify document parts: concepts (axes, path expressions, functions), used

in XSLT stylesheets

• Introduction to XML Schema: overview, comparison with DTDs

• Overview of standard APIs for processing XML data in a universal programming language:

parsing of XML data, different processing models

• the SAX API (architecture, handler approach, typical use)

• The DOM API (architecture, navigation through a DOM tree, creating and manipulating

DOM trees)

• use of XSLT style sheets from a universal programming language, parameterization of style

sheets, transformation of DOM trees

• XML application examples from different areas (e.g. multimedia, mobile communications,

data exchange formats, vector graphics)

Expected learning aims and outcomes





269

269

have an overview in Structured Documents, basic concepts of markup languages,

have an overview of standard APIs for processing XML data in a universal programming

language

to write a small XML application from different areas (e.g. multimedia, mobile

communications, data exchange formats, vector graphics)

Evaluation methods and passing criteria;

50% course work and Final Examination 50%

teaching and learning methods;


and independent study. Students are expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the modules

including independent study


Java, CSS, .NET, Ajax


60 hours teaching hours , and 90 hours independent study.

Basic literature to be used in each module

Literature:

1. PHP and MySQL Web Development, prej Luke Welling, Laura Thompson

2. Learning PHP, MySQL, and JavaScript (1st Edition), prej Robin Nixon. O'Reilly &

Associates, 2009

3. Head First Ajax, prej Rebecca Riordan, O'Reilly & Associates, 2008.

3Z1. Machine

Learning


In this course, you'll learn about some of the most widely used and successful machine

learning techniques. Students will have the opportunity to implement these algorithms by

yourself, and gain practice with them. Students will also learn some of practical hands-on

tricks and techniques help get learning algorithms to work well. This is an "applied" machine

learning class, and we emphasize the intuitions and know-how needed to get learning

algorithms to work in practice, rather than the mathematical derivations.

Expected learning aims and outcomes: Students should be familiar and able with

programming, basic linear algebra (matrices, vectors, matrix-vector multiplication), and basic

probability (random variables, basic properties of probability) is assumed. Basic calculus

(derivatives and partial derivatives) would be helpful and would give students additional

intuitions about the algorithms, but isn't required to fully complete this course.



and independent study. Students are expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the modules

including independent study




270

270




Java, Prolog, Python



Literature:

1. Ethem Alpaydin; Introduction to Machine Learning, 2nd edition, 2010.

2. Tom M. Mitchel; Machine Learning, 1997

3Z2. English for

Computer

Science III


Students will be taught the upper level of the English language by practicing pronunciation,

writing skills, work on improving their listening and understanding of spoken English.

Students will study conversational techniques and practice these techniques through

structured dialogs, dialog improvisation and pair practice conversations.

Lit.

1. Opportunities Intermediate Student book, Michael Harris

2. Opportunities Intermediate Language Powerbook, Michael Dean, Elizabeth Sharman,

Anna Sikorzynska and Hanna Mrozowska

Mini – Dictionary, A Modern English Dictionary, Fjalori Anglisht-Shqip-Anglisht



To gain advanced knowledge in General English.

They will be able to apply reading skills, to interpret the text for inferences, attitudes

and styles, to deduce meanings from the context;to develop the students advanced

writing skills to enable them to respond to input applying information to a specified

task, to elicit, to select, to summarize information in a range of writing activities, such

as essays, articles, reports;

To develop the advanced level on listening skills and to enable them to understand and

apply specific information from the input; to develop the students’ speaking skills to

enable them to use general, social and professional language, to negotiate, report,

explain, summarize and develop a discussion;


Methods include class lectures and continuous practice. In addition, the class will participate

in discussion groups, peer work and group work. There will be several individual and group






271

271


Group Project 50% , Examination: 50%



Literature.

1. Viney, P & Viney, K. (1989) Grapevine.. Oxford University Press. Grant, D. & McLarty,

R. (2003) Business Basic. Oxford University Press Greenall, Swan (1997) Effective

Reading. CUP

3Z3. 3D

Modeling and

Animations



analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about in

Modeling and Animation. This subject teaches 3D basics as well as the handling of 3D

programs. Technical terms and techniques are described and transferred into practical use by

modeling 3D objects. After forming an object, texturing takes place (it is the definition of the

object's surface).



Have on overview on Modeling and Animation Technology

apply this technologies in order to model 3D objects

to implement a Simple animation within the 3D program


The learning outcomes will be achieved through a combination of lectures, individual projects

and independent study


100 % Individual Project


Java , Mthlab, CAD



Literature.

1. Ablan, D. (2005) Inside Lightwave 9 - Signature. Chicago, USA

2. The Art of 3D Computer Animation and Effects, Isaac Kerlow




272

272

4O1. Computer

Graphics and

Image

Processing




Fundamentals of Computer Graphics: rendering pipeline, geometric modeling, coordinate

systems and transformations, lighting and shading, texture mapping

Fundamentals of image processing: digitization and sampling theorem, gray and color images

(color models), image sequences, point operations (scaling, plains), filters in the spatial and

frequency domain, feature extraction, image segmentation and classification


On successful completion of the module, students will be able to:

Understand and distinguish between the key principles and techniques of the fields of

Computer Graphics and of Digital Image Processing.

Demonstrate understanding of, and competence in, applying these principles

Understand how Computer Graphics and Digital Image Processing are applied in real,

modern applications.

Implement different image processing procedures such as scaling, rotation, translation and

filtering.


The learning outcomes will be achieved by a combination of lectures and workshops.


study.


40% Coursework, 60% Final Examination


Matlab, Java, Open Source



Literature.

1. Foley J.D. and Van Dam, A., Fundamentals of Interactive Computer Graphics, Revised

Edition, Addison Wesley Publishing, 1984.

2. Fundamentals of Computer Graphics, Peter Shirley, Michael Ashikhmin, Steve

Marschner

3. Image Processing: The Fundamentals by Maria Petrou




273

273

4O2. Advanced

Databases


This course offer more advanced features of databases in design, administration, and

applications. Topics include advanced data modelling and design, implementation, database

scripting, database transaction, database security, database maintenance, and data warehouse.

Furthermore the course provides using of advanced Databases in Dynamic Web Application.


Students should be able to understand and describe current database models and technologies.

To design and implement relational database solutions for general applications. To develop

database scripts for data manipulation and database administration. To understand and

perform common database administration tasks, such as database monitoring, performance

tuning, data transfer, and security. To understand the concepts and practices of data

warehouse and OLAP.


The learning methods are a combination of lectures, practical lab based work and independent

study. During this course each student has to absolve three small lab exercises. Students will

be expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the module including independent study.


30% from 3 Lab. Projects , 30 % Midterm Exam and 40% Final exam.


SQL Server / Oracle , Visual Studio



Literature.

1. Database Modeling and Design, Fifth Edition: Logical Design (The Morgan Kaufmann

Series in Data … by Toby J. (2011)

2. Database Administration: The Complete Guide to DBA Practices and Procedures (2nd

Edition) (Addison-Wesley Professional 2012)

4O4. Research

Methods


The nature of research: What is research? Role of the supervisor. Topic selection and scope.

The importance of theory and the links between theory and practice. Feasibility and value.

Organisational, legal, social and ethical implications.

The literature search: Planning and undertaking a literature search.




274

274

Research approaches: Research objectives, methodology, underpinning theoretical concepts,

frameworks. Different research philosophies, inductive and deductive research approaches.

Quantitative and qualitative research etc.

Methods of data collection and analysis: Techniques for collecting primary data including

observation, focus groups, (structures, semi structured) interviews and questionnaires.

Sources of secondary data. Quantitative analysis techniques (e.g. graphical and statistical

techniques) and qualitative techniques (i.e. pattern matching and explanation building

Presentation of research findings: Dissertation structure. Framing the academic context.

Convention on citation and quotations. Style of writing. Critical reflection, critical analysis,

argument and clarity of thought.


Select and justify a research topic.

Formulate strategies for successful research within a variety of settings.

Select and utilise appropriate research methods effectively to collect data to meet both

academic and organisational requirements. Communicate research findings in an appropriate

manner.

Manage a research project and understand the relevant techniques and tools needed in order

to bring it in successfully on time and within pricing limits.



exercises, group based activity and independent study


In-course assessment: 100%



Literature.

1. Cornford, T. & Smithson, S. (2005), Project Research In Information Systems: A Student's

Guide, Macmillan

2. Core Text: Sharp, J.A., Peters J and Howard, K. (2002), The Management of A Student

Research Project, Third Edition (Gower)

3. Recommended Reading:

4. Creswell, J. W. (2002), Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods

Approaches, Sage.




275

275

4Z1. Information

Systems Design


In this course, learners review evaluations of different types of software and their applications

in organizations. Emphasis is on practical skills, spreadsheet modeling, and database design.

Learners discuss techniques for developing systems that are responsive to managerial needs.


Evaluate the feasibility of launching an information systems development process.

Analyze the functionality of existing information systems and the organizational requirements

for an organizational information system solution.

Construct project plans for the execution and management of appropriate information systems

development methodologies.

Manage the logical and physical systems design, program development, testing,

implementation, maintenance, and documentation components of the information systems

development process.

Ensure the ethical, legal, socially responsible, and secure conduct and outcome of the

information systems development process.



exercises, group based activity and independent study


100% coursework,


Depends from Professor



Literature.

1. Haag, S., & Cummings, M. (2013). Management information systems for the information

age (9th ed.). New York, NY: McGraw-Hill.

4Z2. E-Business


Trends in consumer focussed e-businesses including aggregated markets, niche retailing,

peer-to-peer, business-to-consumer, and viral marketing.




276

276

Server and delivery architectures including security, streaming and load balancing.

Trends in convergence including implications of mobile devices, interactive television

and multiplatform delivery.

Integration issues, content management and XML standards.

Creating a store online using one of the hosted e-commerce environments including

management of content and user tracking.

Case studies of successful and unsuccessful ventures and small businesses identifying

technical, market and people reasons for success. Learning from failure.

Social, legal and ethical issues of e-business.



Evaluate the technologies, components and technology trends including security,

standards and CRM that allow the creation and delivery of e-businesses and e-business

systems.

Create and manage a prototype e-commerce store using on-line tools within a hosted

environment.

Analyse the technical opportunities and barriers to the creation of e-businesses.

Apply appropriate tools and techniques to design an e-business architecture.

Understand in detail the social, legal and ethical issues of on-line business.



exercises, practical lab based work, group based activity and independent study. Directed

reading and a major case study will be used to support the learning process.


100% coursework,





Literature.

1. Kalakota, R. and Robinson, M., (July 1999) E-Business, (Addison Wesley Longman

Publishing Co) ISBN: 0201604809

2. Reynolds J, (October 2000), The Complete E-Commerce Book: Design, Build & Maintain

a Successful Web-based Business, CMP Books; ISBN157820061X




277

277

4Z3. Online

Marketing


The objective of the course is to make the students able to identify customer needs, and teach

them to communicate information about products and services to potential customers.

Courses include study in the areas of marketing research, public relations, consumer behavior

and international marketing. Individuals need to develop creative, analytical and leadership

abilities to function in this field



organize and plan effective advertising campaigns by determining the public demand for

services and products.





50% from individual project and 50 % Final Exam





Literature.

1. The McGraw-Hill 36-Hour Course: Online Marketing (McGraw-Hill 36-Hour

Courses) by Lorrie Thomas

2. Marketing in the Age of Google: Your Online Strategy IS Your Business Strategy by

Vanessa Fox

5O1. Artificial

Intelligence


This is an introduction to the theory and practice of artificial intelligence. It covers areas like

reasoning under uncertainty, learning, natural language, vision and robotics.

The course also explains some of the more recent ideas in the field, including simulated

annealing, memory-bounded search, global ontologies, dynamic belief networks, neural nets,

inductive logic programming, computational learning theory, and reinforcement learning.


This course will prepare you to understand how AI can be used in your work, and it will

prepare you to take advanced courses and to begin working on AI research projects. Another

objective is to provide the student with experience using AI techniques. Toward this end, the

student will have both the chance to program a variety of AI techniques as well as to

concentrate on an AI project during a substantial portion of the course.




278

278

By the end of the course, you should have a general knowledge of the eld of AI. You should

be able to recognize when AI techniques are necessary to solve a problem. You should be





Homework and programming assignments: 25%

Project: 25%

Final Exam: 50%


Prolog, Python, Mathlab and Java



Literature.

1. Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach (3rd Edition), Stuart J. Russell

2. Artificial Intelligence: A Systems Approach (Computer Science), M. Tim Jones

5O2. Game

Development


This course contains all relevant elements of inventing and programming a 2D game.

Topics include 2D graphics, animation, interactivity and UI, sound, 2D platform, collision,

AI, scripting, persistence...


This course will prepare students to use different tools and methods how to programe games.



and independent study.


100 % Project work


Java , GameMaker 8.1



Literature.




279

279

1. The Game Maker's Apprentice: Game Development for Beginners by Jacob Habgood and

Mark Overmars

2. The Game Maker's Companion by Jacob Habgood and Nana Nielsen

5O3. Cloud

Computing


Developing applications for the server-side

Definition of cloud computing: what is cloud computing, purpose, role and importance,

objectives Challenges: Infrastructure Management, Application Architecture for cloud, data

storage, security, other aspects Features: on demand self-provisioning, elasticity and

scalability, access in the form of services, monitoring, sharing of resources (pooling), etc..

Service models: IaaS (Infrastructure-as-a-Service), PaaS (Platform-as-a-Service), SaaS

(Software-as-a-Service), XaaS Detailed overview of IaaS:

• Overview of concepts, architectural perspective

• Private cloud, public cloud, hybrid cloud, virtual cloud

• Getting to know and compare the most important IaaS technologies

Detailed overview of PaaS:


• Changes in development models: data persistence: distributed file systems, unstructured

storage, NoSQL database, SQL database in the cloud; Business tier: Web services, REST

services, other technology runtime environment

• Understanding and comparison of major PaaS technologies: Java EE, Azure, Google App

Engine, etc.

Detailed overview of SaaS:


• Access Models, Development Concepts

• Business models, Cloud Services (location, data delivery, data enrichment, integration

services, business intelligence, etc.).

Deployment models

• Private, public, hybrid, shared cloud

• On premises, remote, hybrid model, overview of providers






1. Borko Furht, Armando Escalante; Handbook of Cloud Computing, Springer, 2010.

2. Barrie Sosinsky; Cloud Computing Bible, Wiley; 2011.

3. George Reese; Cloud Application Architectures: Building Applications and

Infrastructure in the Cloud, O'Reilly Media; 2009.




280

280

5O4. Network

Programming


Programming with an overview of the principles of computer networks, including an

overview of the OSI reference model and various popular network protocol suites.

Concentration on Unix interprocess communication (IPC), network programming using TCP

and UDP, as well as client-side and mobile programming. Programming projects in Java or

Python are required.


By the end of this course, you will be able to:

Understand the OSI reference model and a variety of network protocols.

Implement specific network programming constructs on Unix platforms to create

robust real-world sockets-based applications.

Design and implement client/server programs using a variety of protocols and

platforms.

Apply the concepts of the Java or Python programming language to the construction

of moderately complex software implementation problems.






40% Labor Exercise and 60% Final exam.


Java, Python



Literature.

1. Java Network Programming Fourth Edition Edition; Elliotte Rusty Harold 2013

Foundations of Python Network Programming; Authors: Rhodes, Brandon, Goerzen, John;

2014

5Z1. Meetings

and Negotiations



analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about the

course Meetings and Negotiations aims to provide students with the necessary skills required

for planning, organizing and conducting meetings in English. This course has a strong focus

on speaking skills, which means that a lot of time will be dedicated to group work in which

meetings will be simulated. In addition to that, students will acquire specific vocabulary and




281

281

typical phrases frequently used in meetings, as well as theoretical input necessary for

successfully planning (and taking part in) meetings.


The students will gain skills needed to negociate and to discus in English.


The learning methods are a combination of Theory, practical project work and independent

study.`


100 % Final Exam


Office



Literature.

1. The Negotiation Fieldbook, Second Edition: Simple Strategies to Help You Negotiate

Everything by Grande Lum

2. 9 Ways to Create a Win-Win Negotiation with Speakers (Meeting Planning) by Jeff

Davidson

5Z2. Software

Quality

Assurance


In this course the students will be familiar with the following topics : Software quality

factors, The components of the SQA system, Development and quality plans, Software testing

strategies, Test-driven development, Configuration management

Software quality metrics



Select an appropriate approach to software development and software quality assurance

(SQA) for different situations and organizations.

Use his/her knowledge and understanding of SQA to undertake a variety of SQA tasks

(e.g. develop quality plans or estimate software quality using metrics)

Discuss theoretical aspects of SQA without referring to sources





282

282

The learning outcomes will be achieved through a combination of lectures, seminars,

classroom exercises and independent study. Students will be expected to spend a total of 150

hours , including independent study


Coursework: 50%, Final Examination: 50%





Literature.

1. Galin, D., (2004) Software Quality Assurance - From theory to implementation (Harlow:

Pearson Education Limited)

2. Gillies, A.,Software Quality: Theory and Management, 2nd ed. (London: International

Thomson Computer Press)

3. Schulmeyer, G. Gordon and McManus, James I. (Eds) Handbook of software quality

assurance, 3rd ed. (Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Prentice Hall)

5Z3. Internet of

things


The Internet of Things (IoT) is a course about the new paradigm of objects interacting with

people, with information systems, and with other objects. The course will focus on creative

thinking and on hands-on project development. The students will learn: – IoT concepts – IoT

technologies – Creative thinking techniques – Co-creation techniques This subject does not

have the intention of being a comprehensive course about the technologies involved in IoT.

The focus will be more on the possibilities offered by the different technologies, and on the

creative thinking techniques to find innovative applications of combinations of such

technologies in real-life scenarios. Several presentations will also be scheduled in which

people from industry will make presentations about selected topics related to the IoT.



Explain in a concise manner how the general Internet as well as Internet of Things work.

Understand constraints and opportunities of wireless and mobile networks for Internet of

Things. Use basic measurement tools to determine the real-time performance of packet based

networks.

Analyse trade-offs in interconnected wireless embedded sensor networks.


Individual and group workshops




283

283

Assignments, based on independent study and on workshop activities. Independent study

90 h. Students are expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the modules including

independent study


In course assessments 50%. Open book topic based exams (three one hour papers) 50%


Presentatios, coding, research



Literature.

1. "Internet of Things: A Hands-on Approach", by Arshdeep Bahga and Vijay Madisetti

(Universities Press)

2. ”Designing the Internet of Things”, Authors: Adrian McEwen, Hakim Cassimally

Publishing: John Wiley & Sons, 324 pages, Dec 9, 2013

6O1. Mobile

Computing



analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of indrodutionary concepts about technical

and other limitations of mobile computing, Mobile computing: in-vehicle computing and fleet

computing Portable computing devices



to use the technology to wirelessly connect to and use centrally

located information and/or application software through the application of small, portable,

and wireless computing and

communication devices


The learning methods are a combination of Theory, Home-work and independent study.`


Coursework: 50%, Final Examination: 50%



https://books.google.ro/books/about/Designing_the_Internet_of_Things.html?id=af11AQAAQBAJ&redir_esc=y

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mobile_computing#Technical_and_other_limitations_of_mobile_computing

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mobile_computing#Technical_and_other_limitations_of_mobile_computing

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mobile_computing#Mobile_computing:_in-vehicle_computing_and_fleet_computing

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mobile_computing#Mobile_computing:_in-vehicle_computing_and_fleet_computing

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mobile_computing#Portable_computing_devices




284

284



Literature.

1. Mobile Computing, Raj Kamal

2. Mobile Computing Principles: Designing and Developing Mobile Applications with UML

and XML, Reza B'Far

6O2. IT-Security




information systems, databases and distributed networked applications have become

pervasive in today's commercial world, organizations and individuals recognize the

importance of security for systems engineering, operation and administration.

In this lecture we will mainly deal with application level security. This includes the following

topics:

Basics of Cryptography

Cryptographic Primitives

Cryptographic Protocols

User Authentication

Access Control

Security Management

Software Security and Secure Coding

The Human Factor in Security



Use different chryptographic methods and algorithms

To apply different security levels and protokols for authentification and access control.

To develop new chryptographics algorithms





50 % Project, 50 % Final Exam


Java




285

285



Literature.

1. IT Security Metrics : A Practical Framework for Measuring Security & Protecting Data,

Lance Hayden

2. Computer and Information Security Handbook (The Morgan Kaufmann Series in

Computer Security) by John R. Vacca and John R. Vacca

6O3. Distributed

Systems


The objective of the course is to give the students information about

Process

Naming , Synchronization

Consistency and Replication

Fault Tolerance Security

OSI-Open Standard Interface, network protocols, Ethernet, Physical and MAC layers,

network security and distributed systems.



Understand and explain the concept of communication

Understand and explain layered protocols and OSI

Understand and explain network security

Learn by self-study using course textbooks and use software modelling tools

Contribute to discussion on aspects of local and wide area networks and also to discussion on

distributed systems


Teaching methods are through lectures, seminars, exercises and animated work.


study.


Seminar Works: 30% , Final Exam : 70%,


C Language



Literature.

1. Maarten van Steen, Andrew S. Tanenbaum; Distributed Systems, 3rd edition, 2017.

2. A.Tannenbaum, Distributed Systems: Principles and Paradigms, Pearson 2008




286

286

3. George Colouris, Distributed Systems: Concepts and Design, Addison Wesley, 2005

6O4. Final

thesis/ project

The bachelor’s thesis is a professionally and independently work of students in the 6th

semester with 18 ECTS credits. The aim of the bachelor’s thesis is to make the students able

to apply the gained knowledge and skills during the study into practical professional tasks.

Theses as such should deepen the knowledge and skills of a student in a professional area

(Software Engineering, Software Design and Internet Technology) and to show that the

student has developed a capacity for independent analytical thought.

In the bachelor thesis the students should be able to document their individual contribution in

form of written documentation. This document should include the relevance of the problem of

the topic, its relationship to existing knowledge, issue or hypothesis, methodology, results and

discussion.

Bachelor’s thesis process begins with contacting the professor of student’s field of interest

and agreeing on the topic of the thesis.

Once a topic and a supervisor for the thesis have been agreed, an official topic application

must be submitted to the relevant institute. The institute confirms the topic and appoints the

supervisor and the instructor for the thesis.

The "Software Design" program is in full compliance with the new European higher

education guidelines as specified in the Bologna agreement. In the business administration

program, studies last for 3 years, or 6 semesters each having 30 ECTS, which means that studies

are completed after the compendium of 180 ECTS. The amount of engagement hours for an

ECTS is 25 hours of study (1 ECTS = 25 hours).

• 1 ECTS = 25 hours of engagement;

• 1 semester = 30 ECTS;

• 1 year = 60 ECTS x 25 hours = 1,500 hours of engagement;

• 3 years = 180 ECTS x 25 hours = 4,500 hours of engagement.

Throughout the study period, the practical part will reach about 65% of the theoretical part

of classroom learning. Meanwhile, in the last semester of the third year of studies, students will

partake on the professional practice which counts 4 ECTS.

The University of Prizren “Ukshin Hoti” has signed an agreement with the Kosovo

Business Alliance for professional practice placement in public companies, private companies,

financial institutions, banks and other companies. There is also an agreement signed with the

Edirne-Turkey Chamber of Commerce and Industry for students to pursue their professional

practice.




287

287


Strengths:

Active involvement of academic staff in program development;

Expected results tailored to the appropriate level (level VII) in the National

Qualifications Framework;

Syllabus plans contain detailed information on the learning process (course content,

student load, assessment methods, literature, etc.);

Extensive use of IT tools during the learning process;

The Software Design Program is comparable to similar study programs organized at

some well ranked universities in reagon and broarder in south eastern Europe;

Offering the program in Bosnian and Turkish language;

Weaknesses:

Poor level of knowledge of English language by students;


Opportunities:

Offering the program in English language;




Threats:

Large student groups;

Translating literature from English to Albanian.




288

288

3.2.5. Students

The "Software Design" program is dedicated to all candidates who have completed

secondary education (which is certified by diploma). As such, all candidates holding a high

school diploma will be eligible to apply for a place in the announcement of UPZ for the


The criteria for student enrolment are foreseen by the Law of Higher Education in Kosovo,











communities.

Candidates are eligible for admission to UPZ and for enrolment after they successfully pass

the exam, based on the number of points earned. Students, after being admitted, on the date of

the beginning of the academic year, are welcomed by the Dean and the academic staff and


them to join the University Management System (UMS)

After the student enrolment, they are divided into groups as defined in the regulation prot.

no. 01-121, dated 20.04.2018. Separation of groups for both lectures and exercises is done in

order to ensure an effective and interactive process of teaching and learning.

Compulsory

lectures

Elective lectures


/ elective subjects

Faculty of Computer

Science – Software

Design

Up to 90 Min.20 – Max 70 Up to 30



Faculty of Computer

Science – Software

Design

Year 2016/2017 2017/2018 2018/2019

Number of active





289

289

Number of studentthat

have been

unregistered

78 56 10




Faculty of Computer

Science Year 2016/2017 2017/2018 2018/2019

Software Design –

TOTAL 232 274 298


38 194 56 218 68 231



Faculty of Computer

Science Year 2016/2017 2017/2018 2018/2019

Software Design -

TOTAL 95 92 134


13 82 76 16 29 105










The Faculty of Computer Science has a Regulation on the Determination of Undergraduate

Studies Criteria that informs students of their rights and obligations and information on any

other aspect related to undergraduate studies. This regulation is published online and is

accessible by any student. Students are also organized and have within each faculty the Student

Council and Student Parliament to guarantee their rights. Students in certain percentages are

also part of the UPZ senior management team, such as the Senate, but also at the faculty level




290

290

as well as at the Faculty Council, and are part of the various commissions that are created at

the faculty level.

The average percentage of students passing through the Computer Science Faculty is

around 70%. Meanwhile, the percentage of students who drop out of studies ranges from 10%

to 30%.


Strengths:



master level;








Weaknesses:


interested parties;




methods;


Opportunities:




Threats:






291

291

3.2.6. Research




be implemented within the general research program at University level.








There are 81 papers published in the last 3 years and those papers have been cited 243

times.


Strengths:

Diversity of research and scientific publications in the field of CS;




projects;

Student participation in projects or scientific research


Group work in research and projects development

Weaknesses:





Opportunities:










292

292





Threats:






The Faculty of Computer Science possesses a suitable environment, sufficient human

resources and technological equipment for the development of a quality teaching process.

Just as mentioned in the previous points of this report, the Faculty co-uses the building with

Faculty of Law. As such, this object offers favourable conditions for the development of the

learning process as well as a reactionary environment around it.

The faculty of the Faculty of CS has 7 halls including the Amphitheatre, divided into 2

floors with an area of about 1762 m2. The facility is also equipped with elevators to meet the

needs of people with special needs or other people. The facility also has offices for the Dean,

Vice dean, Head of Teaching, Secretariat, Bachelor-level Students Officer, Master-level

Students Officer, and offices for 5 full-time Professors. The table below presents the detailed

information about the classes in the Faculty of Computer Science.

II The list of classes at the Faculty of Computer Science with space S=1762 m2

No Classes Space in m2 Capacity in

chairs

Number of

Computers

Number of

Projectors Books

1

S421

Teaching class

Computer Lab

Building IV

100 50 25 1




293

293

2

S422

Teaching class

Building IV 100 80 / 1

3

S423

Teaching class


4

S430

Computer Lab

Building IV 100 50 25 1

5

S431

Teaching class


6

S432

Teaching class


7 Amphitheatre

Building III 600 280 / 1

8 Library

Building I 350 90 30 / 200

9

Office 419

Dean

Building IV 20 1+5 1 /

10

Office 420

Vice dean


11

Office 428

Professors

Building IV 20 3 3 /

12

Office 429

Secretary and Head of

Teaching

Building IV

16 2 2 /

13

Office 418

TA Office

Building IV 100 10 / /

14

Office 401

Administration


15 Other supporting areas

(toilets, halls, stairs …) 500




294

294


Strengths:




Modern building

Modern, well equipped ICT/computing Lab Facilities

Library resources

Secure

Smoke-free

Access to public transportation

Accessibility for disabled

Weaknesses:




being taught.

More space needed

More quiet study spaces needed

Poor internet, Wi-Fi – need more wireless options.

Lack of specialized lab/studio spaces

Opportunities:



Setting the new specialized lab/studio spaces throw international funding

Providing the better internet connectivity throw national/local funding

Threats:


of budget.

Overflow of undergrad students





295

295

Program 5 – Information Technologies and Telecommunication (ITT), BSc,

re/accreditation

The name of the study program Information Technologies and

Telecommunication




BA


in full and short form Bachelor of Science in Computer Science – BSc

with concentration in : Information

Technologies and Telecommunication


Subject

Aresa Codes (ESAC)

11.3

Profile of the academic program Information Technologies and

Telecommunication

Minimum duration of the study 3 years (6 semesters).


breaks from work, distance study, etc.) Regular 250 + 50 Part-time

Number of ECTS 180 ECTS or 60 ECTS/year

Modules/Subjects (Short overview) Semester I

1. Mathematics 1

2. Programming

3. Digital Technology

4. Fundamentals of Data Communication

5. IT and Entrepreneurship

6. English for Computer Science I

7. Introduction to Networking

Semester II

8. Algorithms & Data Structures

9. Discrete math

10. Sensors and Interfaces

11. Computer Architecture and OS

12. English for Computer Science II

13. Introduction to Web Languages and

Technologies




296

296

14. E-Business

Semester III

15. Transmission Methods

16. Object-oriented Analysis and Design

17. Software Engineering

18. Electronic Devices

19. English for Computer Science III

20. Operating Systems

21. Requirements in System Design

Semester IV

22. TCP/IP Technology

23. Microcontrollers

24. Authentication and Cryptography

25. Research Methods

26. English for Computer Science IV

27. Human–Computer Interaction

28. Web Design

Semester V

29. Databases Systems

30. Security in IT-Networks

31. Advanced IP-Technologies and Networks

32. Tools for Internet Security

33. Quality Management

34. Information Management

35. Finite Automata and Formal Languages

Semester VI

36. Dynamic Contents of Web-Engineering

37. Concepts of Mobile Telecommunication

38. Cloud computing

39. Final Thesis/Project

Students number

Regular 180 + 0 part-time

Leader of the study field/program Prof. Ass. Dr. Arsim Susuri

Permanent academic personnel




297

297


(Number according to personnel categories)

Five (5) Professors: (2 Prof. Asoc., 3 Prof.Ass.) and

(6) Assistants

Study fees 25 euros per semester




298

298


The Faculty of Computer Science operates within the University of Prizren “Ukshin Hoti”.

The Faculty of Computer Science of the University of Prizren “Ukshin Hoti” in Prizren offers

two programs of Bachelor studies: The “Software Design” (SD) and the “Information

Technologies and Telecommunication” (ITT) program and a master of science program

“Computer and Technologies of Communication”.







Bachelor level of studies at the Faculty of Computer Science at the University of Prizren

“Ukshin Hoti”. This University serves the region of Prizren and the country with recruiting,


The University aims through the programs to provide students with the necessary skills and


world.

The mission of this study programme is to promote the study of Computer Science based

on European (Bologna process) programs and experience. These programs guaranties that our

students will be specialist in the area of computer science, with main focus in Information

Technologies and Telecommunication.

Information Technologies and Telecommunication interlink ever more closely in practice.

New applications are constantly arising at the interfaces of safe data processing and data

communication: from solutions for the operators of rail and road systems and for the security

of electronic money transfer to domestic support of patients and the elderly.

Enterprises and authorities are taking advantage of ever more comprehensive

communication networks and dynamic web pages, as they are required for interactive Web

applications, portal systems and online shops.

The study program provides students with a holistic perspective, as well as technical

expertise with economical elements and the ability to work in a team, elements which are

demanded not only in education but also in profession.

Expected learning outcomes;

• Students will obtain an elementary and intermediate level knowledge of

telecommunication and information technologies; i.e., the distinguishing characteristics of

these technologies, the basic technical underpinnings of these technologies, and the uses of

these technologies.

• Students will obtain an elementary and intermediate level knowledge of wired and

wireless local and wide area network technologies, how they work, what their functions are,

and how they are established.




299

299

• Students will have an understanding of the information that is transported on the

network, and the importance of its accuracy and security.

• Students will obtain an elementary level knowledge and will be able to apply relational

database concepts, principles, and theories to designing and creating information systems.

• Students will obtain an elementary level knowledge and will be able to apply operating

system and hardware (microprocessors) concepts and principles to problem solving in the

context of computer systems.

• Students will be able to explain the theory and principles of information and

telecommunication technologies.

• Students will be competent in the professional practices associated with information

and telecommunication technologies.

During the study, the students will be covered with all necessary information and

knowledge from theory and practice. On this bachelor the students will be able to apply the

knowledge gained through three years of study, in order to develop, implement and progress

towards master study within a country or abroad.






enrolment and ending with graduation.

The Faculty of Computer Science, part of which is this program, has satisfactory academic,


the Faculty has its own facility with XX study halls. For the management of students' requests

and dossier is the Secretary of the Faculty of Computer Science and the Services Officer of

Bachelor students at the Faculty of Computer Science. The Dean of the Faculty of Computer

Science and the Chief of the ITT program are responsible for the process of teaching and other

academic issues.

SWOT analysis for mission, objectives and administration:

Strengths:

The mission of the ITT Program is in harmony with the mission of the Faculty of

Computer Science and the University of Prizren “Ukshin Hoti”;

The objectives set are realistic and achievable, and are the result of consultations

between members of the ITT department;

Expected results of the program as a whole and of the subjects are in line with the level

of bachelor studies and are based on qualifications in the NQF;


in accordance with the UPZ Statute and the regulations of the Faculty of CS;




300

300



The Administration of the Faculty of CS supports the program, including the student's

dossier and their progress to the end of the studies;

In the FCS Regulation for bachelor studies, the Student Complaint Procedure is

foreseen in case of discontent with their assessment;

The facility in which the ITT Department operates meets the criteria for people with

disabilities.

Weaknesses:

The Faculty of CS has not yet managed to provide space to students for professional

practice within the campus;

There is a lack of sophisticated cyber infrastructure and space for innovation;

The labour market in the country is not well defined and well structured.

Opportunities:

It is a unique program, given that global markets today are the target of any economy;

Attractive for students outside Kosovo;

Provides opportunities for bringing new ideas for the establishment of new institutions

in the country, such as institutes and centres for innovation and entrepreneurship, e-

business etc;

The ITT as a program will prepare students for career in business, effective managerial

and leadership skills to contribute to society and to global management;

The program will enhance student-learning abilities in terms of communication skills,

knowledge on globalization and their development as an international manager.

Threats:


The lack of opportunities to compete in the labour market outside of Kosovo.




301

301


Quality management is a continuous challenge to institutions in general and in particular

for the ITT Program. In this case, the University has made concrete steps by adapting and

offering solid opportunities to have a credible quality management and quality assurance

process. Quality assurance, quality management and quality monitoring are organized by the

Quality Assurance Office at the institutional level. Also, the quality assurance coordinators for

each faculty are responsible for following and monitoring more closely the necessary

procedures for quality assurance and management.

In this regard, the commission of studies at the Faculty of CS fulfils its mission, especially

in the design of curricula and control in their implementation.

At the University level, regulations and procedures for quality assurance have been adopted

such as: Committee's Work Regulation for Quality Assurance, Guidelines for Quality

Assurance, and the Strategy for Quality Assurance.

These documents provide the necessary procedures and mechanisms for the quality of

teaching and research to be equivalent to international standards of quality assurance in

teaching, learning and research. These documents foresee the utilization of quantitative and

qualitative instruments for quality assurance, such as: questionnaires, interviews, monitoring,

evaluation scheme, self-evaluation reports, but also double assessment, and external

consultancy.

The Faculty of CS, respectively the ITT Program organizes the evaluation process as well

as the self-evaluation of the academic and administrative staff. Even students are part of this

assessment by evaluating the teaching and pedagogical process of the academic staff, this

assessment is made in full confidentiality and the results are provided to staff separatel.

It is worth mentioning that our faculty has taken these assessments into account in the cases

of re-election and selection of the academic staff.


Strengths:


the continuity of the quality assurance process;

There is good coordination among all relevant bodies and human resources, academic

staff and students in the development of internal and external evaluation processes;

The applying of IT systems, electronic communication and student networking has an

overall positive impact. Communication between academic and administrative staff and

students is also very advanced and credible. Also, the modernization of the electronic

collection of necessary information from staff, students, administrative services and so

on has been achieved;




302

302

Compared to the earlier stages of the process of quality assurance, there is now a greater

experience both in terms of quality management, but also by the staff and students

themselves, all of which contribute to quality assurance through providing quality

programs.

Weaknesses:

Lack of funding for maintaining the quality assurance process;

Lack of motivation among students to engage in quality assurance procedures.

Opportunities:

A good quality assurance system increases the opportunities for participation in


Increase the employability of graduates in the labor market outside Kosovo;

Involvement of students and stakeholders in the quality assurance process increases the

student's awareness of studying at internationally recognized study programs.

Threats:

Lack of a well defined and well structured labor market.


In the "Software Design" Program at the Faculty of Computer Science, an academic staff



and employment conditions have been clearly described.

So far, the Faculty of Computer Science has 2 Associate Professors, 3 Assistant Professors

and 6 Assistants. In this program there are also 3 Adjunct Professors, 3 Adjunct lecturers and

4 Adjunct Assistants. Besides, during this semester, as adjunct staff are hired 3 Professors with

an academic call of Prof. Asoc. Dr or Prof.Ass. Dr., 1 lecturer with the scientific degree Dr.Sc.

and 2 with MSc degrees and 5 Assistants with ongoing PhD studies.




Regular assistants cover 55% of exercise hours.

More details on Professors and Assistants are given in the following table for the semester

of the academic year 2018/2019:




303

303

Table 2: The list of academic staff for the academic year 2018/191


Duration of Contract

Nr. of teaching

hours per staff

member

NR Name and Surname Academic call Grade Start End L E Total

1 Samedin Krrabaj Prof. Asoc. Dr. Dr.Sc 20.04.2018 19.04.2022 4 0 4

2 Naim Baftiu Prof.Asoc.Dr. Dr.Sc 20.04.2018 19.04.2022 2 0 2

3 Ercan Canhasi Prof.Ass. Dr. Dr.Sc 03.03.2015 02.03.2019 14 0 14

4 Arsim Susuri Prof.Ass. Dr. Dr.Sc 01.10.2018 30.09.2022 16 0 16

5 Malush Mjaku Prof.Ass. Dr. Dr.Sc 01.10.2017 30.09.2020 6 0 6

6 Dhuratë Hyseni Ass. Dr.Sc. 16.10.2018 15.10.2019 4 2 6

7 Zirije Hasani Ass. PhD.c 22.05.2017 21.05.2020 6 8 14

8 Agon Kokaj Ass. Dr.Techn. 16.10.2018 15.10.2019 4 4

9 Arbër Beshiri Ass. PhD.c 01.10.2018 30.09.2021 8 8

10 Betim Maloku Ass. PhD.c 09.03.2016 08.03.2019 2 2

11 Ilir Murturi2 Ass. PhD.c 09.03.2016 08.03.2019 0 0 0

Total 28 24 52

Part-Time Professors and Assistants Duration of Contract

Nr. of teaching

hours per staff

member

NR Name and surname Academic call Grade Start End L E Total

1 Kajtaz Bllaca Prof. Ass. Dr. Dr.Sc. 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 4 0 4

2 Arbnor Pajaziti Prof. Dr. Dr. Sc. 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 2 2 4

3 Edmond Beqiri Prof. Asoc. Dr. Dr.Sc. 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 2 2 4

4 Mevlan Qafleshi Dr.Sc. 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 2 2 4

5 Njomza Bajraktari PhD.c 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 4 4 8

6 Astrit Hulaj PhD.c 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 4 0 4

7 Fesal Baxhaku PhD.c 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 2 2 4

8 Fatime Gashi PhD.c 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 8 8


according to the academic year plan 2 Currently, Ilir is completing his PhD in TU WIEN




304

304

9 Arta Misini MSc. 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 20 20

10 Elissa Mollakuqe PhD.c 01.10.2018 30.01.2019 2 2

Total 20 42 62


60 ECTS credits in the ITT program there should be employed a full time Professor with a

doctorate degree. Responsible for the ITT program, are:

• Prof. Ass. Dr. Arsim Susuri

• Prof. Asoc. Dr. Naim Baftiu

• Prof. Ass. Dr. Malush Mjaku

On the other hand, the infrastructure of the Faculty of Computer Science is such that it has

enabled each academic staff to have an office equipped with computers and other equipment










Strengths:



Software Development Program;

Relatively young staff, mainly educated in western countries in well known universities

Sufficient knowledge of the English language by a considerable number of the

academic staff.



Weaknesses:









305

305

Opportunities:




Threats:




The ITT Program is in full compliance with the new European higher education guidelines

as specified in the Bologna agreement. In the ITT Program, studies last for 3 years, respectively

6 semesters, whereby each semester has 30 ECTS, which means that studies are completed

after the collection of 180 ECTS. The amount of engagement hours for an ECTS is 25 hours

of study (1 ECTS = 25 hours).

International comparability of the programme:

Conform Bologna Accord and in compliance with the European Quality Standards

In the spirit of the mission and the vision of the Public University of Prizren, and based

on specifics of the Computer Science program,

Provision of quality studies based on the most advanced international practices is the

main objective of this Faculty. The process for achieving this objective is realized by

building upon the Bologna Accord, European Quality Standards, and international

academic institutions. The study plan of the Faculty of Computer Science has been

harmonized with study plans of these universities: Vienna University of Technology,

Johannes Kepler University in Linz, Kingston University, Imperial College London,

Muenchen University of Technology.

In Kosovo there are some Universities (public and private) which offer the different

programs in Computer Science and Technology. University of Prishtina (Mathematic

Faculty and Technical Faculty) provides two programs mainly software oriented.

Technical Faculty provides also a new program in Mechatronic, but all these programs

are only partly similar to our proposed program.

The main private Universities that provide programs in Computer Science and

Technology are UBT (University for Business and Technology), AAB-Riinvest as well

as Iliria. Although the programs of these Universities are in some relationships with

some Universities from abroad (case UBT), there is no indication of any big

achievement regarding the labor market and society needs. This first of all because the

programs do not meet the requirements of labor market. Entering the internal and

external labor market;




306

306

Graduates of this program " Information Technologies and Telecommunication" are

expected to be employed frequently in the telecommunication and software development sector

in in very broad range of positions which require a combination of specialist knowledge and

interdisciplinary.




307

307

The information table of the study program under assessment should be completed as follows:

Year I

Semester I Hours/weeks


M Mathematics 1 2 2 6 Dr. Kajtaz Bllaca

M Programming 2 2 6 Dr. Ercan Canhasi

M Digital Technology 2 2 6 Dr. Samedin Krrabaj

M Introduction to Networking 2 2 6 Dr. Arsim Susuri

E IT and Entrepreneurship 2 2 6 Dr. Edmond Beqiri

E English for Computer Science I 2 2 6 Dr. Njomza Bajraktari

E Fundamentals of Data

Communication

2 2 6 Dr. Dhuratë Hyseni

Total 30

Semester II

1 M Algorithms & Data Structure 2 2 6 Dr. Ercan Canhasi

2 M Discrete math 2 2 6 Dr. Kajtaz Bllaca

3 M Sensors and Interfaces 2 2 6 Dr. Arsim Susuri

4 M Computer Architecture and OS 2 2 6 Dr. Samedin Krrabaj

5 E English for Computer Science II 2 2 6 Dr. Njomza Bajraktari

6 E Introduction to Web Languages

and Technologies

2 2 6 Dr. Dhuratë Hyseni

7 E E-Business 2 2 6 PhD.C Zirije Hasani

Total 30




308

308




309

309

Year II

Semester III Hours/weeks

Nr. O/E Subject L E ECTS Lecturer

1. M Transmission Methods 2 2 6 Dr. Malush Mjaku

2. M Object-oriented Analysis and

Design

2 2 6 PhD.C Fesal Baxhaku

3. M Software Engineering 2 2 6 PhD.C Fesal Baxhaku

4. M Electronic Devices 2 2 6 Dr. Mevlan Qafleshi

5. E English for Computer Science

III

2 2 6 Dr. Njomza Bajraktari

6. E Operating Systems 2 2 6 Dr. Arsim Susuri

7. E Requirements in System Design 2 2 6 Dr. Dhuratë Hyseni

Total 30

Semester IV

1 M TCP/IP Technology 2 2 6 Dr. Malush Mjaku

2 M Microcontrollers 2 2 6 Dr. Samedin Krrabaj

3 M Authentication and

Cryptography

2 2 6 PhD.C Fesal Baxhaku

4 M Research Methods 2 2 6 Dr. Malush Mjaku

5 E English 4 2 2 6 Dr. Njomza Bajraktari

6 E Human–Computer Interaction 2 2 6 Dr. Mevlan Qafleshi

7 E Web Design 2 2 6 Dr. Dhuratë Hyseni

Total 30




310

310

Year III

Semester V Hours/weeks

Nr. O/E Subject L E ECTS Lecturer

1. M Cloud computing 2 2 6 Dr. Arsim Susuri

2. M Security in IT-Networks 2 2 6 Dr. Naim Baftiu

3. M Advanced IP-Technologies and

Networks

2 2 6 Dr. Malush Mjaku

4. M Tools for Internet Security 2 2 6 Dr. Naim Baftiu

5. E Quality Management 2 2 6 Dr. Naim Baftiu

6. E Information management 2 2 6 Dr. Dhuratë Hyseni

7. E Finite Automata and Formal

Languages

2 2 6 To be decided

Total 30

Semester VI

1 M Dynamic Contents of Web-

Engineering

2 2 6 PhD.C Zirije Hasani

2 M Concepts of Mobile

Telecommunication

2 2 6 Dr. Arsim Susuri

3 M Databases Systems 2 2 6 Dr. Samedin Krrabaj

4 M Final Thesis/Project 0 1 12 All

Total 30




311

311

1O1. Mathematics 1


The objective of the course is to give the students oportunity to define,

understand, apply, analyze, evaluate and create ideas on wide range of

indrodutionary concepts about mathematical logic (statements and

predicate logic), formal foundations, Moduloarithmetik, identification

of (pseudo-) prime numbers (Fermat, Carmichael, ...), factorization,

series development and fundamentals of computer graphics.



understand practical benefit of Mathematic in Computer Science

have on overview on a basic knowledge in mathematical logic and

analysis able to use math formulas in order to solve problems in

computer science (programming)


This module is taught through a series of weekly lectures and

problemm solving sessions.

The learning outcomes are achieved through a combination of

lectures, supervised practical work and independent study/practice.


20% Coursework and 80% Final exam.


Matlab



independent study.

Total module study time, classes and independent study time: 150

hours.

Literature.

1. Matematika 1, Isak Hoxha

1O2. Programming

Short description of the content The objective of the course is to give the students oportunity to define,


indrodutionary concepts about identifiers, variables, constants,

assignment statement, arithmetic operators, integer, floating point

representations, the accuracy of computations, expressions and




312

312

statements, arrays, records, functions, lists. Basic control constructs:

sequencing, iteration, selection, recursion, sample of algorithms.

Expected learning aims and outcomes Programming Essentials is a core module in Computer Science

module s and is an important prerequisite for later advanced modules

in programing. The module aims to introduce fundamental

programming concepts that are common to all programming tasks and

to develop students’ confidence in writing programs. On successful

completion of this module, the student will be able to:

To understand and use the fundamental components of a

programming language.

Define fundamental programming constructs and data

structures.

Review algorithms as abstractions independently of any

computing environment

To undertake basic problem solving using appropriate

techniques.

To document source code using appropriate tools and

procedures.

To write and use suitable tests for programs and program

components.

To use the language and library documentation to find and use

appropriate objects and their methods.

Teaching and learning methods;

This module is taught through a series of weekly lectures, laboratory

and problem solving sessions.

A ‘problem solving’ session is also provided each week to allow

students to obtain help with understanding material and to encourage

them to think through the programming assignments in a structured

way before attempting to write the code.


lectures, supervised practical work and independent study/practice. A

maximum of 60 hours formal contact time (lecture and lab) is

available.

Independent study/problem solving sessions: 90 hours


hours.

evaluation methods and passing criteria;





313

313


Java, C++ , Visual Studio



independent study.

Basic literature to be used in each module 1. Robert Sedgewick, Algorithms in C#, 2010

2. Sprankle M (2006). “Problem Solving and Programming

Concepts”. Pearson.


4. Paul Vickers, “How to Think Like a Programmer: Problem

Solving for the Bewildered” (2008), CENGAGE Learning.

1O3. Digital Technology

Short description of the content The objective of the course is to give the students oportunity to define,


indrodutionary concepts about binary logic and its application.

Students learn binary number representation and the representing of

numbers in different ways. Logic networks are explained and

extended to synchronous sequential logic systems by introducing

states (state machine).

Expected learning aims and outcomes Students will learn also the fundamentals of Boolean algebra, as well

as logic functions of n variables, logic gates and circuits, algebraic

expressions of logic circuits. Simplifications both algebraic and with

Karnaugh Veitch Diagram, number representations, unsigned, ones

complement, twos complement, sign and absolute value, floating

point. Addition on gate level (half adder, full adder). Conversion

between binary, decimal and hexadecimal. CMOS technology. Flip

Flops, synchronous sequential logic systems. Computer architecture,

simple assembler commands.

After the module , each student is expected to be able to:

understand and use binary logic and its application

understand and use Boolean algebra, as well as logic functions of n

variables, logic gates and circuits, algebraic expressions of logic

circuits write simple assembler commands





314

314


and problem solving sessions. Independent study/problem solving

sessions: 90 hours


hours.




Different simulation software for digital circuits



independent study.


Lierature:.

1. Dr. Agni H. DIKA, Qarqet Kompjuterike Kombinuese, UP,

Prishtinë

2. Moriss M. Mano, Digital Design, ISBN-10: 0131989243

1O4. Introduction to

Networking

Short description of the content The objective of the course is to give the students information about:

• Wireless LAN

• Switching in the LAN

• Routing in the LAN

• Virtual LANs

• Packet filtering

• Heterogeneous environments

Expected learning aims and outcomes Student will lern basics about the networking, topologies, design,

cabling, LAN, WAN,MAN etc


This module is taught through a series of weekly lectures and and

labs.

During this course each student has to absolve three small lab

exercises. Students will be expected to spend a total of 150 hours on

the module including independent study.





315

315

50 % from and 50% from Final Exam


OPNET, PacketTracer

Ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching


independent study.

Basic literature to be used in each module.

Literature

1. James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross; Computer Networking – A Top-

Down Approach, 7th edition, 2018.

2. Todd Lammle; Network +; Deluxe Study Guide, 2009

3. Shivendra S. Panwar, Shiwen Mao, Jeong-dong Ryoo dhe Yihan

Li; TCP/IP Essentials, Cambridge University, 2004

1Z1. IT and

Entrepreneurship


Inspiration. How are ideas generated, Brainstorming. Theories and

tools for Creative Thinking. Innovation versus discovery. Radical &

incremental Innovation – IT case studies. Vision. Mission Statement,

Personality analysis. Management in IT and innovative companies.

Targets. SWOT and Porter. Value Chain and the “4P’s”.

Organization. Company culture and organisational behaviour. Money.

Introduction to macro- and microeconomics, supply & demand, How

to read a balance sheet The Marketing Plan. Market research and

customer behaviour. Pricing Information. How to inform the world

that the company exists? Branding Leadership and Communication.

Stakeholders, Ethics & values


Explain how creativity and innovation come about. Critically assess

the unique characteristics of high-tech and IT innovation. Apply the

most important management theory and practice to the requirements

of innovative companies. Analyze budget calculations and identify tax

issues. Critically assess the elements needed for a good business plan.

Critically discuss the network, procedures and perspectives which are

important in establishing a company. Discuss social, legal and ethical

issues associated with innovation




316

316

Teaching and learning methods; The learning methods are a

combination of lectures, practical lab based work and independent

study. During this course each student has to absolve three small lab






100% coursework


1. Mellor, R. B. (2003). Innovation Management. Globe, ISBN 87-

7900-196-3

2. Kirby, D. A. (2003). Entrepreneurship. McGraw-Hill, ISBN 0-07-

709858-7

1Z2. English for

Computer Science I


Students will be taught basic English course by practicing

pronunciation, writing skills, work on improving their listening and

understanding of spoken English.


Students will study conversational techniques and practice these

techniques through structured dialogs, dialog improvisation and pair

practice conversations.


This module is taught through a series of weekly lectures and problem

solving sessions. The learning methods are a combination of lectures,

practical lab based work and independent study. During this course

each student has to absolve three small lab exercises. Students will be

expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the module including

independent study.






317

317


No software needed



independent study.


Literature:

1. Opportunities Elementary Student’s Book – Michael Harris ,

David Mower , Anna Sikorzynska

2. Opportunities Elementary Language Powerbook – Michael Dean

, Olivia Johanson

3. Mini – Dictionary, A Modern English Dictionary, Fjalori

Anglisht-Shqip-Anglisht

1Z3. Fundamentals of

Data Communication

Short description of the content (maximum 5 sentences);



indrodutionary concepts about the basic techniques and basic module

of data communication and data network. Acquisition of the most

important TCP/IP protocols and the operating mode of the IP routing

systems.

The students learn Network Principles (Circuit Switching, Packet

switching), OSI Model, Wide Area Networks (X.25, ISDN, Frame

Relay, ATM Basics), LAN Principles, Legacy Ethernet, High Speed

Ethernet, Layer 2 Transparent Bridging, Spanning Tree Protocol,

Layer 2 Switching, VLAN, Layer 3 Routing) .The student gets

detailed insight of internet techniques and is able to configure and

operate Cisco IOS based IP networks.

Transmission Principles, Protocol Principles, TDM Techniques (PDH,

SDH)

Expected learning aims and outcomes After the course, each student is expected to be able to:

understand and use basic techniques and basic module of data

communication and data network,

to get basic of Knowledge of the basic techniques and basic module of

data communication and data network.

to configure and operate Cisco IOS based IP networks.




318

318

Teaching and learning methods; The learning methods are a




the module including independent study. Ratio between the

theoretical and practical part of teaching;





1. Barrie Sosinsky; Networking, Wiley Publishing, 2009

2. Todd Lammle; Network +; Deluxe Study Guide, 2009,

1. 3. Shivendra S. Panwar, Shiwen Mao, Jeong-dong Ryoo dhe Yihan

Li; TCP/IP Essentials, Cambridge University, 2004

2O1. Algorithms and

Data Structures




indrodutionary concepts about fundamental algorithms such as search,

sort, traversal algorithms and fundamental data structures, linear lists,

queues, stacks, sort algorithms, search algorithms, hashes, trees,

graphs, and formal characteristics of algorithms, identification of

efficiency,



have on overview on fundamental data structures and algorithms

use linear lists, queues, sort algorithms, search algorithms, tree, graphs

to implement programs with efficient algorithms


The learning outcomes will be achieved through a combination of

lectures, laboratory, exercises and independent study. Students will be

expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the module including

independent study







319

319

Visual Studio, C#, Java



independent study

Literature.

1. R. Sedgewick: Algorithms in Java (or C++) , Part 1-5.


3. How to Program, H. M. Deitel, P. J. Deitel.

2O3. Sensors and

Interfaces




indrodutionary concepts about Electronics. Students are able to

characterize and analyze simple

Circuits. The students know the components and fundamental

Electronic circuits, which are very often applied in electronic systems

and they know the performance characteristics and the limiting factors

of operations. The students are familiar with

different principles of sensors and the typical range of application

The student gets detailed insight into measurement of non-electric

quantities different principles of electro-mechanical sensors are

presented. Furthermore interface-circuits, bus-systems and analog to

digital converters as well as measures for the compensation of

interfering effects (e.g. non-linearities or temperature dependencies)

will be demonstrated. By means of examples (e.g. traffic guidance

systems) the principles and limiting factors will be shown in a

practical way.



Students are able to characterize and analyze simple Circuits.

to understand the different principles of sensors and the typical range

of application do examples (e.g. traffic guidance systems)





available.







320

320




independent study.


1. Nathan Ida; Sensors, Actuators, and their Interfaces: A

Multidisciplinary Introduction, 2014

2. Ian Sinclair - Sensors and Transducers, Third Edition, Plant a

Tree, 2001.

3. Ekbert Hering - Heinrich Steinhart u.a. – Taschenbuch der

Mechatronik, Fachbuchverlag Leipzig, 2005.

4. W. Bolton – Mechatronics – Electronic Control Systems in

Mechanical and Electrical Engineering, 3rd Edition, Pearson,

Prentice Hall, 2003.

6. SIEMENS: Magnetic Sensors. Application Notes 10.98.

7. Analog Devices: Sensorseminar Autumn-Winter 1999.

2O4. Computer

Architecture and

Operating Systems




indrodutionary concepts about Computer System: Processor:

description of components (Von-Neuman architecture), identification

of factors affecting performance (eg MIPS, FLOPS, clock speed,

computed performance indexes, bus architecture, etc).

Operating Systems: Operating system functions: overview of


Computer operations: use of a proprietary operating system,

generation of environment and systems for a computer user

(file/directory structures, tailoring of screen interface, backup systems

etc).

Network administration: the management of users (maintenance of

work groups, logical and physical security).

Data representation: number system conversions (eg binary, denary,

hexadecimal, floating point numbers, ASCII, Unicode, bit masks,

graphic bitmaps, role of different number systems).

Expected learning aims and outcomes (5-7);


Evaluate performance of a selected computer system

Employ operating systems




321

321

Understand data representation, simple logic and the fetch-execute

cycle of a model microprocessor. Write simple working low-level

programs.



lectures, workshop exercises, tutorials and independent study.

Students are expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the modules

including independent study.

It is expected that centres will use current personal computer and

networking resources. Students should be encouraged to read current

journals to investigate and evaluate new hardware and software

developments.


30% Assignmenet, 70% Final exam


CPU Sim, HASE



independent study.

Basic literature to be used in each module:

1. D. Dick, "The PC Support Handbook", Dumbreck Publishing

(2000),

2. Englander, "Architecture of Computer Hardware and Systems

Software: An IT Approach", 2nd Edition, John Wiley (2000) ISBN

0471361093

3. Hennessy & Patterson, "Computer Architecture: a Quantitative

Approach", Morgan Kaufmann (1995) ISBN 1558603727

4. M. Murdocca, "Principles of Computer Architecture", Prentice

Hall (2000), ISBN

2Z1. English for

Computer Science II


Advanced Writing Skills

Master pre- writing strategies. Write a variety of texts in the target

language.




322

322

Revise and edit their or their friend’s work, Demonstrate awareness

about the audience, tone and purpose of a written text.

Advanced Reading Skills :

Use pre-reading strategies (skimming, scanning, predicting,

previewing) to identify main ideas of a text, develop critical thinking

while reading the text and improve the reading speed

View and read a variety of texts in the target language and respond

appropriately.

Advanced Listening and Speaking Skills

Discuss information from readings or from listening of audio tapes,

Develop vocabulary through exposure to authentic spoken language,

by conversation and discussion of current business/cultural/topical

issues , Have a good pronunciation developed through pronunciation

practice, from sounds to connected speech , Express opinions and

prepare, organize and deliver presentations to an audience or

participate in a large group discussion.

Expected learning aims and outcomes By the end of themodule student will be able to:

To gain advanced knowledge in General English.

They will be able to apply reading skills, to interpret the text for

inferences, attitudes and styles, to deduce meanings from the

context;to develop the students advanced writing skills to enable

them to respond to input applying information to a specified task, to

elicit, to select, to summarize information in a range of writing

activities, such as essays, articles, reports;

To develop the advanced level on listening skills and to enable them

to understand and apply specific information from the input; to

develop the students’ speaking skills to enable them to use general,

social and professional language, to negotiate, report, explain,

summarize and develop a discussion;


50%, Examination: 50% , 95 hours: independent study


Methods include class lectures and continuous practice. In addition,

the class will participate in discussion groups, peer work and group

work. There will be several individual and group projects which then

will be presented to the class. Students will complete individual in-

class assignments as well as regular formal homework tasks

ratio between the theoretical and practical part of teaching;




323

323


independent study.

Basic literature to be used in each module;

1. Viney, P & Viney, K. (1989) Grapevine.. Oxford University Press.

Grant, D. & McLarty, R. (2003) Business Basic. Oxford

University Press Greenall, Swan (1997) Effective Reading. CUP

2O3. Introduction to Web

Languages and

Technologies

Short description of the content On successful completion of the module the student will be able to:

Critically discuss the major developments occurring in the Java

environment and their use in commerce and industry. Design and

write Client and Server components of Web applications. Apply, in

detail, Database Access, Object-Relational-Mapping (ORM) and

Model-View-Controller (MVC) frameworks and techniques for

developing Web applications. Apply the power of Java Enterprise

Edition (JEE) technology using the Spring framework.

Expected learning aims and outcomes The learning outcomes will be achieved through a combination of

lectures, workshop exercises, practical lab based work and

independent study. Directed reading will be


50% , Examination: 50% final exam, 95 hours: independent study




work. There will be several individual and group projects which then

will be presented to the class. Students will complete individual in-

class assignments as well as regular formal homework tasks


Java, .NET, CSS



independent study.





324

324

1. Walls, C. (2008) Spring in Action, 2nd Edition, Manning

Publications Co.

2Z3. e-Business


e-Business models are perhaps the most discussed and least

understood aspect of the web. There is so much talk about how the

web changes traditional business models. This course aims to explain

the different e-Business categories (Internal Business Systems,

Enterprise Communication, Electronic Commerce), as well as several

e-Business Models (E-shops, E-commerce, E-Procurements, e-

Auctions, Third-party marketplaces, etc.).

Expected learning aims and outcomes This course provides the students also an understanding of service

design, mainly online-service design.


50% , Examination: 50% final Exam




work. Students will complete individual in-class assignments as well

as regular formal homework tasks ratio between the theoretical and

practical part of teaching;





independent study.


1. E-Business and E-Commerce Management: Strategy,

Implementation and Practice (4th Edition) by Dave Chaffey

2. E-Business: Strategic Thinking and Practice by Brahm Canzer

3O1. Transmission

Methods


The objective of the course is to know current signal transmission

techniques and the principle structure of communication systems.




325

325

The student gets detailed insight into: Continuous-time / Discrete-time

signals, spectra, Linear time-invariant systems, Frequency response,

Level, Interference signals, Channel capacity,


Intersymbolinterferenz, Baseband/passband signal transmission, Line

codes, Digital modulation techniques (FSK, QAM, PSK; OFDM),

Multiple access techniques (TDMA, CDMA, FDMA, SDMA),

Fundamentals of circuit and packet switching





available.




Mathlab and other software depending from professor



independent study.


1. I.A. Glover, P.M. Grant - Digital Communications. Prentice Hall

2. Tarmo Anttalainen - Introduction to Telecommunications

Engineering. Artech House

3. Salem Lepaja - Telekomunikacioniet, Authorised Lectures.

University of Prishtina

4. Leon W. Couch - Digital and Analog Communication Systems.

Pearson Prentice Hall

3O2. Object-oriented

Analysis and Design




indrodutionary concepts about classes: object, attributes, methods,

representation of Abstract Data Types, the control of scope of




326

326

attributes (member data) and messages (member functions) within a

class, constructors and destructors, inheritance, dynamic binding,

virtual functions and polymorphism, parameter based types

(templates).

Design method: familiarization with a formal (e.g. OMT) or informal

(e.g. CRC cards) object based design method to clarify the roles of the

objects within the system.

Design refinement: clarification of a design using principles of

maximum coherence and minimum coupling between the classes.

Class libraries: use of classes from libraries to produce ‘off-the shelf’

solutions to typical software problems eg encapsulated file system

object or other current uses such as Java applets, databases or visual

components.

Class modification: extension of functionality of a supplied class

using inheritance (this is an opportunity to use ‘windows’ objects,

elements of the Java, C++ (or C#) , STL or other class libraries

relevant to the language development platform and environment in

use).

Expected learning aims and outcomes On successful completion of the module the student will be able to:

Assimilate and use basic object-oriented programming concepts

Use an object-oriented programming design method

Reuse system components using object-oriented programming

principles.


In-course assessment will be based on two specified exams (60%) and

project work (40%) completed throughout the year.





including independent study. Students should be encouraged to read

current journals to investigate and evaluate new hardware and

software developments.





327

327

Java, .NET,



independent study.


1. D. Parsons, "Object-Oriented Programming", Letts Educational,

ISBN 0826454283

2. Shaw, "Java Simplified", A.D.R.(1999) ISBN 1901197883

3. Horton, "Beginning Java 2", WROX (1999) ISBN 1861002238

3O3. Software

Engineering


Analysis , Planning , Implementation

Factors of Software-Project , Unified Process, Introduction to UML

Requirements Analysis, System planning, Implementation of object-

oriented Systems

Test methods , Delivering, Service, Maintenance, Software-quality

insurance

Project definition, -planning, - controlle, -finish, Project management-

Tools

Claim Management, Case study


The course is a survey of the field of software engineering, with a

practical component. On successful completion of the module the

student will be able to:

To explain and apply a broad range of concepts from software

engineering, spanning all aspects the software engineering process

Be able to recognize, define, and make correct use of generally

accepted software engineering terminology.

Have experience of working as a member of a team on a software

engineering project

Have experience applying a representative cross section of software

engineering techniques

Be able to create and use planning, requirements analysis, domain

analysis and design artifacts and carry them into code.

Be able to document all phases of the software development

processes.




328

328


Project Deliverables 40 (%)

Continuous Assessment: 10 (%)

Final Examination 50(%): 1 hour written examination



lectures, tutorials and independent study (project work).


including project work.


Java, UML, Visual Studio



independent study.

Basic literature to be used in each module:

1. I. Sommerville, Software Engineering, Addison Wesley; 8 edition

(May 25, 2006)

2. B. Boehm, R. Turner, Balancing Agility and Discipline: A Guide

for the Perplexed, Addison-Wesley Professional; 1st edition

(August 15, 2003)

3. Jacobson Ivar, Booch Grady, Rumbaugh James: The unified

software development process, Addison-Wesley, 1999

3O4. Electronic Devices




indrodutionary concepts about fundamentals of electrical engineering,

essential properties of semiconductors and integrated circuits (e.g.

operational amplifiers), basic circuits with operational amplifiers

(inverting / non-inverting amplifier, integrator, comparator) and their

application areas.

The students comprehend the main terms of electrical and electronic

engineering and they are able to characterize and analyze simple

electrical networks. The students know the components and basic

electronic circuits, which are applied in essentially every electronic

system and they are able to define the characteristic specifications and




329

329

limits for a given application.

Practical applications are given in exercises in parallel to the lecture.



use a basic gained knowledge about the fundamentals of electrical

engineering

able to characterize and analyze simple electrical networks

understand and use the basic electronic circuits, which are applied in

essentially every electronic system


The learning methods are a combination of lectures, practical lab and

independent study. During this course each student has to absolve

three small lab exercises. Students will be expected to spend a total of

150 hours on the module including independent study.








1. ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUIT THEORY - Robert

Boylestad, Louis Nashelsky, PRENTICE HALL.

2. SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF THEORY AND PROBLEMS OF

ELECTRIC CIRCUITS – Mahmood Nahvi, Joseph A. Edminister,

McGRAW-HILL. 2005.

3. Elektronika, Luciana Toti; Elektronika , Rozeta Mitrushi/Tirane

3Z1. English for

Computer Science III


Students will be taught the upper level of the English language by

practicing pronunciation, writing skills, work on improving their

listening and understanding of spoken English.





330

330

Students will study conversational techniques and practice these

techniques through structured dialogs, dialog improvisation and pair

practice conversations.


The learning methods are a combination of lectures, practical and

independent study. Students will be expected to spend a total of 150

hours on the module including independent study.






Lit.

1. Opportunities Intermediate Student book, Michael Harris

2. Opportunities Intermediate Language Powerbook, Michael

Dean, Elizabeth Sharman, Anna Sikorzynska and Hanna

Mrozowska



3Z2. Operating Systems


Computer System: Processor: description of components (Von-

Neuman architecture), identification of factors affecting performance

(eg MIPS, FLOPS, clock speed, computed performance indexes, bus

architecture, etc).

Operating Systems: Operating system functions: overview of


Computer operations: use of a proprietary operating system,

generation of environment and systems for a computer user

(file/directory structures, tailoring of screen interface, backup systems

etc).

Network administration: the management of users (maintenance of

work groups, logical and physical security).

Data representation: number system conversions (eg binary, denary,

hexadecimal, floating point numbers, ASCII, Unicode, bit masks,

graphic bitmaps, role of different number systems).






331

331

Evaluate performance of a selected computer system

Employ operating systems

Understand data representation, simple logic and the fetch-execute

cycle of a model microprocessor. Write simple working low-level

programs.









developments.


30% Assignment, 70% Final exam

concretization means/ IT;

SOsim, YASS, etc



independent study.

basic literature to be used in each module;

1. Operating System Concept: Abraham Silberschatz, Peter B.

Galvin, Greg Gagne 8th Edition, 2018.

2. The Official Ubuntu Book (6th Edition) 2011, B.M.Hill,

M.Helmke, A.Graner, C.Burger

3. A Practical Guide to Ubuntu Linux 3rd Edition (Aug 2010,

Prentice Hall), M.G.Sobell

3Z3. Requirements in

System Design


The objective of the course is to show the students, which tools and

actions are necessary to get well defined requirements. Additional the

clustering of the requirement engineering parts are shown and

explained based on best practice examples.

At the end of the lecture course the students should be capable to set

the right actions, to come to well defined and traceable requirements

for a new product or software.

The student gets detailed insight into introduction how requirements

engineering works. Furthermore all important parts of the requirement

engineering will be shown and discussed by using best practice

examples.





332

332

The student gets detailed insight also into IEEE P1220 standard for

requirement engineering, Roles and responsibilities in the requirement

engineering process, Skills which are necessary for good requirement

engineering, Integration of the requirement engineering process in

other (overall) quality management systems, Planning, organizing

and managing of the requirement engineering process, Best practices

in requirement engineering


The learning methods are a combination of lectures, practical and

independent study. Students will be expected to spend a total of 150

hours on the module including independent study.




Office, UML and other software depending from Professor




1. Ernst, H.: Success factors of new product development, in Journal

of Management Reviews., 4. Jg., 2002 S 1-40;

2. Brockhoff, K.: Die Beeinflussung der Entwicklungsdauer, in:

Schmalenbachs Zeitschrift für betriebswirtschaftliche Forschung,

Sonderheft 23, 1988, S. 1-42;

3. Wagner, M. / Thieler, W.: Wegweiser füe den Erfinder, Berlin,

1994, S. 28;

4. Software Engineering – Ian Sommerville, Eighth Edition, Addison

Wesley.

4O1. TCP/IP Technology


The objective of the course is to get knowledge and understanding of

basics in data communication and net technology. Knowledge of

common TCP/IP protocols and IP routing system. The student is able

to configure and to administrate Cisco IOS router based networks

The student gets detailed insight into IP Technology (TCP/IP Protocol

Suite, RFC), IP Addressing, IP Forwarding, IP in Detail (IP, ICMP,




333

333

ARP, PPP), Transport Layer (TCP/UDP), TCP Performance, IP

Routing (RIP, OSPF, CIDR, BGP Introduction)

TCP/IP Administration: BootP, DHCP, TFTP, SNMP, DNS,

TCP/IP Standard Applications: Telnet, FTP, Email and SMTP, WWW

and HTTP

Cisco-IOS, Configuration of Cisco Router, Focus on OSPF Routing


have an overview of basics in data communication and net technology


learn and use the TCP / IP protocol, TCP Performance, IP Routing to

configure and to administrate Cisco IOS router based networks


Combination of lectures, practical lab based work and independent

study. During this course each student has to absolve two small lab

exercises and one project. Students will be expected to spend a total of

100 hours on the module including independent study.




CCNA Router Simulator , other software depending from professors




1. Sh. S. Panwar, Sh. Mao, J. Ryoo, Y. Li - TCP/IP Essentials - A

Lab-Based Approach,

2. Cambridge University Press – 2004

3. Networking - A Beginner's Guide - Bruce A. Hallberg, Fifth

Edition, 2010

4. Comptia Network + - Deluxe Study Guide, Todd Lammle, 2009

4O2. Microcontrollers


The objective of the course is to solve a simple problem by designing

hard- and software.


Students will solve an example with given Hardware (Primer2 -

STM32 - ARM Cortex M3) by programming the controller in C .




334

334

Fundamentals of microcontrollers (8051), components of an actual

microcontroller (timer, NVIC, ADC, UART,..) and LCD display.



and problem solving sessions. The learning methods are a








Edsim, C, Assembler



independent study.


1. Dr. Agni H. Dika, Qarqet kompjuterike kombinuese 1,

2. Dr. Agni H. Dika, Qarqet digjitale sekuenciale,

3. D. V. Hall, Microprocessors and digital systems, McGraw-Hill

4. S. MacKenzie, The 8051 microcontroller, Prentice-Hall

4O3. Authentication and

Cryptography


The objective of the course is to be familiar with fundamentals and

tangible applications of cryptographic. Technical aspects of data

security and protection are presented as well as the legal situation in

general. So the students will be enabled to rate the cryptographic

methods, which have been in operation in various projects and

applications, as well as to develop and evaluate security concepts.

Other topics are the identification of security risks and threats, which

exist on the LAN or TCP/IP layer, the methods of defense of

potentially attacked networks, for example through firewalls and

intrusion detection systems. The course will give an insight into the

basic elements, which are essential for building up IP-security




335

335

protocols. In the course of the lecture the main important security

protocols will also be explained.


The student gets detailed insight into principles of cryptography such

as symmetric and asymmetric encryption as well as data security will

be discussed. The main topics are for example the process of

encryption and decryption of data, digital signatures, general

cryptographic protocols and the practical field of operation of these

mechanisms. In addition to the related key management aspects like

the comprehensive security infrastructure will be addressed. Tangible

examples of use are shown for illustration and for getting familiar

with the functionality. In the tutorial the students have the possibility

to practice the formerly presented approaches, getting more familiar

with them. Approaches of possible cryptanalysis will also be

discussed.





available.




Java



independent study.


.

1. Bruce Schneier Applied Cryptography, ISBN=0-471-12845-7,

1996

2. Alfred J. Menezes, Paul C. van Oorschot and Scott A. Vanstone

Handbook of Applied Cryptography , ISBN: 0-8493-8523-7 1996,

3. Cryptograpfy Decrypted H.X. Mel & Doris Baker, ISBN=0-201-

61647-5, 200

4. C# Data Security Matthew MacDonald & Erik Johansson,

ISBN=1-86100-801-5, 2003

4O4. Reseach Methods Short description of the content:




336

336

The nature of research: What is research? Role of the supervisor.

Topic selection and scope. The importance of theory and the links

between theory and practice. Feasibility and value. Organisational,

legal, social and ethical implications.

The literature search: Planning and undertaking a literature search.

Research approaches: Research objectives, methodology,

underpinning theoretical concepts, frameworks. Different research

philosophies, inductive and deductive research approaches.

Quantitative and qualitative research etc.

Methods of data collection and analysis: Techniques for collecting

primary data including observation, focus groups, (structures, semi

structured) interviews and questionnaires. Sources of secondary

data. Quantitative analysis techniques (e.g. graphical and statistical

techniques) and qualitative techniques (i.e. pattern matching and

explanation building

Presentation of research findings: Dissertation structure. Framing

the academic context. Convention on citation and quotations. Style

of writing. Critical reflection, critical analysis, argument and clarity

of thought.


Select and justify a research topic.

Formulate strategies for successful research within a variety of

settings.

Select and utilise appropriate research methods effectively to

collect data to meet both academic and organisational requirements.

Communicate research findings in an appropriate manner.

Manage a research project and understand the relevant techniques

and tools needed in order to bring it in successfully on time and

within pricing limits.



lectures, workshop exercises, group based activity and independent

study


In-course assessment: 100%



independent study.

Literature.




337

337

1. Cornford, T. & Smithson, S. (2005), Project Research In

Information Systems: A Student's Guide, Macmillan

2. Core Text: Sharp, J.A., Peters J and Howard, K. (2002), The

Management of A Student Research Project, Third Edition

(Gower)

3. Creswell, J. W. (2002), Research Design: Qualitative,

Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches, Sage.

4Z1. English for

Computer Science IV


Students will be taught advanced level English course by practicing

pronunciation, writing skills, work on improving their listening and

understanding of spoken English. Students will study conversational

techniques and practice these techniques through structured dialogs,

dialog improvisation and pair practice conversations.


This level is aimed at preparing student to attain 550 score in TOEFL

or equivalent.


Final Examination 100%



lectures, laboratory exercises and independent study. Students are

expected to spend a total of 150 hours on the modules including

independent study


No software nedded



basic literature to be used in each module

Lit.

1. Opportunities Upper-Intermediate: Students' Book, Michael

Harris, Anna Sikorzynska, David Mower

2. Opportunities Upper-Intermediate Language Powerbook, David

Mower, Michael Harris, Anna Sikorzynska



4Z2. Human-Computer

Interaction


The objective of the course is to give the students information about

Human-computer interaction which is a discipline concerned with the

design, evaluation and implementation of interactive computing




338

338

systems for human use and with the study of major phenomena

surrounding them.


Student will get the overview on how the technology and human iterct

with each other, methods and techniques.



or equivalent.


Final Examination 100%





independent study






Lit.

1. Human-Computer Interaction, Edited by Alain Dix, Janet Finlay,

Gregory D. Abowed, Russel Beale, Pearson Prentic Hall,

Publishers,2004

4Z3. Web design


The objective of the course is to give the students information about:

• Structured Documents, basic concepts of markup languages,

• meta-languages for defining markup languages using the example of

XML

• Document type definition XML (DTD), distinguishing "well-

formed" / "valid"; namespace concept (namespaces)

• processing of XML documents with XSL: XSLT Processing Model,

XSLT style sheets, XSLT language features including control

structures, recursion, parameterized templates, sorting / grouping,

XSL-FO

• Use of XPath to identify document parts: concepts (axes, path

expressions, functions), used in XSLT stylesheets

• Introduction to XML Schema: overview, comparison with DTDs

• Overview of standard APIs for processing XML data in a universal

programming language: parsing of XML data, different processing

models




339

339

• the SAX API (architecture, handler approach, typical use)

• The DOM API (architecture, navigation through a DOM tree,

creating and manipulating DOM trees)

• use of XSLT style sheets from a universal programming language,

parameterization of style sheets, transformation of DOM trees

• XML application examples from different areas (e.g. multimedia,

mobile communications, data exchange formats, vector graphics)



have an overview in Structured Documents, basic concepts of markup

languages,

have an overview of standard APIs for processing XML data in a

universal programming language

to write a small XML application from different areas (e.g.

multimedia, mobile communications, data exchange formats, vector

graphics)



or equivalent.







independent study


Java, XML, CSS, Ajax




1. PHP and MySQL Web Development, prej Luke Welling, Laura

Thompson

2. Learning PHP, MySQL, and JavaScript (1st Edition), prej

Robin Nixon. O'Reilly & Associates, 2009

3. Head First Ajax, prej Rebecca Riordan, O'Reilly & Associates,

2008.

5O1. Cloud Computing Short description of the content Developing applications for the server-side




340

340

Definition of cloud computing: what is cloud computing, purpose,

role and importance, objectives Challenges: Infrastructure

Management, Application Architecture for cloud, data storage,

security, other aspects Features: on demand self-provisioning,

elasticity and scalability, access in the form of services, monitoring,

sharing of resources (pooling), etc.. Service models: IaaS

(Infrastructure-as-a-Service), PaaS (Platform-as-a-Service), SaaS

(Software-as-a-Service), XaaS Detailed overview of IaaS:


• Private cloud, public cloud, hybrid cloud, virtual cloud

• Getting to know and compare the most important IaaS technologies

Detailed overview of PaaS:


• Changes in development models: data persistence: distributed file

systems, unstructured storage, NoSQL database, SQL database in the

cloud; Business tier: Web services, REST services, other technology

runtime environment

• Understanding and comparison of major PaaS technologies: Java

EE, Azure, Google App Engine, etc.

Detailed overview of SaaS:


• Access Models, Development Concepts

• Business models, Cloud Services (location, data delivery, data

enrichment, integration services, business intelligence, etc.).

Deployment models

• Private, public, hybrid, shared cloud

• On premises, remote, hybrid model, overview of providers

• Internet of things


The technical knowledge provided in the course on different aspects

of the cloud will help the participant in understanding the functioning

of the cloud inside out. This will further help in providing the

necessary expertise required by the industry.





available.







341

341


independent study.


1. Borko Furht, Armando Escalante; Handbook of Cloud

Computing, Springer, 2010.

2. Barrie Sosinsky; Cloud Computing Bible, Wiley; 2011.

3. George Reese; Cloud Application Architectures: Building

Applications and Infrastructure in the Cloud, O'Reilly Media;

2009.

5O2. Security in IT-

Networks


The objective of the course is an introducing into fundamentals and

tangible applications of cryptography. Technical aspects of data

security and protection are presented as well as the legal situation in

general. So the students will be enabled to rate the cryptographic

methods, which have been in operation in various projects and

applications, as well as to develop and evaluate security concepts.

Other topics are the identification of security risks and threats, which

exist on the LAN or TCP/IP layer, the methods of defense of

potentially attacked networks, for example through firewalls and

intrusion detection systems. The course will give an insight into the

basic elements, which are essential for building up IP-security

protocols. In the course of the lecture the main important security

protocols will also be explained.


Student gets detailed insight into Information Security, Computer

Security, Network Security; Threats and attacks on LAN- and

TCP/IP-Layer; Firewalls and Intrusion Detection Techniques;

Elements for End-to-End Network Security: Secret-Key Algorithm

(DES, IDEA, AES), Public-Key Algorithm (RSA, Diffie-Hellmann),

Authentication and Integrity (MAC, Hash, HMAC), Digital Signatur,

IP Security Protocols:

IPsec (AH-Protocol, ESP-Protocol, Tunnel Mode. Transport Mode),

IPsec SA Management and Key Exchange (IKE), IPsec and NAT,

SSL (Secure Socket Layer), PGP (Pretty Good Privacy),

Kerberos Authentication, PKI (Public Key Infrastructure)





available.





342

342



Java



independent study.

Basic literature to be used in each module 1. Network Security Bible by Ronald L. Krutz and Eric Cole

2. Security+ Guide to Network Security Fundamentals by Mark

D. Ciampa.

5O3. Advanced IP-

Technologies and

Networks


The objective of the course is to get an Overview about advanced IP

technologies, Insights in underlying mechanisms, Fundament for own

investigations upon business demands, Fundament to understand the

big picture


The student gets detailed insight Architecture of the Internet, BGP, IP

Multicast, IPv6, MPLS, VoIP und QoS





available.




CCNA Router Simulator , other software depending from professors



independent study.


1. F. Kurose & Keith W. Ross, Computer

Networking

5O4. Tools for Internet

Security


The objective of the course is to teach students how to be abl

to describe currently advanced security methods in the field o

IT-Security explicitly, to recognize security leaks in configured

networks and propose solutions, to understand and implement




343

343

security management, compare different current VPN techniques

and rate their security levels, describe the functionality of

ongoing firewall architectures, build 'global' enterprise security

conception which is based on network admission control


Student gets detailed insight into Level 2-Security: ARP Protection,

Attacks on STP and VLANs, Private VLANs, Rate Limiting, 802.1x

and EAP, WLAN Security

Firewall Principles and Design, TCP Protection (Intercept,

SynCookies), Failover, NAT Issues, Access Lists, Stateful Inspection,

Proxy Authentication and Intrusion Detection and Prevention





available.





independent study.

Basic literature to be used in each module 1. Cyber Warfare: Techniques, Tactics and Tools for Security

Practitioners by Jason Andress and Steve Winterfeld

2. Security Power Tools by Bryan Burns, Dave Killion, Nicolas

Beauchesne and Eric Moret.

5Z1. Quality

Management


The objective of the course is to have an overview and basic

understanding of quality management according ISO 9000 and

EFQM/AFQM.

The most relevant methods of quality planning an improvement and

also implementation of an process oriented QM system are known.


Student gets detailed insight into Basics of quality management,




344

344

Methods and tools of QM, Process management and optimization,

ISO 9000 Standard of QM, TQM according to EFQM/AFQM.





available.




Office, UML



independent study.


1. Quality Management (2nd Edition) by Donna C. S. Summers

2. Quality Management Demystified by Sid Kemp

5Z2 Information

Management


This course introduces students to Information Management (IM) as a

different career paths and the representative capabilities and skills are

required of any IM graduate.

Students are also introduced to concepts and theories that explain or

motivate methods and practices in the development and use of

information systems in organizations. The concepts and theories

include systems, management, and organization, information, quality,

and decision making, relationship of information systems to

organizational strategy.


Student can explain how information is used in organizations and how

IT enables improvement in quality, timeliness, and competitive

advantage.





345

345




available.


50% from 2 Projects and 50% Final exam.


Office, Projector



independent study.


1. Stair & Reynolds, Principles of Information Systems.

5Z3 Finite Automata and

Formal Languages


This course is about using mathematical tools to formally prove that

for some problems, no matter how smart you are, you can't write a

program to solve them, or you can't write a fast program to solve

them. In other words, we will be using mathematics to address the

inherent limitations of computer programs. The techniques we

develop for doing so turn out to have many other interesting

applications in computer science, such as compilers, string searching,

program testing and verification, computer security, cryptography,

and bioinformatics.


Convert between finite automata and regular expressions

Construct regular expressions and context-free grammars for

simple languages

Program automata and Turing machines to solve simple

recognition problems

Apply the pumping lemma to prove that a language is not

regular or context-free

Prove via reduction that a given language is Undecidable

Prove via reduction that a given language is NP-Hard




346

346

Prove via reduction that a given language is PSPACE-Hard





available.




Office, Projector



independent study.


1. Michael Sipser's "Introduction to the Theory of Computation",

3rd edition,

6O1. Dynamic Contents

of Web-Engineering


The objective of the course is to implement the applications for the

use of advanced computer network services, as well as to use the

applications of the latest and most current standards and technologies.


Student gets detailed insight into Languages in Web server (PHP, JSP,

Servlets), Fundamentals of JSPs Frameworks in Web-Engineering,

Java Server Faces.

Web Services with Protocols and XML with Java, especially WSDL,

SOAP and UDDI









developments.




347

347


.NET, Java Scripts, CSS, Ajax


.

1. Web Engineering: A Practioner's Approach by Roger S.

Pressman and David Lowe

2. Web Engineering: The Discipline of Systematic Development

of Web Applications by Gerti Kappel, Birgit Prýýll, Siegfried

Reich and Werner Retschitzegger

6O2. Concepts of Mobile

Telecommunication


The main objective of the course is to provide a comprehensive and

state of the art knowledge in the area of mobile communication. The

course emphasis is on the structure and function of the complete

system. A detailed study of the subsystems that comprises the overall

system is carried out.


The technical knowledge provided in the course on different aspects

of the system will help the participant in understanding the

functioning of the system. This will further help in providing the

necessary expertise required by the industry.





available.







independent study.


1. Mobile Telecommunications Protocols for Data Networks by

Anna Ha

2. Mobile Telecommunications in a High-Speed World by Peter

J. Curwen

6O3. Databases Systems


The exercise strengthens the competence of the student / students in

the field of database administration and database application

development. It broadens the knowledge acquired in the module




348

348

Databases. Data modeling and SQL is practiced. Complex SQL

queries, DDL and DML are priority issues. The participant learns to

create specific database objects.


model a database for specific given problem

use and create Complex SQL queries, DDL and DML

create specific database objects

to implement a small project


To provide the student with a sound understanding of the design and

development process which begins with a real world problem and

results in a database solution.


Understand the basic organization and functionality of a variety of

types of database systems. Formulate data structures by using

normalization rules

Design a logical data model that captures an organization’s

requirements for a database Design and develop a database

application and evaluate the solution.

Size a database (from a normalized logical data model) and perform

first-cut physical design for a typical database management system

Implement a database using SQL and understand how to optimise its

performance

Understand how the DBMSs manage recovery from failures and

concurrent access to the database, and be able to criticise a system on

these grounds

Recognise the importance of data administration and security.


Coursework 50% , Final Examination 50%



lectures, laboratory exercises and independent study. This module will

involve lectures and work in small groups on related structured

exercises, together with appropriate computer workshops using an

interactive SQL tutorial. Students are expected to spend a total of 150

hours on the modules including independent study




349

349


SQL Server, Oracle, Visual Studio



independent study.


1. Database Solutions – A step-by-step guide to Building Databases/

Carolyn Begg and Thomas Connolly, Addison Wesley / ISBN :

0321173503

2. Oracle SQL and PL/SQL Handbook/ Palinski. Addison Wesley

2002/ISBN:0-201-75294-8/

3. Oracle Programming (A primer). Sunderraman, Rajshekhar.

Addison Wesley 2000

4. Fundamentals of Database Systems / Elmasri & Navathe, Addison

Wesley, 1999.

6O4. Final thesis/ project

The bachelor’s thesis is a professionally and independently work of

students in the 6th semester with 18 ECTS credits. The aim of the

bachelor’s thesis is to make the students able to apply the gained

knowledge and skills during the study into practical professional

tasks. Theses as such should deepen the knowledge and skills of a

student in a professional area (Software Engineering, Software Design

and Internet Technology) and to show that the student has developed a

capacity for independent analytical thought.

In the bachelor thesis the students should be able to document their

individual contribution in form of written documentation. This

document should include the relevance of the problem of the topic, its

relationship to existing knowledge, issue or hypothesis, methodology,

results and discussion.

Bachelor’s thesis process begins with contacting the professor of

student’s field of interest and agreeing on the topic of the thesis.

Once a topic and a supervisor for the thesis have been agreed, an

official topic application must be submitted to the relevant institute.

The institute confirms the topic and appoints the supervisor and the

instructor for the thesis.




350

350


Strengths:

Active involvement of the academic staff in program development based on

interactivity;

Expected results adjusted to the right level (level VII) of the National Qualifications

Framework;

Syllabus contains detailed information on the learning process (subject matter, student

load, assessment methods, literature, etc.);

Organize groups such as to simulate an international business environment, and visit

internationally owned companies at home country and abroad;

Extensive use of IT tools to uphold the learning process;

The professional practice is part of the curriculum and is equivalent to 4 ECTS.

Weaknesses:

Poor level of knowledge of English language and global business languages by

students;


Opportunities:

Offering the program in English language based on commerce character;




Threats:

Large student groups (although a request has been made to the Steering Council for the

reduction of groups);

Translating literature from English to Albanian;

Likelihood of student mobility abroad is limited due to visas.

1.2.5 Students




351

351

The "Information Technology and Telecommunication" program is dedicated to all

candidates who have completed secondary education (which is certified by diploma). As such,

all candidates holding a high school diploma will be eligible to apply for a place in the

announcement of UPZ for the admission of new students at the Bachelor level.

The criteria for student enrolment are foreseen by the Law of Higher Education in Kosovo,











communities.

Candidates are eligible for admission to UPZ and for enrolment after they successfully pass

the exam, based on the number of points earned. Students, after being admitted, on the date of

the beginning of the academic year, are welcomed by the Dean and the academic staff and


them to join the University Management System (UMS)

After the student enrolment, they are divided into groups as defined in the regulation no.

prot.01-121, dated 20.04.2018. Separation of groups for both lectures and exercises is done in

order to ensure an effective and interactive process of teaching and learning.

Compulsory

lectures

Elective lectures


/ elective subjects

Faculty of Computer

Science – Information

Technology and

Telecommunication

Up to 90 Min.20 – Max 70 Up to 30



Faculty of Computer

Science – Information Year 2016/2017 2017/2018 2018/2019




352

352

Technology and

Telecommunication

Number of active


Number of students

that have been

unregistered

51 61 11




Faculty of Computer

Science Year 2016/2017 2017/2018 2018/2019

Information

Technology and

Telecommunication

– TOTAL

319 315 294


83 236 80 235 68 216



Faculty of Computer

Science Year 2016/2017 2017/2018 2018/2019

Information

Technology and

Telecommunication -

TOTAL

122 91 101


21 101 21 70 24 77










353

353




The Faculty of Computer Science has a Regulation on the Determination of Undergraduate

Studies Criteria that informs students of their rights and obligations and information on any

other aspect related to undergraduate studies. This regulation is published online and is

accessible by any student. Students are also organized and have within each faculty the Student

Council and Student Parliament to guarantee their rights. Students in certain percentages are

also part of the UPZ senior management team, such as the Senate, but also at the faculty level

as well as at the Faculty Council, and are part of the various commissions that are created at

the faculty level.

The average percentage of students passing through the Computer Science Faculty is

around 70%. Meanwhile, the percentage of students who drop out of studies ranges from 10%

to 30%.


Strengths:



master level;








Weaknesses:


interested parties;

Lack of professional counselling for students with emotional problems (psychologist)



methods;


Opportunities:






354

354


Threats:






355

355

1.2.6 Research




be implemented within the general research program at University level.








There are 81 papers published in the last 3 years and those papers have been cited 243

times.


Strengths:

Diversity of research and scientific publications in the field of CS;




projects;

Student participation in projects or scientific research


Group work in research and projects development

Weaknesses:





Opportunities:










356

356





Threats:





1.2.7 Infrastructure and resources

The Faculty of Computer Science possesses a suitable environment, sufficient human

resources and technological equipment for the development of a quality teaching process.

Just as mentioned in the previous points of this report, the Faculty co-uses the building with

Faculty of Law. As such, this object offers favourable conditions for the development of the

learning process as well as a reactionary environment around it.

The faculty of the Faculty of CS has 7 halls including the Amphitheatre, divided into 2

floors with an area of about 1762 m2. The facility is also equipped with elevators to meet the

needs of people with special needs or other people. The facility also has offices for the Dean,

Vice dean, Head of Teaching, Secretariat, Bachelor-level Students Officer, Master-level

Students Officer, and offices for 5 full-time Professors. The table below presents the detailed

information about the classes in the Faculty of Computer Science.

II The list of classes at the Faculty of Computer Science with space S=1762 m2

No Classes Space in m2 Capacity

in chairs

Number of

Computers

Number of

Projectors Books

1

S421

Teaching class

Computer Lab

Building IV

100 50 25 1

2

S422

Teaching class


3

S423

Teaching class





357

357

4

S430

Computer Lab

Building IV 100 50 25 1

5

S431

Teaching class


6

S432

Teaching class


7 Amphitheatre

Building III 600 280 / 1

8 Library

Building I 350 90 30 / 200

9

Office 419

Dean


10

Office 420

Vice dean


11

Office 428

Professors

Building IV 20 3 3 /

12

Office 429

Secretary and Head of

Teaching

Building IV

16 2 2 /

13

Office 418

TA Office

Building IV 100 10 / /

14

Office 401

Administration


15 Other supporting areas

(toilets, halls, stairs …) 500


Strengths:





358

358



Modern building

Modern, well equipped ICT/computing Lab Facilities

Library resources

Secure

Smoke-free

Access to public transportation

Accessibility for disabled

Weaknesses:




being taught.

More space needed

More quiet study spaces needed

Poor internet, Wi-Fi – need more wireless options.


Opportunities:



Setting the new specialized lab/studio spaces throw international funding

Providing the better internet connectivity throw national/local funding

Threats:


of budget.

Overflow of undergrad students





359

359



5. Recommendation of the

Expert Team in previous

External Review Report



recommendation


SD + ITT: Pay special attention

to the emerging and important

areas in further development of

the academic programme (for

example, device-to-device

communication, i.e. Internet of

things, IPR, licensing and agile

development methodologies).

SD: The new elective course,

namely “The internet of things” is

introduced

ITT: (1) The new elective course,

namely “Finite Automata and

Formal Languages” is introduce;

(2) some IOT related materials are

added to existing Cloud Computing

course

SD + ITT: Implement the

methods of modern pedagogy

(for example, the flipped

classroom method).

Some of the modern pedagogy

methods such as flipped classroom

or community based learning are

iteratively introduced, but more in

informal way.

To ensure changes are taking

place we organize meetings with

lecturers who are willing to try

them. For instance in

programming related courses we

try to prepare students to work in

flipped method way by asking

them to prepare next week’s

materials and present summary of

the materials in front of class. The

learning communities are

informally formed in such a way

that students are able to work

independently from lecturer/TA

SD + ITT: a possibility to

introduce long-term work

contracts for part-time academic

staff.

Since it is the

University/Senate/Rectorate

competence directly we don’t have

any mechanism for implementing

the solution.

Nevertheless there have been few

calls for hiring full time new

teaching assistants/professor

assistants/associate professors. As

a result our faculty has been

enriched with few highly valuable

new members.

Beside of traditional computer

labs, set up specialized

technology labs for conducting

exercises on hardware-related

Unfortunately, given the budget

constrains the new labs, especially

specialized ones, aren’t still set up.

Nevertheless, we managed to

renew existing labs via the grands

of some EU funded projects such

as the BestSDI project.




360

360

courses, especially for the TIT

academic programme.




361

361

6. APPENDICES (if available)

Please attach any documents relevant in supporting the statements made in the Self-Evaluation

Report.

It is mandatory for the first Annex to be the List of Evidences - a table listing, with a self-

explanatory title, all annexes the provider is attaching to the SER. The annexes should be

structured by domain and standard/performance indicator, in the same order they are listed in

the KAA Accreditation manual.

6.1. Model of a Syllabuse

UNIVERSITY “UKSHIN HOTI” PRIZREN

FACULTY OF COMPUTER SCIENCE

PROGRAM: Software Design

Curriculum - – SYLLABUS

Level of studies Bachelor Program SD Academic

year 2018/2019

SUBJECT Operating Systems

Year 1st Status

Of the

subject

Obligatory Code ECTS credits 6 Semester II

Teaching weeks

15

Hours

teaching 60

Lectures Exercises

2 2

Teaching

Methodology

Lectures, exercices, seminar papers, consultations, etc.

Consultation 1 hr / week

https://uni-prizren.com/sq/ballina




362

362

The teacher Prof. Ass. Dr. Arsim

Susuri

E-mail: [email protected]

Tel.: 044 254 183

Assistant

E-mail:

Tel.:

Study goal and table of content Benefits of student

Through this course it is possible for students to

know the basic concepts, definitions and best

practices of the operating system. In particular,

students will gain knowledge about:

• Historical Perspective and the evolution

of operating systems in the last 50 years

• Process Management (Processes,

Threads, Scheduling Processors,

Synchronization, and Blocking)

• Memory Management (Segmentation,

paging, replacement)

• File systems

Upon completion of this course the student will be

able to:

• Understand the functioning of the operating

system

• Analyze the roles of the relevant components

of the operating system

• Implement laboratory exercises that show the

functioning of the respective operating system

components

• Distinguish between different types of

operating systems

• Experiment with timing of processes and

other tasks of the operating system


The course is a combination of lectures, discussions, discussions, numerical and laboratory exercises,

the tasks are presented by the subject professor and assistant in the lab.


• Adequate literature, tables, computers, projectors and other IT tools for learning and exercises.

Ways of assessing of the student (in %) : Evaluation in% Final grade

51-60% - grade 6

61-70 7





363

363

71-80 8

81-90 9

91-100 10

Total 100.00 %

Obligations of student:

Lectures Exercises

The student should be regular in lectures and

especially in exercises, make use of all

learning opportunities, use compulsory and

broader literature, be active and respect the

rules on high school ethics in courtesy and

cooperation.

The student should be active in the exercises

and reflect the readiness and knowledge of

initiatives, ideas and demonstrations of the

knowledge acquired in the lectures.

Activities Hour/ weeks Days/Weeks Total

Lectures 2 15 30

Laboratory exercises 2 15 30

Contacts with teachers / consultations 1 5 5

Practical work 1 2 2

Projects, presentations, etc. 1 2 2

Own study time 3 15 45


Time spent in the assessment (tests, final exam,

etc.)

2 3 6

Notice: 1 ECTS credits= 25 hour commitment, e.g. if the subject has

6 ECTS credits student must have 150 hours during the semester

commitment.

Total

load: 150

Lectures Exercises




364

364

Wee

k Topic

Hou

r Topic

1

Presentation of the syllabus

• Introduction - Chapter 1 (excluding

1.2 and 1.10)

• What operating systems do

• Computer system architecture

• Operating system structure and

operations

• Process management, memory, and

data storage space

• Open source operating systems

2 Introduction

Work with Linux 2

2

Operating system structures - Chapter 2

(excluding 2.6, 2.8, 2.9 and 2.10)

• Operating system services

• User Interface and Operating System

• System calls

• Design and Implementation of the

Operating System

• The operating system structure

2 Shell scripting

2

3

Processes - Chapter 3 (excluding 3.6)

• Concept of processes

• Terminate processes

• Process Operations

• Communication between processes

2

Implement processor

scheduling

Round Robin

SJF (Shortest Job First)

FCFS (First Come First

Serve)

Priority

2

4

Threads - Chapter 4 (excluding 4.4)

• Multiple core programming

• Multifaceted models

• Top issues

• Examples of operating systems

2 Implementing file allocation

strategies 2




365

365

5

Synchronization of processes - Chapter

5 (excluding 5.3, 5.7 and 5.10)

• The critical part of the problem

• Synchronous hardware

• Mutex blockade

• Traffic Lights

• Monitor

• Examples of synchronization

2 Implementation of

semaphores 2

6

Scheduling processors - Chapter 6

(excluding 6.4 and 6.9)

• Basic concepts

• Criteria for termination

• Terminational algorithms

• Real time scheduling of processors

• Evaluating algorithms

2 Implementing techniques for

file organizing 2

Blocking - Chapter 7 (excluding 7.5, 7.6,

and 7.7)

• System model

• Block characterization

• Methods for blocking treatment

• Blocking prevention

2 Implementing the Bankers

algorithm to avoid blocking 2

8

Test 1 2 Repetition of exercises

Reinforcement for the test 1 2

9

Main memory - Chapter 8 (excluding 8.6

and 8.7)

• Background

2 Implementing the block

detection algorithm 2




366

366

• Replacement

• Distribution of non-detached

momories

• paging

• Table layout of the pages

10

Virtual Memory - Chapter 9 (excluding

9.7, 9.8 and 9.9)

• Background

• Invoice requests

• Copy-on-Write

• Replacing Pages

2

Implementing page

replacement algorithms

FIFO (First In First Out)

LRU (Least Recently Used)

LFU (Least Frequently

Used)

2

11

Mass Storage Structure - Chapter 10

(excluding 10.3, 10.7, 10.8 and 10.9)

• Overview of the massive memory

structure

• The disk structure

• Scheduling and managing disk

• Swap space management

2

Implementing common

memory and IPC (Inter

Process Communication)

2

12

File System Interface - Chapter 11

(excluding 11.3.3, 11.3.4, 11.5 and 11.6)

• The concept of the files

• Access methods

• The directory and disk structure

2

Implementation of

pagination techniques for

memory management

2

13

Implementing the file system - Chapter

12 (excluding 12.2.3, 12.7, 12.8, and 12.9)

• The structure of the file system

• Implementing the file system

2

Implementing the

applications for threads and

synchronization 2




367

367

• Implementing Directories

• Allocation Methods

• Free space management

• Efficiency and performance

14

I / O Systems - Chapter 13 (excluding

13.6)

• Overview

• I / O hardware

• Application of the I / O interface

• I / O kernel subsystem

• Transform I / O requirements into

hardware operations

2

System I / O calls

15

Test 2 2

Repetition of exercises

Reinforcement for the test 2

LITERATURE:

Main Literature:

1. Abraham Silberschatz, Peter Baer Galvin and Greg Gagne, Operating System Concepts, 10th

Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2018.

Additional literature:

1. Andrew Tanenbaum and Herbert Bos, Modern Operating Systems, Fourth Edition, Pearson

Prentice Hall, 2015.

2. Remzi H. Arpaci-Dusseau and Andrea C. Arpaci-Dusseau, Operating Systems: Three Easy

Pieces, version 0.90, 2015




368

368

NOTICE:

In general, lecture presentations will be made through the PowerPoint system, the table, the use

of materials and software and the Internet.

• Also additional resources (scientific papers, publications, national bulletins, and recent

discoveries and research) will be provided by the professor.

• In the absence of the opportunity for practical work to be organized weekly, in cooperation

with the University's management, this activity will be organized on certain days in:

organizations, companies, ltd, farms, and manufacturing units.

• During each session, dialogue and co-participation will be organized with the students.

Notice for the student:

Students are required to be regular in the lectures and exercises section.

the form of conversation and cooperation with students will be

evaluated.




369

369

Study program 6 - Master Programme in Constitutional and Administrative LAW

General

This proposed programme is referred to the Master level.

Name of the study programme: Master Program (LL.M.) in Constitutional and

Administrative law.

Mision, Aims and Administration

University “UkshinHoti” Prizren - Faculty of Law

The Master Program in the constitutional and administrative direction offered by the Faculty

of Law of UPZ aims at theoretical and practical formation of students, realized through the

provision of knowledge and basic concepts of the field of study. The main areas of study

included in this program are related to constitutional and administrative law.

Scientific research is achieved through the organization of academic activities, national and

international conferences and the publication of scientific articles in scientific journals, which

are provided with ISSN.

Short-term, mid-term and long-term strategies have aimed at the realization and functioning of

the Master program in the constitutional and administrative direction in accordance with the

"Bologna Process" and the requirements of the Law "On Higher Education in the Republic of

Kosovo", the consolidation of academic staff and international co-operation.

The Master's mission in constitutional and administrative programme is to prepare students

with practical management skills in the context of modern European legislation by achieving

sufficient intellectual skills and capacities for career productive career in the justice system in

state administrative institutions and jurisprudence. European legislation.The University of

Prizren serves the region of Prizren and the country with recruiting, developing and educating

students to be successful in the labor market in Kosovo and beyond. The University aims to

develop competency skills through programs through the programs, in order to be equal and

prepared with the knowledge and skills for their practical implementation.

The purpose of this field of study is to offer students the opportunity to acquire general legal

knowledge which will serve them as a basis for further specialization in various fields in the

legal and other fields. Also students with these knowledge in general theoretical and practical

justice and comprehension in its broadest sense.

The Master Program in the constitutional and administrative direction is concentrated on the

fundamental issues in the government at internal levels and the protection of constitutional

rights, and is compared - analyzed with other major and emerging democracies around the

world.

The selection of the compulsory and elective courses allows for insight into the main problems

of constitutionality, the protection of human rights and minorities, as well as issues that are

important for the understanding of the domestic and European legal system. Constitutional

problems at the time of transition to democracy and building constitutional institutions are

among the key issues of expertise in this program.




370

370

Therefore, the program aims to understand the relationship between legislation and analysis

and the implementation of public administration policies. The values in administrative law and

public administration are examined together with the practical aspects of implementing positive

legislation.

Strength of the Programme Mision

• The Master study program in the constitutional and administrative direction is designed in

accordance with the goals and mission of the institution.

• The Master study program in the constitutional and administrative direction has its objectives

set in providing knowledge in the field of law. Students are oriented on the objectives of the

study program and expectations in knowledge acquisition.

• First cycle study programs aim at providing basic knowledge, general science methods and

principles.

• The possibilities of providing a variety of professions and specialties are guaranteed by the

content of the curriculum.

• Study programs aim to meet the needs of the labor market, in line with the strategic goals of

national economic development;

Weakenss of the Programme Mision

• Lack of realization of the park - clinical teaching within the faculty, respectively the

courtroom.

• Lack of financial means for the implementation of the plan in the practice of visits to relevant

institutions during the course of the lecture.

• The plan does not foresee student exchange during the course of one year.

C. Opportunities

• The institution, for the assessment of labor market needs, carries out a market survey, which

includes:

o employment opportunities for students in the local or regional market, national and

international;

o employers' requirements;

o a rough estimate of the expected number of students enrolled in this program;

o Number of enrolled persons in similar programs in sister institutions.

• The institution offers study programs that do not conflict with national interests;

• The study program aims to help and promote the preservation of national cultural values,

based on the best domestic and foreign legal tradition.

Threat/Challenges

• This program is highly advanced and rich in offering clinical subjects as a necessary course

to gain practical knowledge that will enable Profesors to develop the professional experience

of the Faculty with all other relevant institutions for students to experience the advantages of




371

371

their studies in a professional environment, the main challenge is the linkage to practice in the

relevant Institutions.

• Suitability of the program with general social innovations.

• Competitions with other relevant international programs.

• Implementation of the methods and experience of international institutions in the realization

of plan programs.

Aims of the study programme:

The program's aim is for students to develop creative, innovative and communicative

thinking skills in solving constitutional and administrative decision-making problems

based on the use of extensive analytical, research and practical literature.

A. Strength of the Programme Aim:

After the student's graduation, the general objectives of Master's degree in Constitutional and

Administrative Law are multiple:

Legislation Analysis: Students should be willing to further analyze the legal system of the

Republic of Kosovo (including the constitutional and administrative domain) and to develop

critical skills of reading and understanding of legal authorities and the recognition of domestic

and international legal issues through cases.

B. Weakeness of the Programme Aims

One of the weaknesses of the Program's objectives will be, without the possibility of additional

payments for student research, but this vulnerability will be in search of change as it will apply

to various programs for students aid through the Erasmus + program, or even other relevant

programs.

A. Opportunities of the Programme Aims

Draft legal acts-legal writing: Students should have the ability to draft common legal

documents such as complaints, contracts, legal requirements, amendments, constitutional

annex and the constitution itself; They should be able to organize legal analysis and argument,

use legal authorities in written documents, and practice compelling and argumentative writing.

D. Threats/Challenges of the Pogramme Aims

To Conducting Research- Legal Researches: Students should learn to articulate effective

research questions, to understand the importance of using primary authorities such as court

cases (especially cases before the Constitutional Court of the Republic of Kosovo).

And other skills: Students should be ready after graduation to have acquired interviewing skills

and counseling or negotiation at all stages of legal drafting.

4.1.2 Quality Assurance

For internal quality assurance more specifically the organizational structures are cared for

leaders of UPZ, which have complied with the requirements of the Law "On Higher Education

in the Republic of Kosovo", as well as the Quality Assurance Office. The activity is organized

according to an annual plan of action (Action Plan) in which the controls in sectors or processes

that are subject to control are programmed, accompanied by reports with relevant findings.

Meanwhile, the Quality Office informs faculty leaders, and through them all UPZ staff about




372

372

the results of the conducted controls, with the aim of taking measures for the continuous

improvement of the performance of the institution, its core units and individuals in the future.

1. In March 2012, the Management of the University of Prizren has established the Quality

Assurance Office with the task of facilitating the implementation of the principles listed

above. At national and European level, the University of Prizren is committed to use as

guiding documents within the European Higher Education Area as well as those of the

Republic of Kosovo:


2. "Quality Assurance Quality Standards and Guidelines in the European Higher Education

Area", European Association for Quality Assurance in Higher Education (AESC)

3. The Lisbon Convention;


5. Guidelines of the Kosovo Accreditation Agency.

A. Strength of the Quality Assurance

• Quality management is regulated by legal and sub-legal acts.

• The teaching process is monitored by the quality office within UPZ.

• Respecting international standards in the teaching and learning process.

• Quality management is done according to the European market, where faculty promotes

quality culture.

B. Weakness of Quality Assurance

• Lack of electronic-digital monitoring of professors in the teaching process.

• Lack of online literature in Albanian.

• Lack of electronic-digital monitoring of students in the learning process.

• Lack of an office within the faculty for quality monitoring.

• As weaknesses in quality management, the lack of space in institutions where students will

perform the practical part and the surveillance space will be more narrowly considered.

C. Opportunities of the Quality Assurance

Both internal and international quality assurance experts have maintained working tables with

academic staff, administration and students in relation to quality assurance. In terms of external

quality control, frequent accreditation processes continue to hold the quality issue as a point in

the agenda of Ukshin Hoti University's Law Faculty in Prizren. And the experience created by

the academic and administrative staff will affect the achievement of the Program aims.

D. Threats/Chaleges of the Quality Assurance

• Creation of new halls and spaces of internship within the University.




373

373

• Application of clinical teaching in the courtroom of the faculty.

• Online communication between students and students.

4.1.3. Academic Staff

Academic staff is divided into full time and part time employees.

The full-time academic staff is contracted for a term of 4 (four) years, and consists of directors,

internal academic staff with the call Porf.ass.dr. and Prof.asoc.dr. The part-time academic staff

consists of external academic staff, assistant, lecturer and guest professor.

Permanent academic staff for the implementation of this master program includes:

Bearer of the Programme

Prof.Asoc.Dr. Kadri Kryeziu

Academic Staff

a. Prof.Ass. Dr. Arif Riza

b. Prof.Ass Dr. Armend Podvorica

c. Prof. Dr Beqir Sadikaj

d. Prof Dr Zemri Elezi

e. Prof Dr Abdulla Aizi

f. Prof Ass Dr Sadik Haxhiu

g. Prof.Asoc Dr. Fejzulla Berisha

h. Prof Ass Dr Halim Bajraktari

i. Prof.Ass. Dr. Muharrem Faiku

B. Strength

• The regulated academic staff at the faculty has local and international experience in

teaching.

• The selection of regular staff is in line with the plan and the legislation in force.

• Selection and re-election opportunities, according to the subjects and qualifications of

the staff.

• Average age of regular staff 43-48 years, means that it is a good opportunity for

institution development.

• Applying contemporary teaching methods from the Faculty of Law.

C. Weakness

• Delays in completing regular staff in accordance with free time schedules provided by the

program.

• Lack of exchange of regular staff with other international universities.

• Lack of female employment within staff of academic regulations.




374

374

• Inadequate Funding of Academic Staff Ideas for Projects - Works or Conferences.

D. Opportunities

• The institutional experience of lecturers is also an additional benchmark for students

to experience with experience in State Building processes.

• Also the Commitment of Recognition from the countries of the region will be a new

experience for the students.

• Employment of regular staff, professors and assistants in accordance with the plan.

E. Threats

• The invitation of academic staff from the European Union and the United States

• Expenditure coverage for guest professors - professionals from EU countries or the United

States.

4.1.4. Content of the Currriculum

I Year

Semeser I Clasess/Week

Nr. O/E Courses L E ECTS Professor

1. O Comparative Constitutional

Law

3 2 5 Prof. Asoc Dr. Kadri Kryeziu

2. O European Republics Regimes

and Governance

3 2 5 Prof. Dr. Zemri Elezi

3. O Constitutional Justice 3 2 5 Prof. Ass Dr. Muharrem

Faiku

4. O Administrative Act 3 1 3 Prof. Dr. Fejzulla Berisha

5 E Juridical Oratory and Rhetorics

of the Roman- Greek in Justice.

3 0 3 Prof. Dr. Zemri Elezi

6 E Constitutional Clinic 3 0 3 Prof. Ass Dr. Arif Riza

Semester II

1 O Public Policy and Security

Analysis

3 2 5 Prof. Asoc Dr Kadri

Kryeziu

2 O Local Self-Government in

Kosovo and Region

3 2 5 Prof. Dr Zemri Elezi




375

375

3 O Political Rights and Electoral

Law

3 1 3 Prof. Ass Dr. Sadik Haxhiu

4 O Methodology of Research 3 1 3 Prof. Asis Dr. Armend

Podvorica

5 E Administrative Clinic 3 0 3 Prof Ass Dr Arif RIZA

6 E The Human Rights and

Freedoms Corps

3 0 3 Prof. Ass Dr. Halim

Bajraktari

7 O Thesis 20 The student makes a

suggestion for the mentor

and in Coordination with it

is placed on the Counselor.

A. Strength

• Proposed courses a large part of them are novelty in the system of the Republic of Kosovo

and are a necessity of the labor market.

• The course envisaged in the plan program are eligible by the law faculties' programs

(U.Vienne and U.Munich)

• Proposed courses are novelty in the Republic of Kosovo.

• The course envisaged in the curriculum are necessary for the labor market.

B. Weakness

• As a weakness we can find the lack of regular staff, but with that we are still in the

constitution of Programs, this part is in the kalamite phase.

C. Opportunities



• Professional preparation - adequate for the labor market.

D. Threats

• Realizing the teaching of this program with engaged staff.

• Organization of tables, conferences in line with the group of subjects of the respective

fields.

• Realization of clinical practice practice.

4.1.5. Students




376

376

A. Strength

Since this master study program requires that students, in addition to theoretical knowledge,

also acquire practical skills in the implementation and interpretation of constitutional and

administrative law, this supersedes the teaching - study in small groups of students, therefore,

it is thought that in any case the quota the maximum of 80 students per academic year should

not be exceeded.

Master's program in constitutional and administrative law is an excellent start for successful

career (career in the national or international system). The program is designed to provide

students with extensive knowledge of constitutional and administrative law at national and

international level, offering students the opportunity to apply different European perspectives.

Graduates from this program will be able to respectively, work in law offices, courts or

academic environments, head of state administration at central and local levels, etc. The

constitutional and administrative program has focused heavily on the clinical part that will be

offered over the two semesters. This is rather a new master program that for many years has

been identified as a major gap for all graduates of the Law Faculty. This is a very general issue

from the fact that graduates of a master's program in law have very little or no practical skills

gained after graduation and therefore have difficulties with employment. By accepting this

problem, the Faculty of Law has adapted the new master curriculum for these needs by

introducing subjects such as clinical subjects in the two semesters of this program.

Constitutional and administrative clinics, administrative control etc. are considered the main

additions to this program, compared to other subjects offered.

The purpose of this program is to give the practitioners permission to practice law enforcement.

This valuable opportunity gives clinic students a market advantage because when they graduate

take the title of the Master program, they gain experience of the academic world. We aim for

the students to become effective clinical lawyers, judges and prosecutors, heads of state

administration, central and non-central government.

Clinical experience will be complemented by a hands-on practical program that offers a wide

array of practical learning opportunities. The practice program will be run by a coordinator

who will be engaged within the Faculty of Law. In this way, the Faculty of Law has already

signed the MoU with relevant institutions to provide practical students with legal practitioners

such as the Kosovo Chamber of Advocates, the Court, the Legal Aid Commission, the

American Bar Association, the Government of Kosovo. These institutions are potential

employers for law students after their graduation-after completing the Master program.

B. Weakness

The issue of Court availability which is underway as well, as a weak point can be obtained

even without the possibility of supporting students to conduct study visits abroad but some

efforts will be made with international organizations.




377

377

C. Opportunities

A number of lectures planned from will be invited international professors for this program are

considered as an added value.

This offer for students is considered as a straight path to practice. Participation in the

constitutional and administrative clinics can help law students improve their practice skills and

help general social practice. These courses provide an important educational base for students

preparing to enter the jurisprudence profession. Clinical experience provides students with the

opportunity to apply this knowledge to a professional and practical learning environment by

representing certain subjects. Students who are enrolled in the clinic are not simply law

enforcement employees.

D. Threats

Realization of Research - Legal Research: Students should learn to articulate effective research

questions, to understand the importance of using primary authorities such as court cases

(especially cases before the Constitutional Court of the Republic of Kosovo)

And other skills: Students should be ready to gain the skills of interviewing and consulting or

negotiating at all stages of legal drafting after graduation.

4.1.6. Research

Along with teaching, one of the important dimensions is also scientific research in line with

UPZ's philosophy and mission, in line with university, academic and student staff's interests,

and in line with human and financial capabilities. Scientific research in the UPZ occupies a

central place and is the basis of teaching and is based on three pillars:

Doctoral School, Scientific Magazines, and Library as well as the methodology unit at UPZ,

starting from the Bachelor level to the PhD (future orientation). The actors involved in all these

three pillars are first the departments - the Chair, as well as the Research Center - the Institutes,

which provide expertise in a number of research areas or research priorities of the UPZ. Also,

departments have close cooperation with the Office of Projects, Co-operation and

Development.




378

378

The purpose of scientific journals is to stimulate the scientific debate between the UPZ and

Kosovo Albanian, Albanians and International academic community, as well as publishing the

scientific work of the academic staff.

Each faculty intends to make its own scientific journal.

Within the Faculty of Law, a scientific journal designed to serve as a periodical in the function

of the scientific and professional formation of academic staff, students and practitioners at the

UPZ Law Faculty will be opened, will be functional during the year 2019.

It is published two or three times a year and is intended to earn the prestige of a prestigious

magazine. Will be distinguished for the dynamics and variety of the rubrics that are reflected

in it. Each issue has a central topic on the subject of a scientific conference held at the Faculty,

which reflects the works of this activity.

It is recommended that the conferences have the same theme as the faculty scientific journals

concerned. Scientific conferences generally correspond to the fields of study of the respective

faculties. UPZ has funded these conferences with a special budget.

Regular professors are encouraged to publish science books in the context of UPZ. These

scientific papers must be authentic, with strict academic criteria, subject to all Western criteria

for such publications. They should be of interest and value to the UPZ search areas. Scientific

publications may be new or adapted to previous works (Themes, Essays, Master's degree

topics, Doctorate, etc.). The Faculty determines, upon the request of the professor, the scientific

value, the titles and the calendar.

Academic staff with degrees and titles have the right every four years of uninterrupted work,

for up to 6 (six) months, to work for his academic progress to carry out an authentic study /

monograph published by UPZ . This period of time is paid. During this period, academic staff

are not assigned a teaching assignment. In such a case, its research project is required to be

approved by the Scientific Council of the Faculty and UPZ.

UPZ encourages the creation and activity of research groups, structured around professors with

titles and degrees within the Faculty or Department-department, or collaborations between

departments-departments. These activities should have a specific theme, of interest to the fields

of study, research and development projects of UPZ. This is done in accordance with student

diploma work, third project projects, etc. The research groups are coordinated with the themes

of magazines and conferences.

A. Strength

The way of the research is done through seminars and practical sessions: Teaching

methodology consists in combining theoretical and practical work for all subjects. A common

distinctive feature for all practical sessions is the relatively small number of students who are

usually enrolled in such sessions. Much of these practical sessions require students to write,

draft, or prepare a significant amount of practical assignments. Most of them will be of intense

practical nature, simulating problems from our everyday life; others are organized according

to topics, including closely studying topics of contemporary interest. Moreover, it may

sometimes be a good idea to invite people outside the academic community, such as




379

379

businessmen, judges, respectable law-oriented officials, or lawyers to make presentations at

some of its sessions. They can also make presentations using remote distance technologies.

Simulation and problem solving: In the simulated clinical methodology, students are required

to take a degree of responsibility for others and for themselves. Self-confidence and student

confidence is very important for success in this regard. Skills for solving problems beyond the

ability to understand classical doctrine or to analyze the solutions set by the courts are important

in this regard.

Candidates should learn to interact with people outside of their school community. They have

to test the knowledge, skills and theories of practice learned, versus the realities of the practices

realized from day to day.

According to this methodology, candidates are required to integrate the knowledge, skills and

legal processes learned during schooling. They have to develop and extract facts from

interviews and reading contracts and other documents rather than just giving them in a well

organized form by their professors. They generate their actions, and determine their timelines

and priorities. The message of competent, ethical legal practice can be followed through this

method: simulated representation of clients in a controlled environment of the simulated legal

office.

The simulated clinical experience will emphasize the development of skills and professional

values by assigning a student to represent "clients" in many environments. The emphasis here

is to give law students direct experience with simulated "clients" facing the problems of the

real world and providing oversight of academic staff as students want to know how classical

doctrine applies every day in everyday life. In addition to providing the real world experience,

students are expected to develop and take full professional responsibility for competent,

professional, and ethical decision-making to help their clients solve their legal problems.

Traditional methods of lecture:

Some of the best ways to teach the law can be achieved through the classical method of

teaching. Most courses will use a limited number of large-scale lectures to ensure that

candidates have a strong foundation in traditional legal doctrine. The method of practice and

simulation is intended to supplement the knowledge and understanding of the doctrine

presented in the lecture hall by understanding its implication and its use in day-to-day business

activities. Along with the method of lecturing, it is expected that there will be time available

for proper attendance and discussion of students at all venues meetings.

B. Weakness

Lack of an official journal in which students can publish their research.




380

380

C. Opportunities

The quality of this study program will be applied to all the standards and mechanisms

established by the bodies of the Faculty of Law, respectively the University "Ukshin Hoti" -

Prizren etc. Following the European trend, the Faculty promotes and develops a culture of

quality. Both internal and international quality assurance experts have maintained working

tables with academic staff, administration and students in relation to quality assurance. In terms

of external quality control, frequent accreditation processes continue to hold the quality issue

as a point in the agenda of Law Faculty at the University “Ukshin Hoti” in Prizren.

F. Threats

The study program differs from other master programs at the Law Faculty as it will include

clinical and rhetorical courses in the administrative and constitutional field that will enable

students practical work in the respective field of affairs. Additionally, each student will work

on the practical course-oriented thesis of relevant fields, closely supervised by an expert on

constitutional / administrative law. Remains the writing style of the Dissertation of Students.

4.1.7. Infrastructure and Resources

In general, the Faculty of Law has appropriate and comfortable facilities for the teaching

process, as well as satisfactory human resources and sufficient technological equipment for the

development of the teaching process.

The Faculty of Law has the facility for teaching students for both programs: Bachelor and

Master.

The facility provides favorable conditions for the development of the teaching process as well

as the enabling environment for educational and research work.

The Faculty of Law has a good construction infrastructure for the development of teaching

activities and other activities with adequate instruction, amphitheater, comfortable office for

executive staff and administration, functional elevator, teacher room, functional library with

sufficient reading places students and a considerable number of books, sanitary equipments ,

etc. which we present in the table below:

III List of spaces in the facility of the Faculty of Law and Computer Science with P + 3

floor area S = 2400m2

Hallls/S Facilities in

S m2

Kap/ Computer Kap/

projector

Ground floor




381

381

Office 300 30 2

S301 100 1

S302 100 1

S303 90 1

Storage 304 15

Warehouse

305

15

I Floor

Office 306 30 2

Office 307 30 2

S308 100 1

S309 100 1

S310 90 1

II Floor

Office 311 30 2

Office 312 30 2

S313 100 1

S314 100 1

S315 90 1

III Floor

Office 316 30 2

Office 317 30 2

S318 100 1

S319 100 1




382

382

S320 90 1

Hall, Stairs

and Sanitary

Equipment

1000

Total: 2400 58 12

A. Strength

The Faculty of Law of the University of Prizren possesses five (5) modern, spacious rooms

equipped with video projectors. Four of them own 80 seats, while one is the Amphitheater.

Which has about 300 sits. Halls offer good conditions for individual and team work.

B. Weakness

The absence of the aforementioned Court House, which would be used for clinical cases.

C. Opportunities

The budget assurance issue for the implementation of this study program, then the premises,

equipment, teaching rooms, teaching cabinets etc. are regulated as for other study programs set

by the Law Faculty and the University of Prizren through public funds and duties / revenues

realized by the University. Since this is a modified master program, it also generates additional

revenue for the University

F. Threats

Creating new spaces and compartments with Computers in which students will have easier

access to databases on which they will have easy access to their research.

UNIVERSITY OF PRIZREN “UKSHIN HOTI” · “UKSHIN HOTI” INSTITUTIONAL AND STUDY PROGRAM...

Documents

Transcript of UNIVERSITY OF PRIZREN “UKSHIN HOTI” · “UKSHIN HOTI” INSTITUTIONAL AND STUDY PROGRAM...